CATENA CLASSICORUM 


EDITED BY 


THE REV. 
ARTHUR HOLMES M.A. 


FELLOW AND LECTURER OF CLARE COLLEGE CAMBRIDGE 
CLASSICAL LECTURER OF ST. JOHN’S COLLEGE AND OF EMMANUEL 


AND 


THE REV. 
CHARLES BIGG M.A. 


LATE SENIOR STUDENT AND TUTOR OF CHRIST CHURCH OXFORD 
SECOND CLASSICAL MASTER OF CHELTENHAM COLLEGE 


RIVINGTONS 


London... ... pevi- ate wees. et Waterloo Place 
@xfory ... ae ra re ‘0s oe High Street 
Cambringc _ jem lags eee ‘ie Trinity Street 


DEMOSTHENIS 
ORATIONES PUBLICAE 


EDITED BY 


G. H. HESLOP M.A. 


LATE FELLOW AND ASSISTANT TUTOR OF QUEEN’S COLLEGE OXFORD 


HEAD MASTER OF ST. BEES 


THE PHILIPPICS 


RIVINGTONS 
London, Orford, anv Cambridge 
1868 


PREFACE, 


As the plan of this edition seems sufficiently indicated by the 
general character of the series of which it forms a part, a few 
words of explanation will suffice by way of preface. To the 
three genuine speeches of Demosthenes contained in this Part 
of Vol. I. the Fourth Philippic has been added for the sake 
of completeness, and in compliance with the example set by 
many editors. The text is that of Bekker’s stereotyped edition, 
published in 1854 by B. Tauchnitz, which has been implicitly 
followed, except in some few instances where reasons have 
been assigned for the changes made. In other speeches, where 
matter purely critical will be more in place than in the present 
volume, it will probably be necessary to depart from Bekker’s 
text more frequently, as I cannot but think that his deference 
to the unsupported authority of MS. S has been carried to an 
extent which seriously impairs the value of his last recension. 
In the mean time changes of the text have been: sparingly 
made, and the readings of the best MSS. and conjectures of 
critics noticed only where they were likely to be interesting. 

It only remains for me to acknowledge my obligations to 
the editions of Sauppe, Westermann, Franke, and Redhautz, 
which I have had before me throughout; and especially to 
Mr. Shilleto’s edition of the De Falsé Legatione. ‘The numerous 


vill PREFACE. 


references in the notes will suffice to show how much this 
edition owes to that admirable work. The abbreviations used 
in referring to Grammars and Editions are not likely to present 
any difficulty. It is only necessary to say, that by ‘ Bekk. st.’ 
is meant Bekker’s stereotyped edition ; and by ‘ Bekker,’ the 
edition of 1824 contained in Bekker’s ‘ Oratores Attici.’ 


March, 1868. 


AHMOZSOENOYS 
KATA ®IAIMIOT A. 


TTIOOESIS. Kaxds ev rG worduw th wpds lAcwmov of "AOnvaior Pepduevor 
ouveanartOaciv eis exxAnolay a9upotvres. 5 rolvuy phrwp Thy Te dbuulay 
mepara wmavew, Aéywv ovdty eivar Oavyaordy ei pabupotyres KexparnyTai, 
kal elonyeira: mas by Epiora TH wWodcuw mpocevexGeiev. Kedever de Svo 
duvdues wmapackevacacba, play wiv pellw, moAitiKhy, Hris olkor wévovea mpds 
Tas Kata Kaipby xpelas Eromos brdpte, erépay Sé eAdrra, tévwv bvTwy Tav 
orparevouevay, mapapeutynevwy Bt (woditav). Tabrny KeAever THY Siva ph 
*AOhynot péverw pndt ex Tis wéAews woreicbar Tas BonOelas, AAAA wep) Thy 
Makedoviay avactpéperOat modrcnovcay abdiadeleros, Wa ph tors éernotas 
avéovras émitnphoas 5 didurmos } Kal roy xetuava, Hvika "AOhynGer eis Maxe- 
doviay wAciv od duvardy, emtxeiph Tois mpaypact Kal mapa Thy dmovolay Thy 
tev’ ACnvalwy amrdvTwr KpaTh, GAN eyyis q mpds abrdy avTiratomern Sivauis 


owdpxn- 


> x \ “ bY s / ad 

1. Ei pev mepi xatvod twos mpaypatos mpoutibeta, & 

»” > Lad ’ > ‘ a oe e “ lel 
aivdpes "A@nvaior, Aéyeww, emicywv av Ews of WrEioTOL TOV 


ARGUMENT.—éy tT@ w.] i.e. the 
war about Amphipolis. Their 
losses in the war are given in i, 9, 


CC. 

G&Oupotvres] Cf. § 2. 

After wapapeptypévwv 8€ Bekk. 
st. has woArr@y in brackets. Dind. 
reads mapaueuiryuévwv 5 Kal moAr- 
tov, and omits kal ravrny and Thy 
Suvayuw. 

was Bonfelas] Cf. § 32, where 
BonOeias, ‘* militibus subitariis,” are 
opposed to rapackeuy auvexei. 

tovs érynatas] These were north- 
west winds, which blew every year 
about the dog-days (Arist. Probl, 
26, 2, of wey ernotar Bopéa Kabe- 
ornkdtos To aépos mvéover (Oépous 
yap mvéover), of 5¢ vdrot Hpos), break- 
ing the heat of the summer (Sen. 


Quaest. Nat. 8. 10, ‘‘ Etesiarum 
flatus aestatem frangit”). Philip 
availed himself of them, as they 
were strong enough to prevent the 
Athenians from sailing to the north. 


5 3ts 
Tov xetpo@va] § 31. 
mapa] ‘‘through,” $11. For an 
analysis of the speech, see Grote, 
11. 434. Thirl. §. 297. 


§ 1. mpouriero] Isocr. 8. 15 has 
the fuller expression mapeAjAvéa yap 
«+ « dropavovpevos & Tuyxdvw yryve- 
oKwv... wept ay of mpuTavers mpoTi- 
Géaor. Cf. Schom. Ass. of the Ath. c. 
11, But the people and the city are 
also said xpor:Oévat Adyov, Ps. Dem. 
25. 9; 18. 236, and Dissen. inl. We 
have also the passive construction 


B 


2 AHMOZ@ENOT > [4. 2 
elwbotwv yvaunv amepyvavto, ei pev HperKé Ti pou Tav 
id tobtwv pnbévtwv, Hovylav dv yov, ei SE yu}, tor dv 
autos éreipmounv & yuypacKkw réyeww" érretdn SE epi dv 
modnaKis elpyjKkacw ovTos mTpoTepov cupPaiver Kai vuvi 
oKorreiv, Hyoduar Kal mpwTos dvacTas eixoTws dv cvyyve- 
uns Tuyydvev. ef yap éx Tod mapedknduOoTos ypovov Ta 
Séovtra obtoe auveBovrAevoay, ovdéyv adv byas viv eer Bov- 
ever Bau, 

2. IIparov pév ody ovx abupnréov, & avdpes ’APnvaior, 
ois mapotat mpdyyacwv, ovd et mavy pavrws Exew Soxel. 
d ydp eos xElpiotov adtay x Tod TapEedndruOoTos xpovou, 
TovTo mpos Ta wédAovTa BédtisTOv iTdpyer. Ti odv éoTl 
TovTO ; Ste ovdev, @ avdpes "AOnvaior, tHv Sedvtwy Tro.ovv- 
Tov tuav KaKOs TA mpdypata exe, ered Tor ei Tavl & 


in 3. 18. As the subject of debate 18. er ti al. 
had already been laid before the j. Gv jyov] “I had remained 


assembly, it has been thought that 
the imperfect could not have been 
used by the orator. Dind. feels 
the difficulty so strongly that he 
proposes in his notes to read mpov- 
7éderro. But the passage quoted 
from Isocrates shows that the ob- 
jection is without ground, and that 
the present or imperfect could be 
used with propriety by any speaker 
till the debate was concluded. ‘‘had 
the subject just proposed for debate 
been any new one, I should have 
waited...” In émoxayv &y, &y of 
course belongs to #yov. 

éws .. drepyvavto] ‘till . . had 
(should have) addressed you.” West., 
who thinks that &y affects dwrepny- 
avro, is clearly wrong. Cf. Don. 
p- 581. 

tTav elw8drwv] sc. yv.drophvacbat, 
Cf. Schém. p. 111, Engl. Tr. Cf. 
Isocr. 6. 2, ef méev Tis TOY €iMiopéevwr 
ev buiv d&yopevew atlws Av rijs méAEws 
ecipnnds, moAAny dv jovxlay Fyor, 
viv 8 dpav... and the parody of 
this /ocus communis in Arist. Ecc?. 
151. 

yvepny in this phrase is regu- 
larly used without the article, as in 


silent.” 

mept Sv] Bekk. and Dind. West. 
and Sauppe follow S in reading 
ixép, referring to brép robrwy 2. 3. 

avaords )( the people who sat : 
18. 191; 6. 3, mets of mapidvres 
-... mets of KaOquevor, ‘our 
hearers.” 

éx, tov mw. x.] ‘fa superiore inde 
tempore.” ‘‘Usu factum est, ut 
obscurata initii cogitatione saepe 
nihil nisi tempus significet go quid 
eveniat ; sic é« vuerds significant 


‘noctu,? e€ quépas ‘interdiu.’” 
Sauppe. 18. 26, é« mavrds rod xpé- 
vou. Cf, 2. 12, xdrwOev, ** had 


advised proper measures in time 
past, there would have been no need 
for us to be deliberating now.” 

§ 2. dtv] 1. 3. 

40... . mpdypactw] Madv. 44. 

-+. avrav)] 1. 4. ‘‘that fea- 

ture of them,” ‘‘that which is the 
worst in them as regards the past.” 
In 9. 5 we have Td x. év rots mapeA- 
navééo:. The argument is similar 
to that in 1. 4: cf. also g. 5. 

awovovvTwy ... mpartévtwy] The 
sense is, ‘‘ your affairs are in a bad 
state because you do nothing that is 


—3.] KATA @IAITITIOT A. 3 
MpoojKe MpaTTovTwy ovTws elyev, ovd av eAnis Hv avTa 
Bertiw yevécOar. 3. érerta évOupntéov Kal tap’ ddd\wv 
dxovovot Kal Tois EidoolW avTois avapimynoKopévors, NALKnY 
mor éxovtwy Sivapw Aaxedaimoviwvy, €€ ob ypovos ov 
ToAUs, Ws KaAw@sS Kal TpoonKkovTws ovdéy dvakov tpeis 
émpakate Tijs Toews, GAN’ UTrepeivate UTrép Tav Sixaiwv 
TOV Mpos exEivous ToAEMOV. Tivos ov Evexa Taira rEYW; 
iy’ eidnte, @ dvdpes "AOnvaior, nai Oedaonabe Stu ovdev ote 
guratropévais tyuiv éeati poBSepov ovr’, av ddvywpire, ToL- 
odtov olov dy tpeis BovrowwOe, wapadeiypact xypwpevor 


needful; were it otherwise, if you 
performed every duty and they 
were in this state notwithstanding, 
there could be no possible hope of 
their amendment.” The aor. inf. 
without & after éAmis, as in 1. 14. 
Bacon, as is well known, employs 
this passage in his Movum Org. 1, 
Aphor. 94. 

§ 3. éwera] without 3€ after 
mpwtov per, as in § 34; 6, 3, &c. 

évOupynréov] sc. duiv. ‘* Deinde 
considerare vos oportet, et ab aliis 
audientes, et qui ipsi nostis [the 
older members of the assembly] in 
memoriam revocantes.” Schaf. Cf. 
Thuc, i. 42, dv évOupnOévres Kad 
vewrepds Tis Mapa mpecBuTépwy avTa 
pwabdy: Isocr. 5. 42; Lyc. § 93, 
tis yap od méeuynrat Tav mpeaBuTépwy 
} raév vewrépwy ox axhxoe; and so 


ir ads 

Adienv ... os] “what a mighty 
power...it is not long ago, and 
yet how nobly.” Such multipli- 
cation of interrogatives in the same 
sentence is common: inf, § 36; 
19. 633 21. 143, 6 Tiway evepyeriav 
brapxovoav... mas éxphoav® tuav 
of wpdéyova; 23. 107; Soph, 47. 
1185. Don. p. 382. 

& ob x. o¥ modus] Isocr. 5. 47 
uses the same expression in speak- 
ing of the power of Sparta at the 
time alluded to by Dem., obra: &p- 
xovres Tay ‘E. é& ob xpdvos ob moAds 
kal kara yiv Kal Kata OddAarray : 
Thuc. 1. 6, ob moAbs xpdvos érecdy : 


ib. ad fin. od woAd’ rn ererdh. Cf. 
Lob. Soph. 47. 600. %o71, which 
Schafer supplies, never appears, I 
think, in these phrases, which seem 
to have been used parenthetically 
as adverbial expressions. 

mpoonxévtws] because it was the 
privilege of Athens, as the orators 
told them, to be the champion of 
the oppressed and defender of the 
liberties of the rest of the Greeks. 
Cf. 6.85 10. 1153 9. 453 15. 22, 
buds... ddtav Exovtas rod cwlew 
tods arvxouvras dei: ib. 30, éeay 
Sroangpojre xowol wpootata Tis 
wavtwy édrevbepias elvar: 16.15; al. 
Arist. het. i. 9. 31, Kal doa Kara 
7d mpoojKov" olov, €f &kia Tay Tpo- 
yévev, kal Tay mpoirnpyuever. This 
war is mentioned also in 2. 24. 

wav Sixaiwv] Cf. 2. 24, where 
the words trav ‘EAAnvKa@y are added. 
They are read here by some MSS., 
and inserted in the text by Dind. 
and Redh. According to Bekker’s 
reading the meaning is general, ‘‘in 
the cause of right and justice,” and 
the words cannot, in the absence of 
some defining phrase, be translated 
‘the rights of G.,” however much 
this may be implied. 

dae évos = by puddrrnode. 

Vee Bovhovode] Bekk. st. ; Bekk. 

dy BotAnode, and so Redh. and Fr. 
The optative is required by the 
sense, which is ‘‘as you would 
wish,” ‘‘ nothing goes as you would 
like to see it.” 


B 2 


4 AHMOZ@ENOTS [4. 4 
Th ToTe popn Tov Aaxedaimoviwy, Hs éxpateite ex Tod 
mpocéyew Tois Tpaypact Tov vodv, Kai TH viv UBper Tov- 
tov, du Hv tapattopeba éx Tov pndev dporvtife dv éyphv. 
4. ef 6€ Tis Hyd, @ avdpes "AOnvaiot, Svorodeunrov olerar 
tov Pirirmov elvat, cxomav To TE TAROosS THs brapyxou- 
ons ait@ Suvapews Kal TO TA Yopia TavTa aTroAwdévat 
TH Tod, OpOas pmev oleTat, AoyiodcOw pévtTor ToVO’, Ste 
elyouév tote Hyuels, @ avdpes ’AOnvaio, TIvdvav nai ITori- 
Savav kal MeOwvnv cal ravra tov torov TovToy oixeioy 
KUKA@, Kal TOAKa TaV per’ exeivou viv bvTwy €Ovev adro- 
vowovpeva Kal éhevOepa wmipye Kal uadrdov tiv éBovrer’ 
Exewv oixeiws 4 Keivp. 5. et Toivuy 6 Pidurmos ToTe TavTHY 
éoye THY yvounv, ws yadrerrov Todeueiv éotiv ’AOnvaios 
éyovet Tocaita émiterxicpata Tihs avTod ywpas epnuov 


vi tTOTe p.] ‘the strength ... 
at that time.” So 7H viv Bpe: 
23. 134, Thy Hin xdpw. Thue. 2. 
64, TE Hoy mpodiue. 

rovtov] the word here does not 
express contempt, as Stallb., PI. 
Crito, p. 65 A, seems to suppose. 
Kriiger, correctly I think, remarks, 
‘fomnino ofros et 83 nunquam 
nisi nomine addito sic videntur 
usurpata esse.” Cf, 3. 12. 

§ 4. eb 8é ms] With the mode of 
argument comp. 2. 22; 8. 48. For 
the position of elva, 8. 33; 9. 313 
20. 92, GAAG vewrepa of vouor... 
Tay Ynpicudrwy abray quiv eicly. 

w780s] ‘Sat the magnitude of 
the power (Grote, 11. 410) now at 
his command (his existing power) 
and the loss by our state of id 

xepta] Pydna, &c, 

pévrou] after per, as 3. 23 4. 43 
al, 

tov Tt. TovTov] defined by Pydna 
&c., *‘that we (emphatic) once held 
...all that region as our own (1. 
18) round about.” Isocr. 15. 107 
says that Timotheus took some 
towns (he mentions Torone and 
Potidzea among others), dv Anpber- 
cay &xas 5 réos 5 repi€xwy oixeios 


jvayndoOn TH wore yevéo Oat. 

moAda] 1. 12, 13, 23. 

per’ éxefvou] ‘on his side :” inf, 
8; Thuc. 3. 56; 6. 88. 

avr. kal €A.] see n. to 1. 23. 

h ’keive] Bekk. His note is 
*xevwt S, quae est perpetua hujus 
pronominis in bonis libris vel elisio 
vel crasis ; ceteri éxefvw.”” Henow 
reads 4 xeivw, as also in 8. 15; 4 
xelvous, 9. 11; & Ketvor, g. 41; 4 
xewvor, 18. 178; but 4 éxelvy, 2. 22, 
and 6 éxelywy, 15. 27. Dind. in 
these passages has # *kelvyw, &c. 3 in 
9. 41, Gkeivor: in i. 27 he has # "ket 
where Bekk. reads } éxe?. I have 
followed Dind. in rejecting the Ionic 
form, 

§5. €oxe thy y.] ‘got the idea,” 
“been possessed with the idea.” 

éotiv] Mady. 130 4. 

émtexiopata] i.e. Pydna, &c, 
Cf. Thue. i. 143 with Arnold’s note. 
xpas is in the gen. as depending 
on the whole word, not on the pre- 
position. Madv. 48 r. Dem. 15. 
12, THs abtis (Artemisia) dexns 
émrelxioua. Ar. Rhet. 3, c. 3, Kar 
as "AAKiSduas Thy pirocoplay €. THY 
voucr. 


—7.] KATA ®IJAIIIIOT A. 5 


v , Or a ? ‘ f v +O. 
dvTa cuppdywr, ovdev dv dv vuvi temoinxey Empakev, ovdé 
’ > , , > > 8 2 , o 
Tocaurny extngato Suvapiv. Gadd elder, @ avdpes ’AOnvaior, 
ToUTO KAAS Exeivos, OTL Tav’Ta pév éoTW GrravtTa Ta ywpia 
2 n ‘ ’ > , , > , a 
GOra Tov Todéuou xéEimeva ev péow, pice 8 imapyer Tois 
Tapovot Ta TOY aTrovTwY Kai Tois eOéXovet oveiy Kai 
Kwouvevew TA TOY awedovvT@Y. 6. Kat yap ToL Ta’Ty 
XPNTaMEVvOS TH YOUN TavTa KaTéoTpaTTTaL Kai Exel, TA 
‘ e “a ¢ ’ ” ‘ 4 be , ‘ 
bev ws av Ehwv TIS EXOL TOAEMW, TA OE TUUpaya Kai pita 
Tomoauevos’ Kal yap cuppayelv Kal mpocéyev Tov voov 
Toutois eGédovow Gmavtes ods av dpwo. TapecKevacpévors 
‘ ‘ 3 Ls a , bal ‘ = wv 

kai mpatrev é0édovras & ypn. adv toivuv, ® avdpes 
+ a ‘A e Cal 3 .) fod , > rd , 

A@nvaio, Kai ipeis ert THs Towns eGeAnonTE yevérOar 
yvouns viv, 7. émednmep ov mpotepov, Kal Exaotos byway, * 
ov Set xal Suvar’ av wapacyeiv abtov ypnowmov TH TrodeL, 
Tacav ddeis THv eipwveiay Etroipos Tpdtrew tmadpen, 6 ev 


metoinxey Erpatev] “ notabilis 
copulatio verborum, non vere syno- 
nymorum, sed hic pro synony- 
mis positorum.” Schaf. I believe 
this to be as unfounded as his re- 
mark about @éAw and BovAopat re- 
ferred to on 1. r. An examination 
of the passages where the verbs are 
found together will show that there 
is no necessity in any to depart from 
the usual distinction. Cf. supr. 2; 
infr. 20; 9. 5; 8 23; 9. 17; 18. 
* 62, tl mpociixov hv éAéoOas mparrew 
(what particular measures) kal roveiy 
(general policy) thy wéAw; 19. 102, 
bri mpdter tavtTa Kal mohoe:, * exe- 
cute and do these things.” Here we 
may translate ‘‘nothing (emphasized 
by ay as 1. 1) of all that he has 
accomplished would he have at- 
tempted.” 
* For elSev Cobet, Vou. Lect. p. 222, 
proposes 75ew, which West. adopts. 
But cf. 6. 8, elde rodro dpeas Bre 
(where West. also reads eld); 19 
239; 23. 156, where again West. 
has «l3e. ‘but he saw this well,” 
though we did not. 
Keipeva év p.] ‘offered to com- 
petition,” a common metaphor, 


Ps. Dem. 7. 31; Xen. Av. 3. 1. 
21. 

imdpxet] “belong to.” ‘‘ Sensus 
est: rou ép’ Graot mapdvros (2. 23) 
TG oTparevpari (1. 4) p. bmdpxe: Ta 
Tay axnpTnucvey Kal tais mapa- 
oKevais Kal Tals yvepais (infr. 12),” 
Kriiger. 

§ 6. xp. TH y.] “by acting on 
this principle.” 

To ude| ‘*some as conquests, 
others attached to him as friends 
and allies,” i. e, the Thessalians and 
Olynthians. 

In os Gv, & of course goes with 
the verb, Cf. 1. 7. 

kal poo... . dwavres] an hexa- 
meter line: cf. 1. 5. 

éwi ... yevéoOat] ‘‘adopt the 
same principle.” elva: él, on the 
other hand, of a principle adopted 
and acted upon. 21. 213, Thy yvo- 
bnv...ég’ hs viv eoré: ib. 199, 


ém) imepnpavias elvar: inf. § 9. 
Jelf, 633. 3 f 
§ 7. éwadirep] note to 3. 33. 


** now, since you did not before.” 
mapacyetv .. xp.] ‘‘make himself 
useful.” 
Thy elpwveiay] infr. 37. ‘ eipwreia 


6 AHMOZS®ENOTS [4. 8 
, oJ WwW , , © 3 C4 id ’ 
xenuat eéywv elodéepev, 6 8 €v Hrixig otpareverOai,— 
auverovtt & atrAas hv vuav avtav eOeXnonTe yevérOar 
Kat tavonabe avtos péev ovdev Exactos Toincew édrrivwv, 
tov 5¢ wAnoiov trav imép aitod mpakew, Kai Ta bpérep’ 
a, A a a "4 Of . ‘ , 
avtav Kopiciobe, dv Oeos €Oédryn, Kai ta KxaTeppabuynpueva 
, > , ’ a , . \ 
madw avaryrpecbe, Kaxeivov tiywwpncecbe, 8. un yap 
e a y > 3 t ‘ ' , , 
ws (bee vowiter éxeivy Td wapavra wemmyévar mpdypata 
> > -~ “ ‘ » 
aOavata, GdAa Kal pucet Tis exeivoy Kai Sédiev, @ avdpes 
’"A@nvaiot, nat bOove?, cai trav tavu viv SoxovvTwy oixeiws 
v \ oe > 4s 3 cA b ? , 
éyew nai dravO dca rep Kai év addols Ticiv dvOpwrois 
é, Tatra Kav tois per éxeivov xpn vouitew éveivar. 
KatértTnye pévTo TwavtTa Tavta viv, ovK éxovT’ arro- 
° ‘ ‘ ig a a ‘ e , 
otpopiy Sia tiv vyerépav Bpadurnra Kai pabupiay, fv 


7d evaytioy dor: rH dAaCovelg Srav 
duvduerds Tis woijoa paory wh dv- 
varOa adralay ydp cori 6 ext rrdov 
éavrod kouwd (wy Kal abtwy, elpwv 8 
éx) 7d hrrov &ywy Kal wey.” Bekk. 
Anecd. 243. 20 (quoted by Sauppe). 
Arist. Eth, Nic. 2. 7. 11. “Sand 
each of you giving up all evasion, 
hold himself ready.” 

6 8 év fd.] 1. 28. 

o. 8 amos] Madv. 38 ¢. Ps. 
Dem. 11. 16, cuveddvr: opdoa. 
Hyper. Fun. Or. § 110, ouveddyrs 
& eiweivy. ‘and in a word plainly.” 

tpav .. y.] 2. 30; here explained 
by what follows. 

aités] Madv. 160. Cobet, Voz. 
ZL. p. 237. ‘each of you ex- 
pecting to do nothing himself... 
will perform all duties for him.” 
14. 15, quoted on 2. 25. Cf. 9. 

4. 
: xoptetoGe] ‘will recover,” 2. 28. 
Isocr. (8. 5) complains of those who 
inspired the people with such hopes, 
és wal ras nrhoes Tas dv rais wéAeot 
koutovpeda kal Thy Sivauw avadny- 
dueba...” 

€0éAn] Dind. and others 6éAn. 
Cf. 2. 20. 

wédtv dvah.] an apparent pleon- 
asm often found. Thuc. 4. 75, 
GvarauBdvovo: rd xwploy mddw. 
Ps. Dem. 11. 21. Redh. calls at- 


tention to the antithesis in xatep- 
padupnpéva and avadnwerde. 

§ 8. d@avara] proleptic: ‘that 
his present power is secured to him 
asa god in everlasting possession.” 

GAG] ‘no! there are that both 
hate...” For the matter of fact 
see I, 213 2, 153 8. 41. For tis 
comp. Aesch. Choeph. 59. Bekk. 
now follows S in omitting aire, 
which he had after @xew: and with 
the same MSS. omits syuiy after 
ouvoloew in § 51. Dind. retains 
arg. 

boa wep kal... «dv] The young 
student should notice the double 
wal required by the ‘‘prope con-" 


stans Graecorum usus” (Heind. 
Phaed, 64 C). Cf. 21. 1 ; Thue. 
1. 83; al. ‘‘and all the feelings 


there are in any other men (fear, 
hatred, the love of freedom, 1. 23) 
we must suppose...” 

mw. tavta} ‘‘alle diese Volker- 
schaften.” Cf. 1. 22, ratra: Thuc. 
1. 18. §; £th. Nic. 8. 8. 3. And 
so in reference to classes of men, 
18, 318; and Xen. Occon. 6. 13 
(quoted by Schif.), (wypdpous aya- 
Bots... kal Ta HAAG Ta Toda. 

d&roorpodiy] avr) rot Katapuyhy. 
Harpocr. Thuc. 8. 75, aroorpophy 
owrnplas. Cf. 8. 41. 


—I0.] KATA ®IAITIMOT A. 7 


arobécbar dnul deiv 75n. 9. Opate yap, & avdpes "AOn- 
vaiol, TO mpayya, of mpoedrrvbev dceryeias avOpwros, bs 
ovd’ aipeow vpiv Sidwot tod mpdrrew  ayew tovyiar, 
GAN’ arrethet Kai AOyous UTEpnpdvous, ds dact, AéyeL, Kai 
ovy olds éeotw éxwv & Katéotpartar pévew éri TovTwr, 
GAN’ dei Ts TpoomepiBaddetas Kal KUKAKW TavTay] MéA- 
Aovras Huds Kai KaOnpévous Tepictoryitetat. 10. TOT’ ob, 
@ avdpes "AOnvaior, rote & ypn mpakete ; eresdav Ti yévn- 
tat; emedav vn Al’ dvdyKn }. viv 88 Ti xpH Ta yeyvomeva 
nyciaGar; ey pev yap olopat Ttois édevOépois peyiorny 
avayKny Thy UTép THY TpayyaTwy alcyvynv elva. 4 Bov- 
AeoGe, eié pot, TepudvTes avtT@v muvOdavecbar “ Néyerad 
Tt Katvov ;” yévorto yap dv Te Kawvorepov 4) Maxedav aviyp 
*"A@nvaiovs xatatroNeu@v Kai ta tov ‘EdAXAnvev Sioixay ; 


48y] 1. 2. Cf. 2. 26. 

§ 9. doeAyeias] in its usual sense 
of insolence or violence towards 
others. Hence it is joined with 
bBpis (21. 1) and @pdrns (21. 88). 

olés éorw] ‘‘and incapable of 
resting in the possession of... he 
is ever trying to compass something 
more, and is throwing his net about 
us on every side while we dally and 
sit still.” 

péeveww érl] 8. 14, 47; 24. 86, 
enéuewev emt tod kaxoupyhuaros. 
Cf. what he says of P. in 1. 14. 

meproroxiterat continues the 
metaphor from hunting, Kara yap 
ras Lapeuke tay Onpiwy pba tbAa 
ioraow & Kadovor atolyous hord- 
Xous, Karamerayvuyres abr ay dierva 
tw dav abrobs éxpiryn 7% Onpla és Ta 
dixrva euméon. Ha Cf. bs 27. 

§ 10. sh site eal 

éreSav ti y.] Made tof. “Don. 
p. 383. Lob. Aj. 77. 

vy AC] ‘I suppose :” very com- 
mon in Dem. after érav, va, &c. in 
giving, with a touch of irony, an- 
Ape to such questions as that here. 


"ea yen if Bekk. st. from S ; 
sedge tis 4, Bekk. 


re ¥.] Madv. 97, note. 


.as mam in Latin, ‘ 


Dem. g. 16, ‘‘ but in what light 
ought we to regard what is taking 
place now” if not as such a case of 
necessity, so that the time you are 
ry for is come ? 
® piv yap] Cf. 3. 8. 
you), for 1;” ‘*for my part I.” 
ith this section comp. 8. §1. 
elwé por, without reference to the 
number of persons addressed ; so 8. 
74. Arist. Ach. 319, eimé por, ri 
pedduccda ; 3 so pepe 8. 34. S has 
Spa used in the same way in 20. 21, 
and 55. 
arepudvres] Cf. § 48. Bekk., 
muvOavdpnevor [kata Thy &yopdy], 
The words in brackets he now 
omits as a gloss from the margin. 
avray] ‘of one another :” g. 21. 
Herm. 7rach. 451. Don. New Craz. 
§ 174. 
yévotro yap] ‘‘ why can there 
any greater news than a M. 
(contemptuously, 3. 16; 9. 31). 
and controlling the affairs of 
Greece ?” ‘ydp often introduces in 
this way a question expressive of 
surprise, _impatience, and the like, 
‘why,” ‘‘ pray,’ 
‘*T should like to know: 2” 9. 68. 
Virg. Georg. A 445s ‘nam quis te 
juvenum...’ 


“TI ask 


8 AHMOZOENOTS 


2 


[4. 11 


“réOvnxe Dirurrros;” ov wa Ai’. 11. “arn aobevel ;” ri 
& tpiv Siadhépe ; Kal yap av obtos te waOy, Tayéws byels 
érepov Pidurrov Toujoete, avTEep ovUTwW TpocéynTE Tois 
mMpaypac Tov vou" ovdé yap OvTOS Tapa THY avTOD paynv 
TocovTov émnugntat doov Tapa Thy tueTépay apuédecay. 
Kaitot Kal ToUTO. 12. et Te TdBoL Kal Ta THS TUYNS piv, 
Hep ael BédXtLov 7 Huels Hudv avTav éripedovpeOa, Kal 
tobr é&epydcaito, ic? Ste mAnciov pév dvres, aTacw dv 
Tos Mpdypaot TeTapaypévors emictdvtTes OTws PBovrEcGe 
Siorxnoaicbe, ws Sé viv éyere, ovde SidovTwy THY KaLipov 
Auditor dé€acbat Sivaicl’ av, amnptnuévor Kal tais 
mapackevais Kal Tais yvwpats. 

13. ‘Qs pév odv Sei ra mpoonxovta Trovety €O€dovtras brdp- 
yew amavtas étoipws, ws éyvwxoTov tua Kal Terew- 


§ 11. doBevet] 1. 23; 3. 5, which | Cobet’s proposal to read émmedci- 


povee explains why they took so Tat, 


vely an interest in the news of 
Philip’s sickness. 

otros] ‘‘for even should any 
thing happen to this Philip (cf. the 
next section) . 

ovtw) ‘in this way,” 
way you are doing.” 

mapa] ‘‘through.” Arn. on 
Thuc, i. 141, mapa rhyv abtod dyé- 
Aeay, says, ‘this is exactly ex- 
pressed in vulgar English, ‘all 
along of his own neglect.’” It is 
surprising that he should have 
thought this sense of wapé unusual. 
Cf. 9.2; 18. 2323 19. 423 21. 96; 
Lys. 3. 4, mapa Thy HAkiay: al, 
Madv. 75. 1g. Buttm. Jud. Mid. 
Ss. Vv 


‘in the 


xafrot kal 7.] the same phrase 
occurs 18. 133: cf. 19. 314, Kal yap 
aé rodro: 21. 167. ‘* there is this 
also.” 

§ 12. ra THs T.] “the favour of 
F.” Cf. § 45. Bekk. st. omits 
imdpta:, which he read after jpiv 
from ‘‘mrg. S.” Dind. retains 
bwdpta:, and encloses kal ‘oir’ 
efepydoairo in brackets. 

émipehovpeBa is sufficiently sup- 
ported by Thuc. i, 82, against 


This special favour of Tux, 
which obviated the ill effects of 
their dvoeBovaAla, is often alluded to. 
Eupolis, MWéaes, fr. 7, & mwdrrs, 
wOAS, GS ebruxhs ef waGddrov, F 
Kad@s gpoveis: Arist. Aud. 583; 
Eccl. 476: cf. 2. 22. 
» Kal tott’] i.e. the death of P. to 
crown her other favours: 1. 7. 
émoravres must not be taken 
with &y, as West. _Proposes. Cf. 1. 
1, dxotcavres, “ if you were on 
the spot, coming as you would upon 
(you would come upon) the general 
confusion (which would follow his 
death), and manage . . at your 
pleewre. ” With émordyres ass 

S8évr0v] ‘* offered you.” : 

Grnprnpevor )( wAnoloy svres. 
**far away from the spot with both 
..” In 18. 59 we have the active 
amaprav toy Adyov THs ypapns: Ps. 
D. 10. 1, Tails yromous duay abeorn- 
Kare TOV mpayndr wy, 

§ 13. 26. imdpxeww not quite = 
€0éAew : Swdpxw does not lose in 
this resolution with the participle 
its proper force of ‘‘to be ready 
beforehand.’ ‘* presuming then 
(Mady. 182) that you are con-, 


—15.] KATA @JAITITIOT A. 9 
pévev, Tavouat reEywv' Tov Sé TpOToY THs TapacKeuTs 
tv amadddkar av Tov ToLOvT@Y TpayudTwY vas olopmat, 
kal 70 TAGs Goov, Kai Topous ovoTWas ypnudTwY, Kal 
Tadra ws av por BédtTioTA Kai TayloTa SoKel TrapacKevac- 
Ofvar, Kal 6) Teipacopar reyewv, Senbeis tuadv, ® avdpes 
"AOnvaiot, TocovTov. 14. émeiday Atavta aKovente, Kpi- 
vate, pn TpoTepov TporauBavete pnd av €E dpyts Soxa 
TWh KalWnv TapacKeuny Aéyelv, avaBaddew we TA TpPay- 
pata HyeicOw, od yap of tayd Kal THuEpov elmrovTEs pa- 
data eis Séov Aéyovaw (ob yap dv Ta rye HOn yeyevnuéva 
7TH vuvi BonBeiqg KkwrJdcar SuvnOeinuev), 15. add Os ay 
SeiEn tis tropicOcica mapacKevy Kal toon Kal mobev 
Stapetvas Suvicerar Ews dv 7 SiartvowpeOa wevoGevtes Tov 
TOodewov 1) Trepsyevapela Tov éxOpmv ovTw yap ovKETL 


vinced . . that there ought to exist 
a readiness on the part of all. . :” 
cf. 3. 7; 18. 95, omdpxew .. €idd- 
tas, ‘*know already ;” 21. 41, 
eyvwoner’ imdpxn wap’ july, 

G@mradhAdta. dv] Madv. 173. Cf. 
6. 10, av. . mpoécOar: g. 1, odx by 
Hryotuar Sdvacda. After cov and 
otoriwas we must understand a7, 
&v ofoua, ‘its strength and the 
supplies of money, and how the 
other requisites might, I think, be 
best and most expeditiously got 
ready, I will at once. .” 

wat 8y] 20. 65. Herm. Vig. p. 817. 

§ 14. «pivare..mpod.]i.e. ‘form 
your judgment when you have heard 
all I have to say—don’t be pre- 
judging as I go on.” Madyvy. 141. 

py] Bekk. with S, and so Dind. 
Vulg. kal wy. The passages quoted 
by Sauppe show that both modes of 
expression are common. 18, 287, 
eue exeipordynoay Kal obx buds: 21. 
74, UBpe: Kal odk olvm: 20, to 141; 
21, 182, 5¢ &vderav od 80 HBpiw : ib. 
1833 5. 16; 19. 94; infr. § 26: cf. 
I. 22. 

awpérepoy mpod.] for the appa- 
rent pleonasm cf. Thuc. 1. 23, ™po- 
éypaya mp@rov: 6. 57, mpdrepoy .. 
mpotimwpjoacbar; 8. 66,. xpdrepoy 


. . MpovoKenro, 

xatvyv}] ‘‘Talem (novum dicit) 
qualem Athenienses hucusque non 
instruxerant, aptum ad illum atque 
parem rebus cum successu geren- 
dis.” Schaf. Rather it was xavhy, 
as being one that dianetvar duvqce- 
vat, and } cuvex@s moreuhoe:, § 19, 
as opposed to the hasty Bo7Gea 
usually recommended. 

Aéyery] — “* propose,” 
mend.” 

dvaBadXev] ‘that Iam putting 
off,” ‘‘delaying our operations. 
8. 52, Adyous e& dv &vaBddAovt. . 
buds, ‘put you off,” ‘‘amuse you.” 
More commonly in the middle, of 
those who put things off on their 
own account: infr. 38; 3. 9 al. 

p. els Séov] ‘most to the pur- 
pose:” 3. 28; infr. 40. 

vy vuvi B.] supr. 5, 77 viv EBper. 

§ 15. @AX’ &s] “‘ but he who can 
show what, and how large, and from 
what source provided, must be the 
force that will be able to keep the 
field.” He had already used nearly 
the same words in 14. 2. 

mevoOévres] ‘Son our 
terms.” 

ovr» contains 
Mady, 135 4. 


** recom- 


own 


the condition. 


10 AHMOS@ENOTS [4. 16 
Tov AotTodD Tucyowwey av KaKas. oluat Tolvuy eyo TadTa 
Aéeyew Eye, 9 KwAVwY el TIS AAXOS EraryyéAAETAl TL. 7) 
pev ody trocxects OTM peyddn, TO Sé mpayya Sn Tov 
ereyyov Sacew xpital 8 tyes Ececbe. 

16. IIparcv ev rolvuv, & avbpes *AOnvaiot, tpinpets mrev- 
THKoVTa TapacKevacacbai dnt Seiv, elt’ avtovs obTw 
Tas yvouas éxew ws, day Te Sén, TAevoTéoy eis TavTas 
avtois éuBaow. mpos dé TovTos Tots Huicest THY tmTéwv 
immaywyous Tpinpes Kal rota ikava edtpeTicat Kedevw. 
17. Tada pev oluat Seiv irdpyeww emt tas éEaipyns tavtas 
ard Ths oixelas ywopas avTov otparteias els IIvdas xal 
Xeppovnaov xat”OrdvvGov kal Srrot Bovrerau Sei yap exelvo 
TovTo év TH youn Tapacthvat, ws twels ex THs adpedeias 


Tov Aovrov] Don. § 452; Madv. 
66 a, r. 1. 

py «.] ‘‘ without offering oppo- 
sition.” Thuc. 2. 83, erdéoyro 
KUKAov TOY vey &s wéyioror olol 7° 
hoa ph d:ddvres Siéxwdovr. 

7d 82 wp.) ‘but the perform- 
ance shall at once give the means 
of testing it.” 

§ 16. Tpijp. mevr.] a small 
number, relatively to the strength 
of their fleet which consisted at 
this time of at least 300 triremes. 
Cf. 14. 18, Bockh, Pudi, Econ. 
bk. 2, c. 24. 

cttw . . as] ‘be prepared, 
should circumstances require it, to 
embark on board them ourselves, 
and sail.” 

mdevotéov] sc. bw. 14. 14, 
otrw SiaxeioOa: tas yvouas ws 
éxacrov éxdvta mpobiuws 8 Ti by 3én 
moinoovta, Madv, 181, r. 2; Lob. 
Aj, 281. 

wots 4.] Madv. soa, r. 3. In 
14. 13 Dem. gives 1000 as the 
number of the Athenian cavalry : 
Sorts Spay spyiv yiAlovs wey in- 
méas .. At the beginning of the 
Peloponnesian War they had, in- 
cluding irmoroféra:, 1200, Thuc. 2. 
13; Arist. Zy. 225. Bockh, Publ. 
Econ, p. 263, Engl. Tr. 

i. rpujpes] ‘ Vide ne tprhpes 


ex antecedentibus irrepserit. Inf. 

21, kal immaywyois tovras.. Nisi 

forte ai i. rpifpers oppositae fuerunt 

tais taxelats, de quibus § 22.” 

Schaf. The latter is the true view. 

Inscriptions published by Béckh 

(De Re Navali Ath. pp. 74, 403) 

show that Trierarchs were appointed 

to them as to the regular war ves- 
sels: Tpifpapxos SxivOapos Mvnoid- 
elSou Pvadowos, Tpihpns inmnyds 

KadAiord, Avoiwadous epyov. Cf. 

Thue. 2. 56. 
mdoia] 7a pepovra ra emirhdea 

kal Srnperied. Schol. ** auxiliary 

vessels.” In Thuc. 6. 30 the mAotz 
which accompanied the expedition 
to Sicily are distinguished from the 

ovraywyot oAKddes: cf. Thuc. 2. 83; 

6. 44. 1“b ” 

§ 17. trdpxew] ‘‘ be ready. 
a... eesariaal Grote, if 447. 
IlvAas] 18. 32: Grote, ib. p. 

414. 
mapacryvat] Bekk. and Dind. 

“the thought ought to present 

itself to him in his mind;” ‘‘ he 

ought to be impressed with the 
belief that . .” West. and Redh. 
read mapacrijca, from S, ‘‘you 
rea, a to make this suggest itself 

tohim...” Cf. 3.1. 
éx] ‘rousing out of.” 

THs &... THS Gyav] For the re- 


—19.] KATA ®IAITIMOT A. II 
, = v LA J ww . ’ , , 
TavTns THs ayav, Borep eis EvBovay xai mporepov troré 
gacw eis “Adiaprov Kai Ta TedXevTaia mpuny eis IIvdas, 
tows av opunoate. 18. ovTOL mavTEA@s OVS Ef jt) TroLN- 
cat’ dy TovTo, a eywyée pnut Seiv, edxatappovnrov éotw, 
”? 7 4 4 ‘ > . > - id “- cu ‘ 
iv % Sa tov PoBov eidws evrpereis buds (cioerar yap 
’ fal >, y / >, 4 La ¢ % b] f > , 
axpiBas’ eicl yap, eiow oi amavtr éEayyéddovtes exelvp 
Tap hudv avtav mrélovs tod Séovtos) jovyiay exyn, Fh 
mapidav Taira apvraxtos AnpO7, undevds Svtos éutrodav 
mreiv eri thy éxeivov ywpav wyiv, dv evd@ Katpov. 19. 
Tatra uty éotw & maou Sed0yOar gpnul Seiv Kal trape- 
oxevacbGat mpoonxew oluar mpos Sé tovtos Svvapiv twa, 


peated art. cf. 2. 16, tats orp. 
TauTas Tats kvw kdtw. Madv. 9 a. 
With ris &yay cm. supr. tas 
etalovns .. ai Alay, 6. 21; 19. 272. 
Gowep] sc. apujoare, ‘‘as- you 
did to E.,” 1. 8: cf. 8. 74. 
gdaciv] the antithesis to axotw, 


. 2k. 
; “AMaprov] 18. 32. Grote, 9.408. 
va TeX. pany] ‘lastly the other 
day,” inf. 24. Lys. 6. 12, Td Ted. 
vu; Dem. 19, 200, Ta TeA, 3 
Evayxos. 

§ 18. 088 el ph w. Gv] ‘even sup- 
posing you should not do this ..” 
24. 154, ovd€ omépua Se? xaraBda- 
Aew .. ovd? ef uh mw by expta .. 
In this construction the opt. with 
& included in the clause introduced 
by ei is the apodosis to a condition 
commonly suppressed. In 20. 62 
it is expressed, odxotv alcxpdy ei 
médAovres wey eb mdoxew cvKopdy- 
thy ky Taira Aéyorta fryoiabe, emt 
5e rH aheddoOa . . dxotcerbe : peéAa- 
Aovres being the protasis to &y 
nryoie8e, and in Antiph. 6. 29, 
dewdy ei of abrot udprupes Tovrous 
pev dy paprupodyres moro) joav, 
éuol 3& waprupobyres Emoto Eoov- 
vat. Here an ef téxo or the like 
might be supplied. Cf. Jelf, 860. 1; 
Don. § 507, and the admirable note 
of Mr. Shill. on De F. Leg. § go. 

ev’rpereis]  ‘‘ participium __re- 
quiro,” Schaf.; but cf. 2. 1; 18. 


10, ef yap Tore pe rowirov: 19. 
87, mpds Mop@u@ . . dxotvovres Suva- 
pu SiAurrov Kal Eévous: 20. 13, én” 
Gddrwy . “Bor tis &v rowovrTov, where 
Cobet would insert dv: al. 

elot . . eloiv] 1. 19. ‘‘for there 
are, there are, I repeat, persons 
from among ourselves (inf. § 27) 
more than there ought to be, who 
report every thing to him.” We 
can hardly suppose that there was 
as yet any Macedonian party. The 
expressions used by Dem. in 2. 4, 
&c. only refer to the character of 
the policy of those to whom he 
refers, and do not mean to imply 
that they were in Philip’s pay. The 
allusion here is no doubt more par- 
ticularly to the actors Neoptolemus 
and Aristodemus (5. 6; 19. 12). 
The Athenians, when they heard 
the words of éefayyéAAovtes, would 
have no doubt as to the persons 
meant. 

pydevds] neuter: ‘there being 
nothing to hinder.” 

év8q x«.] “should he give you. .” 
Thuc. 2. 87, obk évidcopev rpdpaciv. 

§ 19. 8e5d6xOar .. w.] ‘at once 
determined upon . .” Madv. 171, 
r. 1; Don. p. 409. 8. 3, cunbépev 
kai BeBovAeto bai kal wapecxevdaOa: 
14. 17, obrw ocurrerdx Oar pul deiv: 
18. 78; Soph. £7. 1338. 

For 7 8 rovrous F S have 
mpd 8 rodrwy, which is adopted by 


12 AHMOZ@ENOTS [4. 20 
@ avdpes "AOnvaior, gnut mpoyeipicacbar Seiy wpas, 4) 
TUVEXOS TOAELNTEL Kal KAKa@S Exeivoy Tonge. p71 Lot 
pupious unde Siopupious Eévous, pndé Tas émioToALpaious 
, é > 7 A n ‘ ” bal e . ef 

Travtas Suvapeis, GA 1 THs Toews EoTat, Kav vpeEls eva 
Kay Teious Kav Tov Seiva Kav ovTwodv yEeL_poToVnaNTE oTpaT- 
nyov, ToUTM TTeiceTat Kal axorovOyjce. 20. Kal Tpodny 
TavTn Topicat Kedevw. éotar 8 airy tis 7 Sivas Kai 

, 4 , ‘ 4 o ‘ “ a? ? td 
moon, Kal 1odev thy tpopny E€et, Kat Tas TavT’ eOeAjnoe 
move ; eyo ppdow, Kal Exacrov tovtwv due~wv yopis. 
Eévous pev eyo — Kal Oras pu Troujoere 6 ToddAdKis Das 
“ ’ , > ’ ‘ = fal ’ ‘ 
éBrayev mavt éddttw vopitovtes elvat tod Séovtos, Kai 
Ta peyior’ ev Tois Wndicpacw aipovpevot, él TO Tparrew 
LAND! \ » a 3 \ 4 , nN 
ovdé Ta puKpa Toleite GAMA TA fMiKPA TroLnTaYTES Kai 
mopisayres TovTos mpooTibete, Gv éhattw hawynta. 21. 
réyw 8% Tods mavtas otpatwtas Sicyidiouvs, TovTwy Sé 


Dind. and Sauppe. Cf, inf. § 22, 
vl mpds rovros, which, together 
with the import of the’ previous 
sentence, is conclusive in favour of 
Bekker’s reading. 

4 with the fut. ind. as 1. 3. 

py por] Madv. 32. Ar. Wud. 84; 
Acharn., 345, ph mot mpdpacw, 
‘““none of your 10,000 mercena- 
ries ;” the accusative depending on 
the verb involved in ph pot. 

émuorodipatovs] as we say ‘fon 
paper.” The meaning is made clear 
by § 30. 

ravtas] i.e. of which you are so 
fond, ‘‘ of yours:” sup. § 17. 

THS Tw. Eorar}] ‘but one which 
will belong to the state” (inf. (273 
Ps, Dem. 25. 25; TGY movnpoTaTwy 
.. h modus ylyvera: Soph. Ant, 
737) ; whereas the mercenaries went 
off upon expeditions of their own: 
inf. 24; 2. 28. 

Before the first wav, ‘‘and whe- 
ther,” West. and Fr., following H. 
Wolf and Schaf., unnecessarily in- 
sert «af: ‘‘and whether you elect 
one or more, or this or that man 
(2. 31), or “y one whatever as 
general, will. 

§ 20. éorat 8] ‘‘what kind of a 


force this shall be” (sup. § 13, Tov 
.. tpérov), tis being here equivalent 
to mola ris. 

tavr’ referring to 4 THs m. fora 
and rourp to adxoAovdhoe. 

cad’ Exacroy] “* discussing each 
of these points separately,” the gen. 
tourwy depending on xaé’ €xacror, 
regarded as one word: cf. 2. 24; 
Q. 22, Ka@ Eva... TeV ‘EAAfver. 

£évousg pév] the sentence, inter- 
rupted by xa) Saws, is commenced 
afresh by Aéyw 84 at the beginning 
of § 21. 

wal Srws py] ‘and beware of 
doing. .” Madyv. 124, r. 13 8. 38; 
affirmatively 19. 94, kal Saws, dowep 
épwraot mrpobipws, olrw Kal moreiv 
edeAnoovow. 

tov 8.] ‘the occasion.” 

7a péytor’] 3. 14. ‘* the strong- 
est measures in your decrees, when 
it comes to the execution you do 
not perform even the least ..:” cf. 
3- 45 5, 15; inf. §§ 36, 37. 

éAdrrw] ‘‘ inadequate,” ** insuf- 
ficient.” 


§ 21. Tos mdvras] ‘I recom- 
mend then .. in all.” Madv. 11, 
Yr. 4. 


otpatwwtas}] here ‘‘ foot-sol- 


—22.] KATA @IAITITIOT A. 13 


"AOnvaious dni Seiv eivat wevtaxocious, && fs av Tivos 
tpiv nricias Kadws Exew Sox, ypovoy taxtov otpartevo- 
Hévous, 49) aKpov TovTOV, GAN Saov av SoxH Karas Exeww, 
éx Svadoyns adAnAouss Tos 8 Grrous Eévous civat Kedevo. 
Kal peta TovTwy imméas Staxoclous, Kat TovUTwY TeVTHKOVTA 
"AO: 4 Da A A 4 ‘ J . 
nvaious TovAdyLaTOY, waTEp Tos meloUs, TOY avTOV 
TpoTrov oTpatevopevous’ Kal immarywyous TovTOLS. 22. Elev" 
ti mpos tovTas étt; Tayelas tpinpes Séxa Set yap, 
éyovtos éxeivou vauTixov, Kal Taxed Tpinpwy Hyuiv, Srrws 
acharas 7 Svvamis mrén. TOO 87 TovTos 4 Tpod? 
, > AN 2 Lol ld \ 5 / b] 8 / Py , 
yevncetat; éym Kal Toto ppdcw xal Seikw, éredav, Svote 
THdKavTnY amroyphy owas thy Sivamuw Kal qoditas TOUS 


oTpatevopévous eivar Kedevo, SiddEo. 


diers:” cf. §§ 28, 33, where orp. 
are opposed to imzeis. 

é& fis Gv twos... A.] i. e. from 
whatever age, down to the weplroda 
or any intermediate year. We have 
the reverse mode of reckoning in 
3. 4. Aristotle (ap. Harpocr. p. 
170, Bekk.) says, xp@vra: 5€ (the 
Athenians) rots érwvtuots kal mpds 
tas otparelas Kal Sray Aiklay éx- 
méunwot mpoypdpovaw ard tlyos 
Bpxovros érwvbuov péxpe tlvos Set 
orparever@a, which clearly explains 
this passage. Hence the expression 
in Aesch. 2. 168, ras &AAas Tas ex 
Biadoxiis e&ddous Tas ev Trois émwrd- 
pots e&RAOov: cf. Schim. Ant. Fur. 
Gr. p. 251. ‘*of whatever age you 
may think advisable.” 

GdAnAots] depending on é« dra- 
doxjjs, Jelf, 593. 2: ‘* relieving each 
other.” Cf. the passage just quoted 
from Aesch. Dem. 21. 164. In 2, 
31 we have xara pépos. 

rovAaxiorov] Madv. 144, r. 3. 

Gowep ... Tov addy] 1. 15. 
In many of the passages where 
domep is found after 6 abrds, critics 
have wished to substitute domep, 
But we find «a@dwep also after 6 
aités, which proves, as Bremi re- 
marks (Aff. Crit. p. 93. 15), that 
such change would be wrong. 23. 
41, Tois abtois evexécOw kabamep by 


toy ’AOnvaioy xatraxrelvy, though he 
had just before said rhvy atrhy dlenv 
SédwKev fuwep bv. .: cf. Heind. on 
Pl. Phaed. 86 A, TG aitgG Adyy 
éonep ot.. On the navy of Philip 
see Grote, 11. 424; on the dat. rov- 
Tos, I. 22. 

Tous welovs] the case being, as 
often after &omep, &c., assimilated 
to that to which Somep, &c., refer. 
Thue, 1, 69, domep éxetvor: 6. 65, 
Sowep kal nas. 

§ 22. THAtkatTny] ‘of such 
amount,” the context in each case 
determining whether the amount is 
great or small; here of course the 
latter. As only part of the expedition 
was to consist of Athenian citizens, 
Dobree and Halm propose to read 
cvorparevouévous : Spengel conj. 
Tois oTparevonevois wapeivat (as in 
the next section woA. 5¢ wapetvat). 
West. takes elva: as = mapetvai, 
which is impossible. But the ordi- 
nary reading does not seem to pre- 
sent any insuperable difficulty if 
we suppose the article to refer to 
those mentioned in raxrdv xpévov 
orparevouévous and roy abroy xp. 
orp.: ‘“‘why I think a force of 
such amount is sufficient, and re- 
commend that those serving (as I 
have said) should be citizens,” o- 
Airas being emphatic by position, 


14 AHMOZ@ENOTS [4. 23 

23. Tocavtny piv, & dvdpes AOnvaio, dia tadta, ote ovx 
éve viv jyiv ropicacba Sivamw thy éxeivp tapatago- 
pévnv, GAXA Anorevew avayxn Kal ToUTw TO TpOT@ Tod 
monéuou xphobas tiv mpwrnv: ob Toivuy imépoyKov avTny 
(od yap grrr pucOos ovde tpody) ovdé TavTEed@s TaTrevviy 
elvat Sei. oditas S& Trapeivas nal ouprreiv Sia tadta 
KedXevw, STL Kal mporepov mot dKxovw Eevixoy tpépew év 
Kopiv0o ti rodw, ob Tlodvotpatos iyeiro wal ‘Igixpa- 
rns kat XaBpias cal adrAov twés, Kai abtovs twas ovetpa- 
reverOat' 24. Kal olda adxovwr Ort Aaxedammovious Ttaparat- 
Topevor pel vyuav évicwy ovror oi Eévou kal dtpels per 
éxeivov. €& ob & avta cal aita ta Eevixd ipiv otpa- 
tevetat, Tors Pidovs wiKa Kal Tors cUppdxous, ot S éx- 
Opot peifovs tod Séovros yeyovacw. Kai wapaxiavta 
éml tov Tis mWoAEws ToAEuOY, Tpos "ApTdBaloy Kal trav- 


So that the meaning will simply 
be, ‘‘why I recommend that there 
should be a body of citizens in the 
force sent out.” 

§ 23. Tooatryny peév] ‘Sa force 
of such strength (&moxpiv olpa:) 
because.” 

&v] 2. 4. 

viv] emphatic. 

mapatatonévny] ‘‘to meet him 
in the field.” 9. 49; 16. 10, éxw- 
duvedoare kal waperdiacde: 18. 208; 
Thue. 5.4. . 

Agorevew] of guerilla warfare. 
Thuc. 4. 41, Anorelas kal torovrou 
mwodg€uov, Comp. Livy, 3. 61 fin. ; 
29. 6, ‘‘latrociniis magis quam 
justo bello—gerebatur res.” 

wiv mpeTny] 3. 2. 

d&kovw] 3. 21. On the pres. inf. 
Mady. 171 4, ©. 2. 

év Kopiv@g] Thirl. 4, c. 36; 
Grote, 9. 454 sq. 

§ 24. ol8a axovwv] 3. 3. “I 
have heard.” 

pe” tpev] ‘fighting by your 
side and you by theirs.” K. 

évixwv] ‘‘pluries,” Fr. Though 
the orator may mean to be under- 
stood so here, the imperfect is regu- 


larly used in reference to single vic- 
tories. Thuc. 1. 13 ad fin.; 1. 493 
Andoc. 1. 107, waxerdpevol re évi- 
kwy, i. e. in the battle of Marathon. 
Madv. 1104, r. 2. Dem. refers in 
particular, no doubt, to the famous 
exploit of Iphicrates in cutting off 
the Spartan Mora. Thirl. 4. 423; 
Grote, 9. 482. 

é ot .. otp.] Madv. 1104, r. 

ving] ‘“they have been gaining 
victories over,” not your enemies, 
but ‘‘ your friends.” On the in-, 
creasing employment of mercenaries 
and soldiers of fortune at this pe- 
tiod see Grote, 11. 390; Thirl. 5. 
210. We find bitter complaints in 
the orators of their excesses: cf. the 
passages quoted by Grote, ib. p. 
312; also Isocr. 4. 115; 8. 44. 
Dem. here and in 8. 9 sq. points 
out with justice that this was in a 
great degree owing to their not pro- 
viding them with pay. 

8] ‘‘ while your enemies.” 

mapax. éwi] ‘‘after a hasty 
glance at:” cf. the illustrations in 
L, and S. 

mpds “AptaBafov] as Chares, 
2. 28. 


—26.] KATA ®IAITITIOT A. 15 
Tayot paddov oixyerar méovta, 6 5é otpaTnyos axoXov- 
Oct, eixotws: ob yap éoTw dpyew pn Siovta picOdv. 25. 
rl ovv Kedevw ; Tas Tpopdcels adedreiv Kal Tod otpaTnyoU 
kal Tov oTpatwTav, yic8ov Topicaytas Kal otpatTwras 
oixelous @omep éoTTas THY oTpaTHYoUMévwY TrapaKaTa- 
ornoavtas, émel viv ye yédws eof ws ypwpuela Tois 
mpdypaciw. eb yap Eporo Tis vas, elpnvnv ayeTe, @ 
avipes ’AOnvaion; pa Ai’ oy mpeis ye, elrout’ av, adda 
Piri Trorepodpev. 26. ovK éxerpotoveite Sé €E tuav 
a’tav déxa takidpyous Kal otpatynyous Kal durdpyous Kal 
immapyous duo ; Ti ovv ovToL Trovotow ; TAY évos avdpos, 
ov dv éxméurypnte él tov modeuov, oi Aowtrol Tas TroumTas 
méutrovow tiv peta THY iepoTrmy' woTEp Yap oi TAAT- 
TovTes TOUS mMnALvous, Els THY ayopay yeE“poTovEiTe TOUS 


#) 88d6vra] 
find them pay.” 
§ 25. Tas mpopdcets] 2. 27. 


“if he does not 


tev orp.) ‘‘of the conduct of 
the officers in command:” cf. 1. 28; 
inf. 47. 

®Wapaxatraorjcavras}] ‘‘ attach- 


ing to them.” Ps. Dem. 49. 25, 
GAA’ otk by wapaxataorioayTd Tia 
Ttév oikelwy puddrrev, ‘* would not 
have set. .” 

yéAws] the predicate, as in 1. 3; 
19. 72, éori 5 TavTa yéAws. ‘for 
the way in which we are ow ma- 
naging the thing is a mockery,” 
‘* perfectly ridiculous.” 

pa A’]’ ‘‘no, indeed, you would 
say, we are at war with Philip.” 

§ 26. éyetporovetre, «.7.A.] ‘* Sus- 
picor scribendum . . xa) xetporoveire 
-- Ipsum imperfectum éxe:poroveire, 
cui hic locus non est, movet' vitii 
suspicionem.” Schiaf. The ordinary 
reading is beyond suspicion, ‘‘ but 
did you not keep electing (during 
the whole time you have been at 
war) from among yourselves . .” 

ivds Gvipds.] Gr. and R. Ant. s, 
v.; Schém. Ant. Fur. Gr. p. 251 
sq. 

pera tov i] ‘assist the sacri- 
ficers to conduct your processions 


for you,” instead of being on ser- 
vice, as they ought to be if you are 
really at war with P.: cf. 21. 171. 
It was part of the duty of the hip- 
parch, according to Xen. Hipparch. 
3, § 1, to take care 8rws Tas rouwas 
év tais éoprais agiobedrous moihoes, 
ér: 5@ Kal ThAAG boa emiderxviva 
def rH wédrAE Bras  Suvardy Kdr- 
Awora émideitar, rd Te ev ’Anadnulg 
kal ra ev Auxely wal Ta Sadrnpot Kal 
7a év TG immoSpdup. On the ‘Iepo- 
wool, Aristotle, ap. Etymol. Mag. 
468. 56, says, KAnpwro) kpxovrés 
eiot B€ka Toy apiOudr, of Td TE way- 
revpara lepoburotct, Kay Tt Kad- 
Atepjoa bén, KaAALEpovoL weTa TAY 
pKavréwy Kal Ouolas ras vouiCoudvas 
émireAovot Kal tas mwevraernpldas 
amdoas S:orkove. wAhy Tov TMavaén- 
valwv. 

Tovs wydivous] ‘like those who 
model the clay figures (i. e. of gene- 
rals, &c.):” see Bekker’s Charicles, 
p. 183, Engl. Tr. es thy ay. be- 
longs also to of wAdrrovres: cf. 
Cob. Mov. Lect. p. 94. Why Dem., 
after saying that the generals helped 
to conduct the processions, adds 
that they were elected for the agora, 
is explained by the remark of C. O. 
Miiller, quoted by Sauppe, ‘ Fori 


16 AHMOS@ENOTS [4. 27 


rakvapyous Kal Tos PudAdpxous, ovK Emi TOV TOAEWOV. 27. 
ov yap éxypiv, @ avdpes AOnvaior, takidpyous tap’ buar, 
immapyov tap vyuav, apyovtas oixelous elvat, iv’ jv ws 
> a lel , , e , > , > ‘ cal x 
arnOas Tis morAews 7 Svvapis; GAN eis pev Atjvov Tov 
map’ vpav immapyov Set mreiv, Tov 8 trép THY Tis TO- 
ews xTNUaTwv aywvitouévwv Mevédaov immapyeiv; Kai 
> ‘x ” , fel , > | ee, , € col »” 
ov Tov avdpa peudopuevos TadTa Aéyw, GAN Up’ tov eeu 
KexyerpoTovnpevov elvat TovTOV, batts av 7. 

28. "Iows S¢ tradra pév dpbds tryeiaBe Neyer Oat, To Sé TAY 
xXpnuateav, mooa Kal wobev éotat, waddtoTa TobeiTe aKov- 


Atheniensis is fuit situs, ut nullam 
pompam vel theoriam . . ex inte- 
rioré urbe missam non oportuerit 
per forum duci.” 

§ 27. yap] sup. § 10. 

wap tpav] ‘from among your- 
selves.” 

Gpxovras] closing the enume- 
ration—‘‘in short, officers of your 
own:” 1, 13, mdv@. 

wv’ Fv] Madv. 131 4, r. 3. So 
frequently after éxpiv, obk éexpiiv, 
and similar expressions. Eur, “pp. 
641, 929; Pl. Prot. 335 ¢. After 
qhestions such as in Lys. 1. 42, 
el mpopdew, ob by SoK@ .. Tois 
gplros mapayyeiAa, ty” ws daopa- 
A€orata .. eloyew: 7. 17; after 
éBovadunv by, Lys. 3. 31, 443 4. 
‘that so the force might 


elg .. Arjpvov] From a lately-dis- 
covered frag. of Hyperides we learn 
that one of the two hipparchs was 
sent every year to Lemnos, for the 
purpose, as we may conclude from 
this passage, of taking part in some 
procession of the Cleruchs, or other 
sacred solemnity, rather than for 
the discharge of military duty. 

vov wap v. )( Menelaus, a fo- 
reigner.. Lyc. § 105, Tobs map’ 
buav tryeudvas: Pl. Soph. 242 D, 
7) 58 wap’ ipav "EAeatixdy EOvos: 
Dein. 1. 56, toy wap’ abray drorre- 
phoavta 7rd vavAov toy mopOuéa, 
‘‘that member of their body.” 
Later writers went so far as to say 


h map’ abtay xépa, & map’ judy 
marnp, &c. The Menelaus here 
spoken of is supposed to have been 
Philip’s half-brother Amyntas’ son 
by his wife Gygaea, as we learn 
from Justin, 7, c. 4. He and his 
brother Arrhidaeus are said to have 
fallen into the hands of Philip when 
he took Olynthus, and to have been 
put to death by him. 

Tov .. KTHPGTwv] Perhaps the 
Chersonese is meant: cf. 19. 78, 
where it is spoken of as Tév idiwy 
ti xtnudrev of Athens, Philip had 
just before this time been extending 
his dominion in Thrace, and carry- 
ing his aggressions to the immediate 
neighbourhood of the Chersonese. 
Grote, 11. 428. 

kalov..p.] Cf. 3. 36. 

kexetpotovnpévoy] ‘Ab Atheni- 
ensibus non poterat xe.poroveiaba 
nisi esset Atheniensis; M. ut pere- 
grinus et gevayds non fuit Kexerpo- 
tovnuevos: cf. § 33, 6 Kkvpios KaTa- 
otras dp’ duady.” Schaf. The mean- 
ing then is, ‘the officer fighting 
in defence of your possessions ought 
to have been an Athenian,” 

§ 28. To... TeV Xpnpdroy] 
depending upon dkotoa: ‘about 
the supplies, what their amount 
should be, and where they are to 
come from,” how they are to be 
raised: supr. 13, mépovs oforiwas 
xp., the third part of his promised 
exposition, 


—29.] KATA ®IAIIIOT A. 17 


cat. todto 5) Kal mepaivw. ypypata Toivur, oT: pev 7) 
tpodi}), ovTnpéciov yovov TH Suvaper TavTn, TadavTa €verrj- 
Kovta Kal puxpov tt mpos, SéKa péev vavot Taxeials TeTTA- 
paxovta tdXavta, eixoow eis THY vadv pvai Tod pNvos 
éxaotov, otpatutais Sé dicyidlows tooadé’ Erepa, iva 
Séxa Tod pnvos 6 oTpatintns Spayyas oiTnpécioy dap- 
Bavyn, trois 8 immedor Siaxocios ovcw, av tpidxovta 
Spayyas Exactos AapBavy Tov pyvos, Swoexa TddavTa. 
29. ef S€ Tis oleTas puixpav adopyny eivat oirnpéctoy Tois 
oTpatevopevois UTrapxelv, ovK OpFas Eyvwxer".€yo yap olda 
cagdas Sti, TovT dv yévntat, Tpootopiet TA AOLTA AUTO TO 
OTPATEvUA ATO TOD Trod€uoU, ovdéva TOV ‘EXAjvOV adiKodv 
ovde TOY cuppaywr, dot eyew poOov evTEed}. yw oup- 
Tréwv EOerXOVTHS TacYEW OTLODY ETOLMOS, Edy uw TADO OUTwS 
éyn. oev ody 6 Topos TOY ypnudTwv & Tap’ UuaY Kehedw 


yeveoOa ; Todt Hdn rAEEw. 


rovto 84] ‘‘I proceed then to 
despatch this point also.” 

Xpypara is put absolutely, as it 
were a heading to the sentence 
which follows: ‘‘as to supplies, 
then, the cost of maintenance, mere 
ration-money . . comes to.” 

mpés] ‘‘over.” 22. 60, Kal mr 
xpdv re mpds. Heind. Gorg. 55. 

els Thv vaiv] ‘to each ship:” inf, 
6 orpari@rns and Tod pnvds. On the 

ay of the Athenian army and navy 

cf. Bickh, Pud/. Econ. bk. 2, c. 22. 

tocavd érepa] ‘fas much 
more:” cf. Bickh, ib, bk. 2, c. 11 
ad fin. note. 

§ 29. &dopphy etvar] Bekk. st. 
from F S. Bekk., dpopuqy. L. and 
S., who translate ‘‘ inducement,” 
have mistaken the meaning of the 
passage, which is, ‘tif any of you 
thinks that finding the men ration- 
money only to begin with is a small 
start, and insufficient provision, he 
is wrong.” 

tovr’] i.e. oirnpécioy imdpxev: 
emphatic. Cf. 5. 16, eis Thy oikelay 
ef tis GuBddrot: 9. 44, TOY "AOnvalwy 
Sixalwy ef wh webéter: 23. 42, obtws 
hy kpa rodTo yévntat. 


mpoomoptet] “will provide what 
else is required from the war”’ (i. e, 
not for itself, which would require 
the middle, but so that you will not 
have to provide it: cf. wopicwauw, 
2. 16). The meaning is the same 
as in Thuc. 1. 11, 8c0v HAmiCov 
abrdbev moAcuouvta Biorevoerv. We 
are reminded of Arist. het. 3. 
2. 10, kal of pev Anoral abrobs 
‘* gropioras” kadovor viv. Bockh 
remarks on this passage, in his 
Publ, Econ. bk. 2, c. 22, ** this 
ek aha is worthy of remark, as 
aving no parallel in any Grecian 
author; it is the outline of a plan 
for embodying a military force to 
maintain itself at free quarters, and 
at the same time to form a perma- 
nent standing army ; though its con- 
tinuance was indeed limited to the 
duration of war.” 

€rouzos is very frequently used 
without eiui, as here, Ps. Dem. 
10. 4 al. 

aw60ev] sc. ora. 

map’ v...¥.] ‘to be provided 
by you.” 

AéEw] strictly, “I will recite,” 
The way in which he proposed to 


Cc 


18 AHMOZ@ENOTS 


[4. 30 


TIOPOT ATIOAEIZI=z. 


30. “A pév nyels, & avbpes "APnvaio, Seduvyjpcba evpeiv, 
taiTd éotiw éreday 8 ervyeipotovate Tas yvopuas, & av 
tpiv apéoxn xerpotovyncarte, iva yn povoy év Tois Wndiopact 
kal év tais émiotoNals TwoAeuATe Pidlarme, adda Kal, Tois 


Epyous. 


31. Aoxeire Sé wor word BédAtLov Ay Trept Tod Tror€uov Kai 
dAns THs TapacKeuns BovrevcacOa, ei TOV TOTOY, @ avdpes 


raise the money required, he had 
worked out in a written scheme, 
which he now reads to the assem- 
bly. 

§ 30. “A pév. . ravra] according 
to Dionysius (Z/. 1 ad Ammon. c. 
10) this was the commencement of a 
new speech. He says, @rerra (after 
the archonship of Theophilus, O/. 
108. 1) QeuicroxrAys ep” ob rhy 
éxtqy tov Kata BiAlrrov Snunyo- 
play amhyyerre Anuogbévns wept rHs 
gvAakijs Tay vnoiwray Kal Tey dv 
‘EAAnordvtm médewy, . . hs eorw 
&pxh, “A wey quets.. The student 
may consult on this point Grote, 
Il. 431, note, and A. Schaf. 2, 
p- 64. It is sufficient here to say 
that tadr’ éoriy must, as Petrenz 
observes, refer to what has gone 
before, as in 1. 19; 2. 18 al., which 
would be unintelligible on this 
hypothesis; and the references in 
the latter part of the speech to the 
former are too distinct to admit of 
our regarding it as the beginning of 
a distinct oration. Comp. § 32 with 
19; 33, €ml Tg m. wévew, with § 24; 
§ 43 sq. with 19 sq., &c. 

hpeis] As Dem. never uses the 
plural in speaking of himself, we 
may conjecture that #e?s means his 

litical friends, from among whom 
he had risen, or with whom he was 
known to act. Others have thought 
of the Poristae, the Boule, &c. The 
reader may take his choice. No 
doubt this was explained in the 
Tdpou *Awddeckis. 


& Gv dpiv dpéony xerporonjoare] 
Bekk. Schafer proposed éweidav 5¢ 
XEtporovnanre Tas yv... &roihoare, 
a violent and improbable change. 
Sauppe reads &v byiv dpéonn, xeipo- 
Tovheere, quoting in support 9. 70, 
and 14. 14, and this reading Dind. 
and West. adopt. If Bekker’s read- 
ing is retained, we must translate, 
“this is what we have been able 
to devise: when you come to vote 
on the resolutions (mine and others 
that may be proposed, sup. 15), 
vote whatever you approve (whether 
mine or another) that. .” 

év rats éw.] sup. §§ 19, 20; inf. 
45. West. appositely quotes Livy 
31. 44, ‘‘ Athenienses quidem literis 
verbisque quibus solis valent bellum 
adversus Philippum gerunt.” 

§ 31. av... B.] Madv. 173. In 
some passages of this kind errors 
have crept in through & being with- 
drawn from the infinitive, as in 
Isocr. 1. 12, @yd cot mweipdoonat 
ouvtépws brodécba 3 av ky por 
Soxolns . . mpds dperhy émidovva. 
Arist. Vesp. 1404, ef vy AP ayrt 
THS KaKis yAdTrns wobey mupois 
mplao owppovery ty por Soxois, 
which Cobet (Nov. Lect. p. 362) 
has well corrected by substituting 
the indic. Sore?s. So in 19. 4 the 
vulg. had ds 54 pot Soxoir’ ay... 
yvevat.. TODO spuiv Adtw. 

vov témov] ‘the (geographical) 
position.” 23. 182, domep 7 XaAxis 
T@ Témy THs EvBolas wpds tijs 
Bowrtias xeira:: ib, hy by tx 


—32.] KATA ®IAINMOT A. 19 


"AOnvaiot, THs ywpas, mpos fv Torepeite, EvOvuNOeinre, Kai 
AoyicatcGe Sri toils Tvevpact Kal Tais @pais TOU EroUs Ta 
TOAAA TpohawBdavey Siampatrerar Didurmos nai pudafkas 
Tous éTnolas fh Tov xELm@va emiyerpel, Hvix’ Av tueis i) 
duvaipeba éexeice adixécOar. 32. Set toivy Tair évOvpov- 
Hévous un BonGeias modeuelv (totepiodpev yap dravtwr) 
GAAa Tapackevy ouveyel cai Svvayer. tmdpyea 8 dpiv 
xeywadio pév ypjoOa tH Suvdper Anuyvw nal Oacw xai 
Sxrabw kai tais év TovT@ To ToT vyjoots, év als Kai Apéves 
kai citos Kai & ypn otparedpate Trav irdpyev thy S dpav 
Tov éTous, Te Kai Tpos TH yh yevéoOar padiov Kai TO THY 
TvEevpaTwV agparks, TPOS avTH TH Kwpa Kal mpos Tois THY 


bd U , € 4, ” 
€uropiwov oTopact padiws érrat. 


rémov Sorts oldey Sudy.. Cic. ad 
Fam. 1. 7. 6 (quoted by Sauppe), 
‘*eam esse naturam et regionem 
provinciae tuae;” Pro Arch. § 21; 
Dem. 18. 145. 

Tos mvevpact] explained by 
guadtas rovs érnglas: ‘‘by the 
winds and seasons gets the start 
of us, and accomplishes most of his 
designs, and watches for the mon- 
soon to commence them.” 

rovs érynaias] note to Arg.: cf. 
8. 14. 17. Grote, 2, p. 297, note. 

vav x.] 2. 23. We have an in- 
stance of this in the siege of He- 
raeum Teichos, 3. 4. Navigation 
was suspended in the winter. Ve- 
getius, 4. 39, ‘‘ Ex die tertio Iduum 
Novembris usque in diem sextum 
Iduum Martiarum maria claudun- 
tur.” Comp. the remarkable pas- 
sage in Andoc. 1. 137, where he 
argues that if the gods had looked 
upon him as the impious person he 
was represented by his enemies to 
be, they would surely have punished 
him when he ventured across the 
sea in winter: tls yap «lyduvas 
pellwov avOparos  xemavos Spa 
wreiv Thy Oddarray; With puddias 
cf. Thuc. 2. 2. 3. So rnpet, Thuc. 
4. 26. 4. 

fv a... Aa Ee ae 
opinion, ‘‘when he thinks we. 


Xen. Occon. c. 11. 14, dvioracbar 
bev ef ebyijs fiona jin’ dy ere 
tvdov kararapBdvouu, ef Tiva Sedpe- 
vos ideiv Tuyxdvoyst. 

§ 32. BonGelarg] ‘‘ subitariis mili- 
tibus” )( wapaoxeuy] ouvexei wa) du- 
vader: cf. 8. 47. 

Grdvtwv] ‘for every thing:” as 
they were on the occasions men- 
tioned below in § 35. 

auvexet] “standing,” ‘** perma- 
nent,” such as he recommends in 


§§ 15, 1 
€ iy] ‘as a winter station 
= the force.” duvdue: as févois, 1. 


” 


“yale . - vigous] i.e. Halonnesus, 
Peparethus, &c. 
xpy] sc. trdpxey, “* every 
thing required by.” 1. 27, io” 
avdynn oTparorédy, 
ae .. Gpav] ‘‘during the sea- 
Madv. 30. 


” 


son, 

7s tév wv.) ‘there is no dan- 
ger from the winds.” Inf. 45, 7d 
Tov Oewy .. Td THs TUXNS. 


mpds ... §. ora] ‘‘ immo 
eloeade,” Bekk., which Dind. now 
adopts: ‘* You will easily learn the 
time of the year when. .” This 
conj. had already been made by 
H. Wolf. o Suey there is no need 
for any chan ge. During the winter 
the force will be stationed at one of 


C 2 


20 AHMOZ@ENOT®: [4. 33 

33. “A péev odv xpicerat Kal mote TH Suvadpel, Tapa Tov 
Kaipov 6 TOUTwY KUpLos KaTacTas id vuav BovretceTa 
& trapkas Sei trap’ tpav, tadr’ éotly & éyw yéypada. av 
taita, ® avdpes ’AOnvaio, wopicnte Ta ypnuaTta Tpa@Tov & 
Aéyw, elt~ Kal TaAXA TapacKevacarTeEs, TOs oTpPaTWTAS, 
Tas Tpinpels, TOs imméas, evTEAH Tacay THY SivauW vo“@ 
Kataknélonte emt TH Tokeu@ pévew, TOY BEV YONUaTwV 
avtol taulas Kat Tropiotat yiryvopevor, Tav Sé mpakewv Trapa 
Tod otpatnyod Tov Aoyov EnTodvTes, TavcecH dei TEpl TOV 
avtav Bovdevopevor Kai mréov ovdév trovobvtes, 34. Kal Ere 
mpos ToUT@ TpaTov pev, @ avdpes “AOnvaiol, Tov wéeyroTov 
Tov éxelvou Tropa apatpnoecbe. Eats § odtos Tis; ad 
TOV UpeTéepwv Uuiv TodEuEl TUUpaywV, aywv Kai hépwv Tors 


the neighbouring islands — ‘‘ during 
the season of the yean when it is 
both easy to stand in to the shore 

. it will easily operate close to his 
country and the entrances of his sea- 
ports,” to land troops to carry out 
the system of Anorefa recommended 
in § 23, and to interfere with com- 
merce. 


in command of.” On the position 
of the participle, 3. 3. 

mapa tov x.) ‘‘alongside of,” 
‘‘at the moment of,” ‘‘ according 
to circumstances.” 18. 239, ‘elrep 
évedéxeTo mapa Tos mapdyTas Kai- 
pous. 

& .. tm. Set] “ what you must 
find to begin with.” 

yéypada] i. e. in the Mépou *Amd- 
de:fts he had just read to them.” 

évrehq] proleptic— ‘‘in short 
the whole force complete.” 

émt . . péverv] “Sto remain for 
the war,” ‘‘in the field,” so that it 
may be ouvexfs. 21. 176, mévew 
ém) rij Karaxeiporovia. 

{nrotvres] ‘‘ while you seek an 
account (the account he should of 
course render [rdv]) .. of his con- 
duct.” Cobet (Nov. LZ. p. 275) 
proposes dma:rotyres, which is 


adopted by Dind. and West. No 
doubt ara:reivy is the proper word 
in this case, and (nrovvres is not 
supported by the passages quoted 
by Redh., 19. 109, éyw & éxelvous 
Tovs Adyous é(hrovy mapa tovrou, 
and Aesch. 3. 22, dvev@uvoy Kal 
avetéracrov kal a(nrntoy obdév éort 
tav év ti mwédet. It shows the 
reckless haste with which  so- 
called emendations are made, that 
West. proposes to alter é(hrouy 
into arrovy in 19. 109 just referred 
to, where it is used in the perfectly 
legitimate sense, ‘‘I should have 
looked for such language as this 
from him.” 

§ 34. &wé] Cf. 1. 22. ‘he car- 
ries on the war against us by means 
of what he gets from,” ‘‘ from the 
resources of . .” Madv. 39, r. 

Gywv Kal dépwv] a standing ex- 
pression for hostile plundering, as 
the Lat. ‘‘ferre et agere” (Livy 
23. 3, ‘‘res sociorum ante oculos 
suos ferri agique videret”). 9. 52; 
23. 61, tla ydp otoe: } Bia Bla 
Gdikws Xaplinuos; from which and 
similar passages we see that &yew 
kal @. had become a phrase in 
which the original difference be- 
tween the verbs had become merged 
in a general signification. 


—35.] KATA @IAITITIOT A. 21 


mréovtas THY OaratTav. éreita ti mpos TovTH; 
macyew avtol Kaxas é&w yevnoeabe, oly BaoTep Tov 
maperovta xpovov eis Arpuvov Kai “IpBpov éuBarav 
aixwadwtouvs Troditas wvpeTépovs myer Eeywv, Tpos TO 
Tepaict® Ta Troia avdAdaBov awvOnta ypnyar ékéreke, 

\ a > n > +f \ ry «ey > 4 a 
Ta Téerevtalia eis Mapabava aréBn Kai thy iepav ato Tis 
xeopas @yet Exwv Tpijpn, veils 8 ovte Tadta Hdvvacbe 

’ wi? > ‘\ , a ” a” 
KwAvew oT Eis TOUS ypovous ods dv mpoOjcbe Boneiv. 
‘ A , 9 bd , fa) a fi A ‘ 

35. xaitoe Ti dy rote, @ avdpes "AOnvaior, vowitere THY meV 
tov Tlavabnvaiwy éoptav kai thy Tov Atovvciwy del Tod 
KaOynxovtos ypovou yiyvecOat, dv te Sewvol Adywow av TE 
ii@rat of TovTwy éxatépwv emiperovpevor, eis & TocadT’ 


TOU 


3 / / oe Pan > oo fal > Ld 4 

dvanrioxerat ypnpata dca odd eis Eva THY atrogTOhw?, Kai 
lol U ‘ ¢ an lal 

TocovTov dyAov Kal mapacKkeuny Sonv odK oid et TL THY 


tous wr. thy Oar] “ their 
traders,” ‘‘ their commerce.” Com- 
pare the illustrative passage in 32, 
§§ 4, 5, and Lys. ¢. Andoc. 19, 


vauxanpla emBeuevos Erde Thy 
@dAarray. On the acc. after wAciv, 
Mady. 22 4. 


é§w] ‘out of the reach of,” as 
in Prom. 271, mnudtwy ew, and 
similar phrases. 

obx womep.. exer] Arist. Zz. 
480, ov ppoyrl(er oxAnpas ce xad7- 
hevoy obtws, ox Sowep eye pavd- 
bevds cot Tout) dépw, ‘not like 
me who,” ‘‘ whereas I.” Pl. Gorg. 
522 A, diay avayxd(wy obx domwep 
éyw . . evdxovv, where see Heind. 
Prot. 341 A; Symp. 179 E, 189 C; 
Dem. 21. 218; Eur. Sacch. 928, 
*‘not like as in time past, when 
he made a descent upon. .” 

arodtras] settled there as Cleruchs. 
In reference to this period Aesch. 
says, 2. 72, blAcwros... mpds tymas 
jrywviCero...#in wept Afpvou kat 
“IuBpov «al Sxvpov trav npuerépwy 
atnudtwy. Bockh, Publ. Lc. bk. 
3, c. 18. 

atpas TG I'.] where the corn-ships 
from the Euxine used to touch. 
Grote, 10, p. 176; Thirl. 5. 38. 
On the orthography of the word see 


L. Dind., Xen. He//. 3. 4. 4. 

etddeEe] “levied.” Thuc. 8. 44; 
Dem. 19. 293. Also with an acc. 
of the person like wpdrrw: Aesch. 
3. 35, TEAN TOUS KaTamA€ovtas eté- 
Aeéav. On this section see Grote, 
II. 424 Sq. 

elg tovs x.] ‘‘at the times.” 
Cf. 2. 20, eis paxpdv: 18. 151; 
al. So ad in Latin, Cic. ad Att. 
12, 46, ‘‘utrum illuc nunc ve- 
niam, an ad decem annos,” ‘‘ten 
years hence.” TZusc. D. 1, § 82, 
ae etiam ad punctum temporis ;” 
al. 

§ 35. Tov x. x.] “fat the proper 
time.” Madv. 66. Oecd. Tyr. 75. 

ay ve] ‘‘whether persons of ex- 
perience, or the reverse, have been 
chosen by lot to...” 

Urdrat ) ( the ordinary person, 
idiérns is the adept, ‘‘ the expert.” 

of... émup.] Madv. 1804, r. 1. 

rooair ... Sea] ‘‘larger sums 
of money than upon any one what- 
ever of your armaments.” 

wal (&)] ‘‘and which are so- 
lemnized (on @xw cf. 2. 3) with a 
greater attendance and magnificence 
than I should suppose any in the 
world,” 


ov« of8’ et] Don. §,538. 


22 AHMOS@ENOTS [4. 36 
e , wv ‘ 7 > , ’ e ” id f 
amavrwv éxet, tors 5 dmoarddous tmavtas bpiv vorepivew 
TaV Kaipav, Tov eis MeOwvny, rev eis Ilayacds, tov eis 
Tlotiaav; 36. ore éxeiva pév Grravra vopw TéTaxtal, Kai 
mpooidev Exactos tay éx TodXod Tis xopNyos 4 yumvaci- 
apyos THs PuaAjs, TOTE Kai Tapa Tov Kal Ti AaBovra Ti 
Sei roveiv, ovdév avekétactov ov dopiotov ev TovrTols 
Huérnrat, ev dé Tois wept Tod todéuou Kal TH ToUTOU Trapa- 
oxevy ataxta adwplwta dopiota arravta. Tovyapody Gua 
axnkoapéev tt Kal tTpinpdpyous KaBiotapey Kai ToUTOLS avTL- 
docers wrotoveOa Kal Trepi ypnudTwy Topo oKoTOdpeV, Kal 
“ 4 , 
pera Taira éuBaivew Tos petoixous eoke Kai Tovs ywpis 
> a“ * 7 3 A uu > ¢ 7 > cid 
oixovvtas, elt avtovs madi avTeuBiBalew, 37. eit ev bow 
Taita péAdeTaL, TpoaTrodkwre TO ed 6 dv exTrréwper" Tov 


torep(fev] 1.9; sup. 32. 

§ 36. é« woddod] lane before.” 
Thuc. 1, 68; Dem. 9g. 51, ws ex 
arelorov. 

vHs >.] ‘‘his tribe.” 

vi Set] cf. § 3. ‘when and 
from whom and what he is to re- 
ceive, and what do.” 

dy, .. HpéAnrat] ‘has carelessly 
been left undetermined,” the adj. 
being proleptic. 

wept Tov w.] ‘* pertaining to war” 
—generally, not that in which they 
were engaged, 

Graxra, x.7.A.] with the asyndeton 
here comp. 9. 40, &xpyora, &rpakra, 
aydvnta. 

Gpa . — ‘as soon as we have 
«+. we:” 18, 325 19. 343 23. 20 
wal dua Se? rh mead kal wddev ie 
éxere. Comp. what is said in 8. 
II, queis 8 reddy wudpyedd re 
yryvduevoy thvixadta GopuBovpeba 
kal mapackeva(dueba. On the ex- 
changes of property cf. Gr. and R. 
Ant. s. v.3; Bickh, Pudi. Ec. bk. 
4, ¢. 16. The forty-second speech, 
which is on a case of ’Avtidoois, 
will repay perusal. 

wept xp. m.] ‘‘about ways and 
means.” 

wovg peroixovs] Bickh, ibid. bk. 
2, c. 21; Gr. and R. Ant. s. v. 

€8of«] the empirical aorist, ex- 


pressing what took place in the 
several instances involved in &ua 
axnkdapev... Cf. 2. 10, HvOnoer. 
‘It is resolved.” 

Tous x. olkotvras] ‘‘the out- 
dwellers,” ‘*‘ by whom we must un- 
derstand with the grammarians 
freedmen, or else persons who, 
though still slaves, lived apart from 
their masters, and supported them- 
selves by their own labour.” Béckh, 
l. c. Ps, Dem. (47. 72) says of a 
freedwoman, apetro yap . . éAevdépa 
nal xwpls Gre kat kvdpa toxev. 

lr atrots mw. avrepBiPdtew] 
Bekk., ‘‘put ourselves on board,” 
a strange expression, which can 
hardly be right. West. reads elt’ 
avrobs wdau, el7’ dvreuBiBd Ce, from" 
S. Dind. omits the second ef’ and 
encloses avreufiBdCew in brackets, 
understanding éuBalvew with abrobs 
mddw. If weread as West., éxelvous 
cannot be dispensed with. 

§ 37. péAAerat] here used pas- 
sively, as in Xen. An. 3. 1. 47, os 
bh pédadoto ... Ta Sovra: Thuc. 
5. 111, Spov Ta pey ioxupérara 
eami(dueva péAdrerar. Comp. Oecd, 
Col. 1618, tard cov Bpaddvera. 
‘*so whilst these delays are taking 
place, the objects, whatever they 
may be, of our expedition are al- 
ready lost.” 


—39.] KATA ®JAITINIOT A. 23 
yap Tov Mpatrew xpovoy Els TO Tapackevdater Oat dvadicxo- 
pev, of SE TOY TpaypdTwv Kalipol ov pévouvct THY NuETepay 
Bpadurita Kai cipwreiav. ds bé tov peta€d ypovov buvayers 
oiope? nuiv drrdapyeww, ovdév olai Te ovcas Troveiy em’ adTav 
TaVv Kaipav eFedeyyovtat. 3 8 eis Todo Bpews EAjdvOEY 
ev a , > “~ Ww , > , 

@oT émictérdew EvBociow Sn Toravtas emioToAas. 


ENIZTOAAI. 


38. Tovtav, & avipes ’ APnvaior, tev aveyvwrpévov addy 

a : 4 , e > w' > ‘ ? > ? e ’ 
Hév €oTL TA OANA, WS OVK EdEL, OV pV GAN tows ovy noea 
> tA > + > ’ wv ba e ~ a id ics ‘ 
axovew. Grr ei pév, doa av Tis UTEepBH TO Oyo wa wy 
AvEHon, Kal Ta Tpaypata trepAncetar, Set mpos Hdovny 
Snunyopeiv: ef & 4 THY AOYwV ydpls, av 7 MI) TpooHKovCR, 
épyo Snuia yiyvetat, aicypov éotiv, & dvdpes *AOnvaior, 
/ La , \o@ > » ld a ? 
gevaxiley Eavtous, 39. Kal dravt avaBaddopévors & ay 7 
duvoxyeph Tavrav vtorepitew tav epywv, Kai pndé TodTo 
SvvacOar pabeiv, Ste Set Tovs opOas Troreum ypwpévous ovK 


oi... xatpol] comp. with Dobree, 
Thuc. i. 142, Tod 5 woAguou Karpol 
ob peverol. Livy 31. 48, ‘non 
exspectare belli tempora moras ac 
dilationes imperatorum.” 

elpwvelav] sup. § 7. 

Tov B. xpdvov] i.e. till we can send 
a larger force. 

olat re... é€.] ‘‘are proved when 
the opportunities actually come...” 

éw’] as in 2.1. Madv. 73. 34. 
For the participle, Madv. 178 a. 
2.8; 6. 2. 

els rot’ U.] 3. 3. 

émurrohds] 4 cxords Tijs emoro- 
Ajjs éorw obros' ‘O &. eréoreirev 
EdBoeidor cupBovrdetwy ph deiv erri- 
(ew em thy A@nvalwy cunpaxlav, of 
ovde abrods Suvavra: od (ev. Schol. 


§ 38. pev ... ob phy GAN] 
1, 16 


&s ov et] “unhappily.” 

el pév] the sense of the passage 
seems clear: ‘‘much of what has 
been said, though unhappily true, 
is for all that not pleasant to hear. 
Still it is idle to shut our eyes to 


the stern facts of the case. If by 
passing over an unpleasant reality 
in a speech we could make it cease 
to be a reality, it would be proper 
and necessary to study your plea- 
sure, and only say what is agree- 
able. But as this cannot be, it is a 
shame for us to go on deceiving 
ourselves.” If this is right, Tis is 
the nom. to swepBhoera:, not Ta 
mpaypara as West. and Redh. say. 
74 mp. therefore are ‘‘ the realities,” 
i.e. those matters as they exist as 
facts. 

mpds hSovyv] 3. 3. Cf. 9. 4. 

el 8) ‘but if agreeableness of 
speech when it is out of place 
proves a harm in action, it is a 
shame...” 

éavtovs] ‘‘ ourselves :” 
10 


sup. § 


§ 39. xpwpévous] ‘deal with,” 
**conduct war properly, ought not 
to be attendants on circumstances, 
but be themselves in advance of 
them.” Sall. Fug. c. 1, ‘neque 
tegerentur magis quam regerent ca- 


24 AHMOS@ENOTS [4. 40 


axorovbeiy tois tpdypacw adn adtods Eumpoaber eivas Tov 
TpPayLaTwV, Kal TOV AUTOY TPOTTOY WaTEP THY OTPATEvLATWY 
akiwoeév tis av Tov otpatnyov ayeicOat, ovTw Kai TOV 
mpaynatwv Tovs Bovdevopévous, iv & av éxelvos Sox}, Tabta 
MpaTTnTat Kab pn Ta oupBdvta avaycatwvTar Swxeww. 
40. vyeis Sé, & avdpes ’AOnvaior, wreiothy Sivayw aravtav 
EYovTes, Tpinpets oOmditas imméas, ypnudtwy mpdcodor, 
TOUT@Y pev MexpL THS THmEpOV Hucpas ovdevi TwoTE Eis 
déov tt Kéypnabe, oddév & arroneimere, WaoTrep of BapBapor 
TUKTEVOUCLY, OUT@ TorEuEly PiritTH. Kab yap éxeivwv 6 
mrnyels del THs TANYHS ExeTat, Kav érépwoe Tratdéns, exeio€ 
€law ai yelpess mpoBddrreaOar & 7 Brérrew évaytiov oir’ 


oidev ovr €OéreEt. 


¥ 3€ a 3\ > la ’ 
41. Kal veils, €av ev Xeppovicw mvOnoGe 


Pidirtrov, éxciae Bonbeiv :wndpifecbe, éav év IIvnaus, éxeice, 


sus.” Hor. 1 Epp. 1. 19. In 24. 
95, Tats ofvrTnat Suvalucba Kal Tots 
Tov moA€uov Katpois &koAovbety, the 
meaning seems rather to be ‘‘ keep 
pace with...” o«, which belongs 
to de?, here attaches itself, as very 
commonly, to the infinitive. Cf. 
Eur. Hipp. 507, 645 ; al. 

Tov atrév... Gojwep... otTw 
«ai (Set)] 1.15. ‘‘and that in the 
same way as one would expect a 
general (Madv. 8) to lead his troops, 
ought men of counsel (those who do 
not act at random, but thoughtfully) 
to guide circumstances .. .” 

Ta 0. ... SidxKew] “to follow 
events.” Ps. Dem. 10. 21, 7d cup- 
Batvov del Sidnere. Redh. quotes 
Livy 9. 18, ‘“‘reges .. . trahunt 
consiliis cuncta, non sequuntur ;” 
and Cic. pro Balbo 4. 9, ‘‘cum 
etiam casus eventusque rerum non 
duces sed comites ejus consiliorum 
fuerint.” 

§ 40. wrelotny 8. ardvrwv] cf. 
24. 216, &o@ Bri xwdrder Thy wéAwy 
peylorny elvat; ov rpihpets Scas ovde- 
pla mdrus 'EAAnvls (which determines 
the sense of amdyrwy here: cf. 1. 
19) Kéxrnta; odx dralras; obx) 
imnéas; ob mpooddous; ob témous; 
ov Amévas; Cf. 6, 125 14. 13. 


p. THs T. H.] ‘up to the present 
day.” 9g. 28. 

els Sov tt] supr. 14; 3. 28. 

ovdev .. dwodelmere, Gorrep] Bekk. 
st. and Dind. from S.  Bekk., od- 
devds B arodrelrecbe’ “Qomep 5é...” 
ovdéy is due to Dobree. ‘ Nihil 
reliqui facitis quin ut barbari luc- 
tantur, ita ...,” Sauppe, who quotes 
Pl. Phaed. p. 69 B, av 5} Kal Eywrye 

. obdty améAimov ... yevérOat. . 
Cf. 9. 32. 

Gore - ottw] “exactly,” 
‘*just as the b. box.” 

THs w. Exerar] ‘always feels for 
the blow ;” lays hold, as it were, of 
it. His hands, instead of being 
employed in vigorous retaliation, 
are feeling the part hit. 

éxeio€ elow] ‘‘so sind die Hande 
dorthin,” ‘‘thither go his hands” to 
feel the part struck, as just said. 
Madv. 79 a. Herod. 1. 32, 6 mev 
amdorodos és thy Midnrtoy hy. 

mpoBaddcoGar = to put out the 
hands for defence, ‘‘to guard.” 
Hence the expression 19. 27, Ti 
mpoalperww ... @s mpoBeBAnuevn, 
“how guarded.” 

§ 41. wal tpeis] ‘Sso you:” 1. 
Il. 
wvOnobe] sc. Svta: sup. 18. 


—43.] KATA ®JAITIMOT A. 25 
éav GdX0Ol tov, cuprapabeite dvw Kat, Kal oTpaTnyeiabe 
\ € ? 3 ‘ , . > ‘ > ‘ la ‘ 
pev um’ éxewov, BeBovrevae § ovdev avtol cupdépov trepi 
Tod TOrEMOU, OVSE TPO TOY TpayudTwv Tmpoopare ovdev, Tpiv 
av * yeyevnwévov 7 ywyvopevov te wUOnaOe. tadta § icws 
Ld ‘ n “ id 
mpotepov pev evi» viv S& éx avTiy Heer THY akunVY, OT 
Ld tal al , a ba ” 
ovxer’ éyywped. 42. Soxel Sé por Oeav tis, @ avOpes 
’"AOnvaior, Tots yuyvouévows virép THs Toews aioyuvopEvoS 
‘ ¢ 4 3 n ‘ , A 
THv diroTpaynocuvny tavTnv éuBareiv Dilirmo. et yap 
éyov & Katéotpartat Kal mpoeikngev jovyiav éyew Here 
kal pndév erpattev ér1, atroyphy éviow vuov av por Soxei, 
é& av aicyuvnv Kat avavipiay nal mavta ta aicyiota 
aprnkoTes av tyev Snuociar viv & emvyerpov aei Tut Kal 
ncores dv Type Snuooigr vb Xetpiov det 
fal ’ v a > fs cal w 
Tov meElovos Opeyouevos laws av éxxaréoal’ vas, elrep wn 
Tavraracw ameyvakate. 43. Oavpatw S eywye ei pndeis 
¢ fal /o93 tad ‘93? ‘ e lal o ww > a 
bpov pyr évOvpetras unr’ dpyiferat, opav, & avdpes ’AOnvaior, 
THY méev apynv TOU Todeuou yeyevnévnv TEpi TOD TLwwpr- 
4 ‘ N ° ” e 4 a x 
cacbar Didurmov, thy S€ TeXeuTHY ovcav Hdn Urép Tod py 
“ Lol e \ LZ > ‘ ccd > , 
mabeiy kaxas Ud Pirimmov. adAXrA pv OTL ye OV OTHTETAL, 
Srov, ef pn Tis KwAvVTEL. Elta TOUT dvapevovper, Kai 


Gvw kate] 2. 16. 

otpatnyetode] “you are com- 
manded ...” he determines all 
your movements; you have no 
plan of your own. 

mpd tav mp.] emphatic; ‘nor 
before events take place do you 
foresee any thing.” The clause mplv 
éy...is explanatory of mpd Trav 
mpayudrwy, ‘till you hear that 
something has Pea or is hap- 
pening.” Cf. 5.2; Ps. Dem. to. 
21, 29. 

éviv] Bekk. from S; #v moreiv 
F ; cet. évijv roteiy. 

Her] impersonal: ‘‘ matters have 
come to the very crisis.” Madv. 
7 a, 4. 
éyxwpeit] sc. radra,as in Pl. Soph. 
246 D quoted by Sauppe), « e 
TOUTO LH eyxwpei, Adbye@ TOL@pev. 

§ 42. tois y.] ‘‘for what is taking 
place.” Madv. 41, r. 

€xwv] ‘‘in possession of :” § 9. 


érparrev] ‘‘ were trying to ef- 
fect,” ‘‘ were attempting.” 

a&roxpiy « - Soxet] ‘‘ would be 
content with a state of things which 
would bring upon us as a people 
the imputation of cowardice and 
the deepest disgrace.” 

With dvavSpiav comp. Thuc. 
35, dperh, ‘*a character for viehie? i 
kala, Thuc. 3. 61. 

_, OPEVopevos] ae reaching out after,” 

‘* grasping after more.” Mew Crat. 
§ 477. Thuc. 4. 17, del yap rod 
wrelovos eAmld: dpeyduevos: Thuc. 
ib. c. 22. 23; c. 92. 

ameyvoxare] 3. 33. ‘‘if, that 
is, you have not altogether given up 
in despair.” 

§ 43. apxyv] Grote, 11. 427. 

inrép] “to save ourselves from :’ 
I. 5. 


orjcerat] i. e. Philip. “ that 
he certainly will not ad al 
eira] I. 24. 


26 AHMOS@ENOTS [4. 44 


Tpujpes Kevas Kal tas mapa Tod Selvos éAmribas ay 
drrooreiAnte, avr éyew olecbe Kaas; 44. OUK eu- 
Bnoopeba; ovw eEyev adtol pépes yé TWe oTpaTiwTav 
oixeiwy viv, ei Kal pi mpoTepov; ov él thy éxelvov 
mrevoopeba; Tot ovv mpocopmiovpeba, HpeTO TiS. EvpHoEt 
Ta cabpa, @ avdpes "AOnvaior, Tay éxeivov mpaypatwv 
avTos 6 TOAEuOS, av eTixeipayer Gv pévTor KaBapeBa oixoL, 
Aoopoupéevwy axovovrTes Kat aiTiwpévwy adAHdovs TeY 
Aeyovtwy, ovdérot ovdey nyuiv pH yevntar Tov SeovTwr. 
45. Orrou pev yap av, oluat, pépos TL THS TOMwS TUVATFO- 
oTanh, Kav pn Taca, Kai To Tov Gedy ebpevés Kal TO THs 
TUyNs ouvayoviterar Srot 8 dy atpatnyov Kai Yijdiopa 
Kevoy Kal Tas amo tov Brwatos éAmidas éxréuryyte, ovdev 
buiv rdv Seovtrav yiyverat, GAN of pev €xOpol Katayedoou, 
oi 5é cvppayos teOvaor Tq Séee TOUS TOLOUTOUS aTTOTTOAOUS. 


Kevds] 3. 5. 

mapa tov §.] ‘from this person 
or that.” infr. 45, Tas dd Tod Bi- 
Baros éAnldas. 

§ 44. viv, x.7.A.] supr. 7. ‘now 
though we did not before.” 

rises seit Bekk. st.; mAev- 
covmeba, Bekk. Cf. L. Dind. on 
Xen, An, 5, 1. 10, 

Hpers tis] The question is rhe- 
torically put, as if actually heard 
by the orator. ‘‘I heard some one 
ask.” Cobet (Hyper. Fun. Or. p. 
33) says, “‘quum has verborum 
faces civibus admoveret Dem. non 
potuit languidum illud et iners #peré 
Ts apponere ;” and accordingly he 
omits the words. Others, if I mis- 
take not, will look upon the expres- 
sion discarded by Cobet as, in a 
rhetorical point of view, particularly 
effective. 

Ta 0... Tov... mp.] Cf. 2. 14, 
21; supr. 8; Tac. Hist. 2.77 (quoted 
by Sauppe), ‘‘ Aperiet et recludet 
contecta et tumescentia victricium 
partium vulnera ipsum bellum.” 
“‘The war itself will find out the 
unsound parts of his power.” 

Kabwpefa] 2. 23. 


ovdémor’ ovSev. . . py y.] Madv. 
124, r. 3; Don. § 546. 6. 24; 9. 
75; al. Dind., Sauppe, and others 
have rightly omitted the od which 
Bekk. has before yh. Bekker’s 
reading can neither be justified nor 
explained. Some few similar ex- 
amples are found in the ordinary 
editions, but they have very properly 
been corrected. ‘‘There is no 
chance of our ever having any thing 
done that should be done,” ‘‘ any 
good achieved.” 

§ 45. To tov 8... . Td TH T.] 
‘*both heaven is favourable and for- 
tune favours us.” Tdxn is similarly 
represented as an independent power 
co-ordinate with the gods in Phoen. 
1209, KaA@s Ta TOY Oewy kal Ta THs 
tTuxns exer: cf. 2. 2. 

w. wevdv] §§ 19, 30. 

reOvaot .. 8. Tous... a.] ‘‘are 
dead for fear of,” ‘‘ stand in mortal 
fear of,’—the acc. being governed 
by re0. rq Ser, as = pada dediaci. 
Cf. Mr. Shill. de A Leg. § 81; 
Mady. 22 4, note. Cf. Bacch. 1287, 
Aéy’, Gs 7d peAAov Kapila whiny’ 
exe 


—47.] KATA ®IJAITIMOT A. 27 
46. ob yap ari, od« Zorw eva dvdpa SuvnOival wore Tail’ 
bpiv mpatar wav8 boa Bovrecbe trocyécOat pévror Kai 
dijcat Kat tov Selva aitiacacOar Kai Tov Seiva ~otiwv. Ta 
Sé mpaypwata ex TovTwy drodkwrev" Grav yap yhTat wev O 
otpatnyos aOXiwv atropicbwv Eévev, oi S irép dv ay éxeivos 
mpakn mpos vplis yrevdopevor padiws évOad’ wow, vpeis 8 e& 
Gv akovonte 6 te dv TvynTe Whdifnode, Ti nal ypn mpoc- 
Sona ; 

47. [las ody taita mavcerat ; Stray vpeis, & avdpes’AOn- 
vaiot, Tovs avrovs amodeiEnte oTpatiwtas Kal wapTupas Tay 
otpatnyoupéver Kal dixactas olxad éXovtas trav evOvvar, 
Gore un axovew povoyv vyuds Ta vuerep’ avTav, GAA Kal 
mapovtas opav. viv 8 eis TovP ineu TA Tpdypata aicyiyns 
aoe Tav oTparnyav ExaoTos Sis Kal Tpis Kpiverat Trap’ vuiv 
mept Gavartov, mpos Sé Tovs eyOpods ovdeis oddé Arak adtav 


§ 46. va dvSpa] i. e. a general 
sent out with an empty decree and 
hopes from the platform (Thuc. 3. 
38, Ta uty méAdrovTa Epya amd TaY 
€i einévrwy oKowourtes ws Suvara 
ylyverOa), but without troops. ‘It 
is impossible, impossible, I repeat, 
that one man should be able. . .” 

%. ... wat .] ‘‘to promise how- 
ever and make assertions... is 
possible.” The promises of Chares 
passed into a proverb: Zenob. 2. 
13, al Xdpnros srocxéces ... em 
Tay mpoxelpws  emaryyeAAomevav 
mwoAAd, 

G&ropicOwv}] on the want of pay 
cf. 2. 28. 

of 8’. . Sov] ‘and there are here 
persons who without scruple tell 
you lies about . .” West. is wrong, 
I think, in taking pqdlws with dow 
—‘‘ungehindert ihr Wesen treiben,” 
and so Mr. K., ‘‘here are persons 
easily found.” Much of the eighth 
speech is a commentary on this pas- 
sage: e.g. § 19 sq. 

1 &y]""“ from what.” 21. 102, 
ex tay elpnucvwy natapnpicerdat : 
ib. 159, xplvew ex rovrwr. 

& uw Gv... rf) ‘at random :” 


1.35 24. 157, ov yap GrrBs, ob ds” 
Eruxev... GAN’ Cokeupevws Kai abrd 
TovTO mpdTrovTes. 

vi xal xph w.] The force of Kal 
may be best expressed by an em- 
phasis—‘‘ what are we to expect ?” 
“* what can we expect ?” 

§ 47. N@s] ‘‘parum accurate in- 
terrogatio orditur a particula més, 
quasi sequatur 8ray.” Schaf. Comp. 
25. 68 (quoted by Fr.), 6 8 dva:dhs 
é« tlyos @voudaOn Tav GrrAwv Bray 
++ ToAUG; and the precisely similar 
passage in Ps, Dem. 13. 15, GAAG 
was KataAtera; ... Stay ipeis.., 
**they will cease as soon as. .” 

tev orp.) Cf. § 25, and for 
udprupas cf. ib., domep éxdrras. 

tov evOvvav] i.e. of the gene- 
rals, 

xplverar . . wept 6.) ‘‘is tried 
before you for his life.” On this 
subject cf. 2. 25 and 29; Aesch. 2. 
ql, ev Trois ayo .. Tois Xdpnros. 
Dem. 19. 332. Allusion is made 
in 23. 104 to the trial of Autocles 
for having caused the ruin of Milto- 
scythes; of Cephisodotus, ib. 167; 
of Callisthenes, Aesch. 2.71. Comp. 
Dem. 19. 186, 


28 : AHMOZ@ENOT= [4. 48 
wywvicacbar tepi Oavdrov Tora, GAA tov Tov dv8pa- 
modicTav Kal AwroduTav Ouvatoy padrov aipodvtat Tod 
TpoonKovTos: Kakovpyou pev yap éote KpiOévr’ atroBaveiv, 
otpatnyod Sé waxdopevov Tois Trodkeuiows. 48. vudv 8 ol pev 
mepuovTes peta Aaxedatpovioy pact Pidimmov mpatrew Thy 
OnBaiwy xatddvow Kai tas Todtelas Siactray, of § ws 
mpéaBets méroudhev ws Baciréa, ob & ev IdAvpwis trodes 
Teryivew, ot S& Royous TAUaTTOVTEs ExaoTOS TreEpLtepyopucda. 
49. ym 8 olwar pév, & avdpes "AOnvaio, vn Tovis Oeodrs 
éxeivoy peOvey TH peyéOer TOY TeTpayyévwv Kat ToAAA 
ToLavTa GverpoTroneiv ev TH yvoun, THY T épnuiay TOV KwrV- 
cOVvT@Y OpavTa Kal Tois TeTpayyévors ernpuevor, Ov pévTOL 
ye pa Av ottw mpoatpeicbar TpatTew wate Tos avonToTa- 
Tous Tay Tap nuiv eidévar Ti pédreu Tovey éxEivos: avonTo- 


Tato yap €iow of oyoTroLObYTES. 


aept 8.] ‘‘to the risk of his life.” 

tov... dvSp. xat A.] The kind of 
death meant is clear from Lys. 13. 
68, tov 3& rpiroy . . Awmrodurhy 
amrinyaye, kal duets xplvavres .. Kad 
katayvdvres altod Odvatov amotup- 
mavioa: awédore, 

Tov mp.] ‘‘that which becomes 
them,” a soldier’s death. Dobr. 
and Cobet condemn the sentence 
kaxovpyov ... moAeulois as a gloss. 

§ 48. wepudvres] in the Agora: 
§ 10; 6. 14; 18. 158. 

Thy OnBalwy Karadvow] ‘ con- 
certing the humiliation of Thebes,” 
by the re-establishment of Orcho- 
menos, Thespiae, and Plataea. 
Dem. 16. 4 sq. is the best com- 
mentary on this passage: cf. Grote, 
11. 405. 

Tas mw. 8., depending on mpdrreyv 
—‘‘and the breaking up of the free 
states,” and their dispersion into 
villages, especially Megalopolis : 
Dem. ].c. Cf. 15. 20, Tas moAr- 
telas xatadvovras. The Spartans 
treated Mantinea in this way after 
the Peloponnesian War, B.C. 385: 
~Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 7. Pl. Symp. p. 
193 A. A people so treated were 
said to be dipriopévor Kata Kopus: 


5O. GAN dav adévres 
Xen. 1. c.; Dem. 19. 81. Cf. Co- 
bet, Mov. Lect. p. 288. For the 
constr. here cf. 32. 8, uh KatamAciv 
*AOnvd le Tb wAoiov Exparre, quoted 
by Sauppe. 

mp. .. a Baoitéa] A. Schif. 
(2. 31), referring to the letter from 
Darius to Alexander (ap. Arrian. 
Anab, 2. 14. 2), is disposed to 
think that this was not the mere 
gossip Dem. represents it to be. 

ot 8] ‘‘others—in short, we go 
about each inventing stories.” 

§ 49. éy® 8'] ‘but for my part, 
though before heaven I believe he 
is intoxicated with the greatness of 
his achievements, and dreams many 
such things in his imagination, . . . 
still I most certainly do not think 
that he intends to act in such a way 
as to let . . know what he is going 
to do.” With me@dew..comp. Hor. 
1 Carm, 37. 10, ‘* Fortunaque dulci 
ebria;” Pl. Rep. 562 D, Bray... 


Snuoxparounévn médris eAevOeplas 
buphoaca . . . . Gepdrov aris 
pebua by. 

éveip. . . TH y-} the ‘* quidlibet 


impotens sperare”’ of Horace, l. c. 
Pp P 


why ..epyplav] Cf. 3. 27. 
dvonrétato, .. A.] Dobree and 


—51.] KATA @IAITIIOT A. 29 


Tait’ éxeivo eiddpev, Ot. exyOpos avOpwros Kal Ta Huérepa 
nuas atroorepe Kal ypovoy trodvw UBpixe, Kai arravl boa 
moToT nATricapev tia Tpakew vTrép nuov Kal’ nuav 
eUpntat, Kal Ta dowTa ev avrois nuiv éoti, Kav py viv 
€Oédwpev exe trodepeiv adt@, évOad’ tows davayxacOnoo- 
peOa roidtTo Troi, av taita eid@pev, kal Ta Séovra 
éoopuela eyvwxores Kal AOyov pataiwy amndrAdaypEévor ov 
yap arta wor éotat Sei oxoreiv, adn Ste padr’, av pH 
mpocéynre Tois Tpdypace Tov vowv Kai Ta TTpoonkovTa 
move eOéXnT, Ev Eid€vat. 

51. "Eyo pév ody ovr’ addoTe TaToTe Tpos yap 
ethounv réeye, & Tr dv pi Kal ovvoicew TeTEcpEvOS , 
viv te & yuyvaokw Trav? amdra@s, oddév UToTTEtNapEVOS, 
merrappyciacpar. ¢Bovdounv 8 dv, dowep Ste vwiv cup- 


Cobet follow Lambinus in branding 
this sentence as a gloss. Theophr. 
Char. 7, % Aoyorota éort Pevdav 
Adywy Kal mpdtewy dv BovAerar 46 
Aoyoraay. Such persons are fre- 
quently spoken of by the orators: 
Dein. 1. 35, Katackevd{wy Aovyo- 
notous: ib. 32, mepudy Kata Thy 
Gyopay éAoyorole:: Dem. 24. 153 
Andoc. 1. 54. Cf. Thuc. 6. 38. 

§ 50. &vOpwwos] Libri dvOpwmos : 
cf. 1. 3. 
nwa] West., understanding Philip 
only to be meant, takes twa with 
boa, as boa tia in 27. 23, where 
however the words are in juxta- 
position. It seems better to under- 
stand it generally, as an argument 
why they should depend on their 
own exertions ; ‘‘and in every in- 
stance in which we ever hoped that 
any one (Philip among the rest— 
2. 6) would act in our interest, he 
has been found to act against us. .” 
With efpyra: we must therefore sc. 
mpdéas. Schaf. compares 25. 7, a 
pndels pey by adrds memoinnévat 
phociev, ev 88 Tals Phpors edpedhae- 
Tat (Sc. memoinkas). 

év. . §piv] ‘‘ and that the future 
depends on ourselves.” Soph. Piz. 


963; Oecd. Col. 247. 

év0a8"] an alternative put before 
them also in 1. 15, 25, al. 

&v ratra] ‘if I say. .” 

éodpeba éyv.] The fut. ex., as in 
1. 14, ‘we shall have come to a 
right determination and have done 
with idle talk.” 

oxoweiv ... €¥ elSévar] “‘spe- 
culate what the future will be, .. 
but feel convinced that.” 

§ 51. "Ey® pév] ‘as I never on 
any previous occasion sought your 
favour by saying what I am not 
convinced will also be for your in- 
terest, so now I have spoken out 
my whole mind honestly and with- 
out reservation.” ¢fv would have 
referred directly to the occasions on 
which he had addressed them in the 
speeches numbered 14, 15, 16, and 
23. The conj. represents his abiding 
determination on all occasions to 
say only that which he believed to 
be for their good: cf. 2. 24. 

Gmhas, ovdev %] Cf. 1. 16; 
Isocr. 8. 41, ovdty brooreiAduevos 
GAN? avemmevws Tos Adyous wéAAw 
mo.eto Oat. 

ép. .. av] Madv. 118 4, r. 2. 
**I could have wished, knowing 


30 KATA ®IJAITIMIOT A. 


gépes Ta BérticTa aKxovew oida, ovtws eidévat acuvoicov 
kat T@ TA BéATICTA eiTovTL TOAA@ yap av Hdiov elzrov. 


> 


vov 8 ér 


aGdnrols OveL TOs ATO TOUT@Y e“aUT@ yevnco 
ous sd MavT@ yevnoo- 


pévois, Sums eri TO cuvoicev, éay mpdknte, Taira 


memeicOar réyew aipovpat. 
péAKEL TUVOLTELY. 


that it is to your advantage to hear 
good advice, I were equally certain 
that it will be to the advantage of 
the giver of it.” Isocr. 8. 36, éBov- 
Aduny 8 &y, Sowep mpdxeipdv err 
énaiveiobar thy apethy, obTw mpoc- 
jiov elva.. Lyc, § 3. After ouv- 
oigov Sauppe and West. understand 
To Ta B. eiweiv. I prefer to take it 
absolutely (Madv. 178 a, and r. 2). 
For the apprehension here ex- 
pressed cf. 2. 21 and 32; 1. 16. 

yap] referring to the suppressed 
protasis—‘‘I should then.” 1. 1, 
ob yap wdvov: Thuc. 3. 42, Adora 
yap ty reioOeinoay: al. West. from 
S reads elxov for elxoy. 


‘ , oe cal tc «a 
vinon 8 6 Te Tacw div 


én’ G8yjAo1s] ‘‘as it is, though 
uncertain what the result of these 
counsels will be to myself, still in 
the conviction that...” So Eur. 
lon 228, ém 8 aoddxros phaoiwi, 
“with unslaughtered sheep.” Dem. 
21. 30, ém’ GdfAos. .. Tots bdiKh- 
govolv... 

vig] Thuc. 2. 12, 4v TMepi- 
KAdous yvaun mpdtepoy veriknvia: 
ib. 54. 3. Mr. Shill. De F. Leg. 
§ 48. 

cuvolceayv] Cf. the conclusions 
of speeches 3 and 9; Arist. Rhet. 1. 
3, TAOS 58... TH wey gTuuBovAevorts 
7d cundépov Kat BAaBepdy. 


KATA ®IAITIIMIOT B. 


YTIO@EZIS. Wapawe? 8:4 tovrov rod Adyou ois *AOnvalas 6 phrwp 
mwodkéuiov bmorrevew toy SlAirnov Kal TH eiphyp wh mdvy morevew, GAN 
eyelperOa: nal mpocéxew tov vodv Trois mpdypact Kal ebrpemi(erOar apds 
méAcuov? emiBovrevew yap aitiara: Kal Trois "A@nvatos Kal wacr Tots. “EAAnot 
Tov didtrmoy, Kal TovTO abTov KaTauaptupeiy Tas mpdtes dnolv. emaryyéa- 
Aerat 88 Kal dmoxpioes Bécew mpds Twas mpéoBes Heovras, dmopolytwy Tay 
*AOnvalwy & Tt wore droxpivacda: Set. wdOev Se obrot Kad wept Thywy HKovow, 
ev TG Ady pev ob Sndovrai, ex 5& Tav Siriwmnay icropiay pabeiv duvardy. 
kata yap Todrov toy Kaipdy Ereupe mpéoBers 6 blArwmmos pbs *AOnvalous, 
aitidpevos Sri SiaBddAdovow adtdy pdrny mpds-Tols “EAAnvas as exayyetAd- 
pevoy abrois TOAAG Kal peydAa, Pevodueroy dé obdev yap dmerx7obal pnow 
ob8é epedoOat, kal wept rovTwy érAéyxous amare?. Frewbay 5é werd HiAlwrov 
nal "Apyeiot kal Meootvior mpéoBes eis *AOhvas, aitidpevor Kal ovror Toy 
Sijuoy Br: AakeSaipovlors KaradovAovpéevais THy MeAondyynooy etvous ré éort 
kal ouyKporet, abtois 5& wep) eAevOeplas woAcuotow evayTiovTat. amopovo. 
ody of ’A@nvaio: kal mpos tov SlAvwmov droxploews Kal mpds tas médcis, bre 
ebvor pév elot Aakedatpovlos kal thy tav ’Apyelwy kal Meconviwy pera 


ARGUMENT.—Tovtov tot A.] De- 
livered in B.C. 344. 

érayyéAAerat] In § 28. 

vav Pidurmnov toropiav] A 
History of Philip was written by 
Theopompus of Chios, in fifty-eight 
books : fifty-three of them were ex- 
tant in the ninth century, and read 
by Photius. The popularity of this 
history is attested by the numerous 
quotations from it, and it is pro- 
bable that Libanius refers to it in 
particular. There were other works 
—histories or biographies—treating 
of this period, by Satyrus the peri- 
patetic philosopher, Duris of Samos, 
Anaximenes of Lampsacus (whose 
history of Philip is referred to by 
Harpocration s. v. ‘AAdvynoos), and 
others. 

érepwe mpéoBers] Thirl. (vi. p. 
10) follows the account here given, 
and agrees with Winiewski in think- 
ing that Philip's embassy was headed 


by the celebrated Python of Byzan- 
tium, who, at some time during his 
mission, delivered a speech in de- 
fence of his master, which is men- 
tioned by Dem. in 18. 173. Grote 
(11. 615, n. 4) cannot believe that 
any ambassadors from Philip were 
in Athens at the time, and makes 
the mission of Python the result of 
this speech. The speech does not 
decide the point. But there is no 
reason to reject this statement of 
Libanius, drawn as it is from the 
histories of the period. 

Os éwayyetAcpevov] through the 
ambassadors of the Athenians, 
Aeschines and Philocrates (cf. §§ 29, 
30; 19. 20sq.), and a letter in which 
he threw out hints of what he would 
do for them if alliance were granted 
him as well as peace: Ps. Dem. 7. 
335 19. 40. 

xatadovdoupévots] Grote, 11.612; 
Thirl. 6. 8. 


32 AHMOS@ENOTS [6.7 


dilenov otoracw nal picoto: Kal imomrevovow, ob phy damrodqvacba 
Stvavrar Slkaa mpdrrew tovs Aakedaimovious. mpds 8& Toy blAurmoy 
Sinuaprhkact piv Gv Hamoav, od phy bw exelvov ye abrod BSoKxodow 
einraricba ore yap rais émioroAais évéypapev 6 idiwmos émayyeAlay 
ovdeulay, ore 5d tay islwy mpécBewy émovfoard twa Sadcxeow, GAN 
*"AOnvalay rivés Hoav of toy Siuov eis eAmlda naracricavtes ds blAcwros 
boxéas cdcet Kal rhy OnBalwy BBpw naradricetr. 8% TobTo 5 Anuogbevns Trav 
amoxplrewy pynobels emayyéAAeTat wiv aitas Sécew, pyol bt Bri Sleaov Fv 
tobs thy ducxéperav wemoinkdras éxelvous Kal ras dmoxploets dmarreioOat, Tovs 
anarhoavras, pnol, roy Siuov Kal dvoltayvtas bidlwaw MdAas. tadra 8 eis 
tov Aloxlyny aivirrerat, mpoxarackeva(duevos, &s act, thy Kar’ abrod 
xatnyoplay tis mapanpeoBelas, hy borepov éveoryicato, Kal mpodiaBdAAwy 
abroy xpos rods *A@nvatous. 


1. "Orav, @ avdpes "AOnvaiot, Adyou yiyvwvTat Tept ov 
Pidummos mpatre. Kai Bidlerar rapa tiv eipyvyy, det Tors 
“ey toa , \ , x , fia 
bmép Huav AOyous Kai Sixalovs Kal GiravOpwrovs spa 
patvopévous, kai Aéyew ev Grravtas ael Ta Séovta Soxodytas 
Tovs KaTnyopovvtas Pirimrov, yvyvouevov 8 ovdev ws Eros 
eieiy Tov SeovTwy ovd wy évexa Tad axovew ako: 


Sixatov jv] Cf. § 28. — 
torepov] in the following year, 


B.C. 343. 


§ 1] Compare the beginning of 
the third Philippic. 

In mp. wat Bidferat the latter 
verb gives the kind of acts by which 
Philip was infringing the peace. 9. 
39, amdrware al vevdonkev  “EAAGS: 
9. 62, kpxover Kal Tupayvotar: 19. 
go, awdAwre Kal yéyovey aaberis 
(where see Mr. Shill.’s note): Aesch. 
I. 95, Taira pty admorddda xal 
katraxextBevto Kal Katwpopdynro. 
*‘ Whenever there is a discussion 
about the acts, I should say the 
acts of aggression, by which Philip 
is infringing the peace, I always 
observe that the speeches made on 
our behalf ..” With Aid(era: we 
must in strictness understand mpdr- 
Tew, as in 21. 11, AauBavdrvrwy 
h BiaCouévwv, where Schaf. com- 
pares also 21. 40, wh... ere Tair’ 
avrov Aéyeiv, und’, &v Bid(nrar. . 

tAavOpdmrovs] ‘ sympathetic,” 


** generous” (cf. 7. 30), as exhibit- 
ing an interest in the fortunes of the 
Greeks affected by the aggressions 
of Philip. 

gatvopévous .. Soxotwras] ‘‘ap- 
prove themselves as. . are thought 

8’] “yet.” : 

Os &ros elmeiv] (S omits exmety.) 
Don. § 607 obs. ; Madv. 151. ‘‘no- 
thing, so to say,” ‘‘nothing, or next 
to nothing, that is proper, is done, 
or for the sake of which it is worth 
while to listen to these speeches.” 
The use of the phrase with rdvres, 
ovdéy, &c., in order to lower an ab- 
solute to a general statement, is 
common and well known. Pl. Rep. 
5. 456 B, woAd xpateira: ev Gracw 
ws eros eimeiy Td yévos Tod yévous, 
yuvaixes pévtot moAAal woAAGY dv- 
Spay Beatious eis moAAd 7d 8 SAov 
éxer ds ob A€yers. Hence the use 
in Rep. 1. 341 B, worépws Adyers Thy 
Bpxovra .. Toy ws Eros eieiv (in the 
popular sense) # Tov axpiBe? Ady; 
It is very seldom that we find in 


—3,] KATA ®IAIIINOTY B. 33 


2. GAX’ eis TOUTO dn Tponywéva TvyYave. TavTA Ta Tpay- 
pata TH TOE WoO’, Gow Tis Gv paddAov Kal davepwrepor 
eEereyyn Pidurmoy Kai Thy Tpos bpas eipnyynv TapaBaivoyta 
kal maou tois "EdAnow ériBovdevovta, torovT@ Td Ti yp?) 
moveiv cupBovredoat yareT@Tepov. 3. aitiov dé TovTwy rt 
Tavtas, ® dvdpes’ AOnvaior, Tovs TrEoventety CnTodvTas epyw 
Kwdvew Kai mpakerw ovyl Noyous Séov, TpaTov péev Hueis of 
Taplovres ToUTwY pév adéotaper, Kal ypapew Kat cupBov- 
Aevew, THY pds Huds amwéxOevav dxvodvTes, ola Trove’ bé, ws 
Seva Kal yarerd, tabta SiueEcpyoueOa Ere stpeis of 
Kabrpevol, as pwéev ay eitroite Sixalovs AOyous Kal A€yovTOS 


prose any such variation in the 
order of the words as in Pl. Legg. 

12. 967 C, G&rav@ ws elweiv Enos. 
We have also ds Ady eimeiy, 
Herod. 2. 15; os eiweivy, Thuc. 
1. 1. 

§ 2. TH WédeL] a dat. of reference: 
Don. § 459. ‘‘ But to this point 
now are all the affairs of the country 
brought, that the more convincingly 
and clearly . , the more it is ..” 
On the part. mapaBalvovra, 4. 37. 
After xaAewérepov Bekk. st. omits 
eiva: with S, pr. m. On the omis- 
sion, I. §. 

§ 3. atrtov 84] Madv. 197. For 
mavtas West. reads mdvtes from 
“pr. S,” ie. quets of mw. and dpets 
of x. But the accusative is required 
by the argument: ‘‘ the reason is 
that whereas in all cases those who 
are seeking to aggrandize themselves 
ought to be stopped by deeds and 
actions,” neither we the speakers 
nor you our hearers are prepared 
for such an energetic course in the 
case of Philip. Cf. 8. 73, de? & 
Epyou 77 wéAet Kal mpdteds Tivos, 

of wapidvres] The full phrase is 
mapiévat ém} 7d Bajwa, Aesch. 1. 64, 
quoted on 1. 8. But of 7m. often 
occurs as a standing expression for 
‘* speakers,” ‘‘ the men of the plat- 
form,” referred to in 4. 1, Tay 
eiwdtwv.. Cf. 9. 182; Isocr. 8. 
1, of mwapidvres évOdde. Schim, 
Ass. of the Ath. p. 111, Engl. Tr, 


Tovtwv] explained by Kal Aéyew 

wal cupBovadevery. On the omission 
of the article see 3. 12. ‘‘ shrink 
from these (our proper) duties of 
making motions and giving ad- 
vice.” 
Thy mpds ¥. 4.) ‘SH mpds tive 
&. duplicem habet significationem : 
subjectivam, odium quo aliguem 
persequor ; objectivam, guod est 
contra me apud aliquem,”—Bremi, 
who illustrates the first sense by 
18. 36, 3a thy To? srotcav 
anéxGeiay mpdos rovs OnBalovs, the 
second by thy dwéx@erav xpds 
@nBalovs in the same section. Cf. 
Mr. Shill. de F. Leg, § 96; Isocr. 
8. 167, deloas rhv mpbs spas 
GréxGeiav, ‘through fear of in- 
curring your displeasure.” 

ola mw. 8€] ‘but detail his do- 
ings, descanting on their heinous 
and atrocious character.” 18. 41, 
6 7a OnBalwy ddupduevos , . abn 
kal diefov ws oixrpd. 

ot «.] ‘‘our hearers,” opp. to ava- 
ords as said of the speaker, 4. 1. 

@s .. Gv elwoure} Madv. 137; 
infr. 37. ‘‘are better provided for 
making just speeches...” (PI. 
Gorg. 448 D, adds ye. . palverat 
TldAos mapecxevdc@a: eis Adyous), 
“but to hinder him from executing 
what he has now in hand you are 
wholly unprepared to exert your- 
selves,” 


D 


34 AHMOZ@ENOTS [6. 4 


» , ‘ 
ddXov cuveinte, awewov Pirirwov wapecxevacGe, ws Sé 
kwducat dv éxelvoy mpdtrew tadta ép wv éoTi voy, 
TavTEenas apyas éyete. 4. cupBaiver 67n Tpayya dvayxaior, 
olwat, Kal lows eixos: év ols éExarepor SiatpiBete Kal trepl & 
omovddtere, Tait’ duewov Eéxatépois Eyer, exeivp pev ai 
‘ can > i ’ , ‘ 3 \ fol , 

mpates vyiv & of Aoyou. ei pev ov Kal viv déyew 
Simasorepa vpiv eEapxel; padziov, Kat tovos ovdels mpocerts 

a“ , > > \ ’ 349 La 
TO mpaynary 5. et °) Gras Td mapovr eravophwOncerat 
Se? oxotreiv, Kal ut) TpoedOovTa Ere ToppwTépw AnoEL TaVTAS 
Huds, pnd emiathcetat péyefos Suvdwews Tpos fy ovd 
avrapat Suvncopeba, ovy 6 adTos TpoTros GoTEp TpOTEpoV 
tod BovAevecGat, GX Kal Tois Aéyovcw aract Kai Tois 
axovovew tpiv Ta BédATICTAa Kal TA GwCOYTAa THY pdcTwV 
Kai Tav ndlaTwY TpoalpeTéor. 

6. IIparov pév, et tis, @ avdpes "AOnvaior, Oappet dpav 
¢ , La \o@ A ’ > hs ‘ ’ v 
NALKOS Hn Kai Gowy KUpLos éoTL PiduTrTros, Kai undéva oleTaL 

, a a > © w , . 
xivouvoy pépery TodTO TH moAEL pnd’ ep Vuas TavTa Tapa- 


ep’ Gv éori] Cf. 4. 7. Arist. 
Nic. Eth. 9. 6. 3, od7or yep nai 
éavrots duovoovc: Kal GAAHAaS, éml 
Tay avTay byres, ws eimeiv, 

§ 4. ™pGypa] ‘‘ there follows a 
result.” 

év ols] for this asyndeton cf. 
infr. 17, kpxew BovAerar: 4. 14, 
éreidav..: 9. I. 

StatpiBere, «.7.A.] “on which 
you employ yourselves, and in 
which you take a lively interest.” 
Arist. Rhet. 2, 2. 2, StarpiBovow év 
TE Tinwpeicbat TH Siavola. For exe 
the Zurich editors and West. read 
éxev, with S, depending on cup- 
Baiver. 

p., kat mw. ovdels] Cf. on § 31,— 
“Tf then you are still satisfied with 
using juster arguments, it is easy and 
involves no trouble ; but if it is our 
duty to consider how the present 
state of things is to be amended 
(cf. 3. 1), and we are to prevent its 
going still further unperceived by us 
all, and the sudden coming upon us 
of a mighty power which we shall 


not be able to withstand, then the 
manner of our deliberation is not the 
same..” After So7rep one or two 
MSS. have kal, which would have 
been quite legitimate, notwithstand- 
ing Vomel says ‘‘ nostro loco ne- 
ganti conjunctio «af aliena esset.” 
Cf. 3. 13. 

§ 5. mpoeNOdvra ert] 3. 3; infr. 
§ 33; 23. 203, 7d mpayya H5n Kal 
moppwrépw Radice. 

péyeBos 5.] see note to 3. 25, 
KadAAn . . fep@v. Caes. B. Civ. 1. 
64, ‘‘tantae magnitudini fluminis 
exercitum obicere.” 

a@vrapat] 2.24. Pl. Euthyd. p. 
272 A, Tavrny (udxnv) viv eteip- 
yacbov, Sore pnd by Eva adtois 
oldy 7° elvat und’ dvrapat. 

wois X.] Madv. 85. 


§ 6. épa@v] ‘though he sees,” 
** sees without alarm.” 

dépew] “brings with it,” 
“threatens.” Soph. £¢. 1042, 
BadBnv. Pl. Phaed, 88 B, bAcOpov 
TH Wwxp- 


ép’ upas w.] as infr. § 33, dr: 


—8.] KATA ®IAITITIOT B. 35 


/ , x Lol , 4 / € fal 
oxevatecOat, Oavpatw, nai SenOivar wavTwv opoiws vuav 
~ ’ 
Bovropar Tods Royioporvs axovcai pov bia Bpayéwr, Su’ ods 
a lal ? ? 
tavavtia éwol tmapéotnxe tpocdoxav cai & wy €éxOpov 
nyoopat Pirsrrov, iv dav pev eyw Sonam BédXTLov Tpoopar, 
éuol revere, éav 8 of Gappodvres Kal TreTicTEvKOTES AUTO, 
tovtos mpocOncecOe. 7. éyw Toivuv, @ avdpes "AOnvaion, 
Aoyifouat, rivev 6 Pirurmos KUpios MpaTov peta THY EipyvnY 
katéorn ; IIvidv Kal tev év Pwxedor Tpaypatwv. Ti ovv;. 
Tas TovTos éypnoato; & OnBaiows cvudéper Kal ovy & TH 
, , , , Pa ‘ ’ 
MONEL, TpaTTEw TpoeirAeTo. TL Sy Tote ; OTL mpos WAEovEtiay, 
s 8 \ 4 . ’ € a“ ’ ‘ ‘ 
oiwat, Kat To TravO id’ éavT@ TroajcacGar Tos oyLopous 
> , ‘ % ‘ ’ , LAN € U > \ 4 
eLerafwv, kai ob mpos eipyvnv ovd jovyiav ovde Sikarov 
ovdév, cide Todt’ dpOas, 8. Stu TH pev TyweTEepa TrOAEL Kai TOF 
; dr opOas, 8. dre TH pev Huetépa 1 is 
v a e L4 2 O\ > G ~ LANDS S 4 
nOeot Tots terépous ovdev Gv évdeiEaito Tocodtov ovdé Trotn)- 
© 3) kal Ld € ~ i Pines oe > 9 ‘ “~ 
cevev Up ov TrecOEevtes vpeis THS idias Ever’ whedelas TAY 
GdXwv Tivas ‘EXdAnjvev éxeivw mpociobe, ddra Kai Tod Sixaiov 


tavr’ é¢’ tuas tori, ‘‘ that you are 
the objects of all.” Very often with 
a dat., *‘ with a view to the harm 
of.” 19. 205, xphuara "xovow eq’ 
buy: 23. 137, Kal tabr’ ed” piv 
évra, ‘*tend to our detriment.” 
Isocr. (5. 73) complains of this line 
of argument,—epl ofs Suvduews 
Adyousw, ws obx brép ris ‘EAAdSos 
GAN’ éx) tavTny abidvera, Kal ob 
morby xpdvov %5n tuiv émBov- 
Aedes. 

Sia Bpaxéwv] ‘to hear briefly 
from me.” West. thinks it some- 
what surprising that 8a 8p. should 
be joined with axotoa. He seems 
to have forgotten Virg. Aew. 2. 11, 
“Et breviter Trojae supremum au- 
dire laborem.” 

&’ ots] ‘‘ propter quas (causa 
remotior quae dicitur); 8? dy per 
quas (causa est instrumenti instar), 
i.e. quibus permotus.” Fr. Lys, 12. 
87, ef Sia ev Tod buerépov wAHGous 
. . Tyyotvra robs tpidkovta cHoa, 
3: 3 "EparooGévny. Dem. 5. 22. 
‘which lead me (3. 1) to expect 
the contrary, and wherefore I look 
upon. ,” 


BéArvov wmpoopav] ‘to see 
better into the future,” ‘‘ have 
the better foresight.” Fa T 


have BéAtiovy tay BAAwy, as in 5. 
I. 

mpoaPyceobe] Bekk. st. from S; 
Bekk. mpoo@jc0e. If this reading 
is correct, the construction com- 
menced with @ ef is abandoned for 
a direct statement. 

§ 7. éy® tolvuv] ‘well, then, I 
reason—What did P. first make 
himself master of after the peace? 
P. and the settlement of the P. 
business.” 
5. 20. Grote, 11. 482. 

mpos .. @&.] 1..11. ‘* forming 
his calculations by reference to am- 
bition and the reductivn . .” 

ede] 4. 5. 

§ 8. rots Hecr] ‘a people of 
our character,” ‘‘ our principles.” 

évBel~arro] Lat. ‘* ostento :” 
‘*offer as a bait ”—‘‘ could offer no 
bait tempting enough, could do no- 
thing that would induce you to 
sacrifice. .” 

tav Gddwy tivds] ‘de hic 
collocatione pronominis indefiniti, 


D2 


36 AHMOS@ENOTS [6. 9 


Aoyou Toiovpevot, Kal THY Tpocovcay adokiav TO modypyate 
’ , ‘ , e 
gevyovtes, kai trav & mpoonKe: Tpoopwmpevot, Omoiws évay- 
Tiwcecbe, dy TL ToLovTOY ériyelpH TpaTTEW, Wamrep ay et 
ToAemovvTes TUYOITE. 9g. TOs S€ OnBaiovs Hycito, diep 
auvéBn, avtl Tov éavTois yuyvouévwv TA ova edcew Grrws 
Bovrerat mpdrtew éavrov, kal ovy Saws avtumpakew Kai 
, > 4 \ , > 4 , ‘ 
Siaxwrvoew ara Kat cvoTpatevoew dv avtovs Kedevn. Kal 
a“ ‘ / \ \ > , > 4 3 \ 
vov tors Meconviovs xai tovs “Apyetous tavTa wrreirnpas 
ed trovel. 5 Kai peyiorov éott Kal Vuadv eyKxopwov, @ avdpes 
’"A@nvaior 10. Kéxpicbe yap éx TovTwY TOY Epywy povot TOV 
, ‘ bal , ‘ ‘\ , a 7 4 
mavrov undevos dv Kxépdous Ta Kowa Sixaa Tov “EXXjvwv 
, > > , a ¢ ? 
mpoéaGat, pnd avradrAd~acOar pndemias ydpitos pnd 
> / ‘ > A ied wv \ a % > # 
wdereias Thy eis Tous “EAXAnvas evvotav. Kal TADT ELKOTwS 
Kat mepl tuav ottws vreiAnde Kal Kat "Apyeiwy Kal 
OnBaiwv ws érépws, od povov eis TA TapoVTA dpav GANA Kal 


quae TIonensibus propria dicitur 
esse, cf. 14. 6, tav idla Tt oun- 
pepdvrwy: 20. 81, 133: 24. 23 
Aesch. 3. 196” (Fr.). It is not 
uncommon in Thuc.: 1. 45, és Tay 
exelvwy Tt xuplwy: §. 82, TaY ev 
TleAorovyhow rivets modéwy. An- 
tiph. de Caed. Her. § 21, eis ris 
MnOvuvaias te xwplov. 

GAG Kal] ‘but both out of 
a regard for justice and fear of the 
disgrace attaching to the thing, and 
in the exercise of a proper foresight, 
you would oppose him ..” For 
the position of r@ mpdypar: cf. 18. 
176, tov épeornkdta xlvduvov rH 
wédAe: i. 220, Tov KaTeAnddra 
klySuvov thy wédAw: 25. 40, Tods 
yevouevous Kiyas tay mpoBdrwr. 
Madv. 9 a, r. On the fut. ind. 
éevavtidoeaGe, Madv. 130 6. 

épotws .. dowep Gy] ‘‘ just the 
same as if you were ..” Madv. 
139 <; Heind. Gorg. c. 76; Butt. 
Ind, Mid.s. v. as tv. Cf. 21. 60, 
117, 225, BonOety duolws dowep by 
avTe Tis &diovpevos. 

§ 9. 8rep avvéBy] “which proved 
to be the case.” Cf. 2. 5. 

Gvrt x«.7.A.] ‘fin return for what 


he was doing for them. .” See 5. 
21, 

ovx Stag... GAG Kal] ‘and 
so far from . . would even . .” 
Madv. 212. 4; Don. § 571. 

ravTa %.] ‘‘under the same 
persuasion. For more? the Zurich 
editors Vém. and Fr. read émole: 
from S. A reference to § 15 wil 
serve to show that this is a mere 
blunder of the copyist. 

xa” tpav] “ panegyric upon 
you.” xard is not often used as 
here to express a favourable judg- 
ment. Cf. however 18. 125; Aesch. 
I. 157, 163; 3. §0, 125, 141—pas- 
sages which I now fimd have been 
collected by Vém. also. 

§ 10. Gv... mpodoGar] Cf. 4. 13. 
“by these acts to be the only peo- 
ple in the world who would not for 
any (undevds being emphasized by 
év) ..” pndevds x. is of course the 
gen. of price: 3. 22. 

vax. 8. Trav E.] 2. 24. 

els .. evvoravy}] Antiph. de Caed. 
Her. § 76, tpyy thy ebvoiay edelavue 
Thy eis duds, Dem. 18. 54. 

@s érépws] Lit., “ how differ- 
ently.” Infr. 32; 18. 202, 306. 


KATA @IAITIIIOT B. 37 


\ 
Kat 


—12.] 
\ s , ’ AE 2 , 9 
Ta Tpo ToUTwY oyLomevos. II. evploKEL yap, oluat, 
4 r ’, . “~ ”~ col 
aKOUVEL TOUS eV UuETEpoUS Trpoyovous, E£ov avTOIS TOY AoLTaV 
” € la ow > J ‘ ig , “ % r 
apyew “EXAjvev wot autos UTraxovew Bacirei, ov povov 
’ ’ 0 x ' a “e 49 @ ’ , 
ovUK avacyopevous TOV AOYoV ToOUTOV, Hvix’ Oev ’ AdéEavdpos 
6 TOUTwWY TpOyoVves Tepi ToUTwY KhpVE, GAA Kal Thy ywpav 
exduTrely TpoeAopevous Kali mabey OTLOUY UTopeEivarTas, Kai 
peta tadta mpdkavras TavP & Travtes péev dei yALxovTaL 
réyewv, aEiws 8 ovdeis eimeiv Sedvvytar, Siomep Kayo Tapa- 
/ / ww \ ’ , ’ 4 a Ff a“ , 
Aetpw Sixaiws (Erte yap pei Taxeivwy Epya } ws TA oyp 
y ‘ ' \? / , ‘ 
tis dv eizrot), Tous 5é OnBaiwy kai ’Apyeiwy mpoydvous Tovs 
pév avotpatevcavras TH BapBapw, tos 8 ove évayTiw- 
Oéevtas. 12. oldev oiv duorépous idia TO AvOLTENODY aya- 
, > cd , a a 4 
MHoovTAS, ovY 6 TL GUVOIcEL KoWH Tois "EAANoL oKEYope- 
vous. yeit’ odv, eb pev buds EXoto Pirous, emi Tois 
‘“*He has naturally formed both 


this opinion of you, and that—how 
different—of . 


of the contents of the speeches, and 
eimetvy of the language used. ‘‘ All 
earnestly desire to describe .. to 


§ 11. Gor’. " traxovay] ‘when do so in language worthy of the 
they might . . so they would,” ‘‘on subject,” ‘‘ speak them as_ they 
condition they would.” Madv. 1664. deserve.” Thuc. 3. 67, Adyot érect 
‘*Sic Latine ‘quum possent Graecis xoopunOévres, Cf. what Dem. had 


already said on this subject in 14. 1. 
On wey .. 3€ cf. 2. 24. S omits 
hey, which. is properly retained by 
Bekker, as also in § 12, vy hey TH Be 
The same MS. omits uév in g. 2, 7 
mév wédus, and ib. 5, Tis wey pqov- 


ita imperitare, ut ipsi dicto audientes 
essent regi.’ Conf. Eur. Phoen. 
514, av EAdow... bor’ exew rv- 
pavvida, Plenissime h. e. junctis 
conditione et effectu: 2. 599, ob« 
dv EupBaiuey KAAws Hh’ ml Tois eipy- 


pévas, Sor’ due . . THs kvaxr’ 


elvat xOovds” (Schaf.). Cf. 18. 67, 
81, 103; 21. 3 al. 
ote dvacxopévous] ‘did not 


put up with,” ‘‘ rejected with dis- 
dain.” 

*AddEavSpos] Herod. 8. 140 sq. 
In 23. 200 Dem. makes Perdiccas 
king at the time of the Battle of 
Plataea. 

Aéyerw . . elweiv] In some pas- 
sages these verbs are found together 
where there can be no intention to 
insist on any difference of meaning. 
Isocr. 15. 272, Thy Sdvauiw exw pev 
ecimeiy, oxva 5 Aéyew: Id. 4. 11, 
tov 8 dxpiBas emorduevoy A€yew 
amrAas, ovx by dSuvduevoy eimeiv. 
Here Aéye might be understood 


pias... 

4 @s] Madv. go, r. 4. ‘“‘are 
great beyond any man’s power to 
express them in words,” 

Tovs pev.. Tous 8] Madv. 50a, 
r4 Ps. Dem. 9. 41, Tabrny Thy 
xeépav .. Thy wey .. Thy BE... g. 61; 
19. 90; Thuc. 1. 89. Mr. K. well 
translates, ‘‘ either joined the bar- 
barian army, or. .” 

§ 12. i8iq] “selfishly.” 

a@yawav] rarely as here with 
the acc. In Thuc. 6. 18 the words 
ox ayarhoavres, which followed 
brepiddvTes, are now omitted on the 
authority of the best MSS. Cf. 
Heind., Pl. Zuthyd. § 82. 

émt rots 8.] ‘‘ on condition his 
objects are just.” 


38 AHMOS@ENOTS 


[6. 13 


Sixaiows aipnoecOau, ei & éxeivors mpocGeiro, cuvepyovs ekew 
tis avTod Teovetias. Sid Tair’ éxeivous av0’ ipav Kal TOTE 


Kal viv aipeita. 


ov yap 57 Tpunpers ye Opa mrelous avTois 


H viv ovaas ovd ev péev TH pecoyeia tw’ apynv evpnke, 
ris 8 ént rh Oardrrn Kat Tov éuropiwy adéotnxer” oid 
apvnuovel Tors AOYous ovde TAS iocxéces ef als Tijs 


elpyuns ETuvyEr 


n ” 

13. "AAA vy A’ elroe tis av ws TavTa Tadr’ Eeidas 
ov mreoveEias Evexev ovd Gv eyw KaTNyop@ TOTe TadT 
érpakev, GANA TH Sixarorepa tors OnBaious H buds a&widv. 
> lel ‘ , / “ , > Mw” > 
GANA TOUTOY Kal povoy TavTwy THY Oywv ovK évEoT 


Kal rére wal viv] ‘ these con- 
siderations made him prefer them 
to you both then and now.” In 
this case the verb is almost always 
in the present, even when tére 
stands next to it. Soph. L£iectr, 
917, kal viv @ duolws «al rdr’ 
éerloraua. Dem. 18. 31. We 
find, however, Dem. 29. 38, tapa- 
dodva nal té7e Kal viv HOedrov. 

eSpynxe] <‘invenit,” ‘‘ found ”— 
as an €pyatoy or godsend. ‘* nor 
having found an empire inland has 
he renounced . .;” so that he can 
well dispense with the alliance of a 
maritime power like ourselves, as 
being out of our reach. ‘‘ Sane de 
vero hic dominatu sermo est, sed 
illud «8pnxe proverbiale quid sonat ; 
nam ita fere locum circumscripse- 
rim, ‘neque in mediterraneis subito 
praeclarum s7bi visus est invenire 
principatum, cujus gratia maritimum 
illum jam missum faceret.’” Butt. 
ind. Mid. s. v. &pxn. 

émi +r. 0.) ‘“‘over,” ‘‘of the 
sea.” Xen. Cyrop. 5. 3. 36, &pxov 
éx) robros Hv. Thuc. 6, 29, méumew 
avroyv ext rocobitp orparetuari, ‘in 
command of.” Cf. 9. 2, Tobs émt 
rois mpdyuacw byras. 

ég’ alg] ‘‘ on the faith of which 
..” Cp. §§ 28, 30. 18. 28, ém 
Taurus rais eAmlo. thy eiphyny 
éro.eioGe : ib. 44; 19. 87. 

§ 13. "AAA® vh AC] ‘ yes, but, 


some one may say...,” ‘* but it 
may be said...,” anticipatiag an 
objection, as in Lat. ‘‘at,” ‘‘at 
enim.” Cf. 8 9; 20, 58; al. 
Sometimes v} Ala precedes: 18. 
117, vy Al’ GAA’ adlkws Fpta. In 
other passages -ydp follows v} Ala: 
9. 68; 20. 56, wh A? dydtion yd 
Ties TOY edpnudvwy TadT’ hoay: 23. 
166. See other forms of “ occu- 
patio” in 1. 16; 4. 10.—Franke 
and Dind. refer eiidéds to Philip 
(‘‘that though he knew all this 
{that the alliance with Thebes would 
be more to his advantage], it was 
not from selfishness nor the motives 
I attribute to him..”). Schaf. and 
Redh. tr. tis ‘‘dicat aliquis quasi 
totum rerum hodiernarum statum 
perspectum habens.” I prefer the 
former explanation. 

v ... Katnyop®] observe the 
absence of a gen. of the per- 
son: cf. 19. 2, with Mr. Shilleto’s 
note, 

TO .. aftovv] Madv. 155; Heind., 
Phaed, 60 B; Dem. §. 21. ‘* be- 
cause the demands of the Thebans 
...,” in claiming Orchomenus and 
Coronea. 

Tovtov cat p.] ‘this is just the 
plea which of all others. . .,” ‘‘of 
all pleas this is = »+e.” This 
efitatic use of kal has been noticed 
on 3. I. 


—I5.] KATA @IAIIIIOT B. 39 
avt@ viv eimeiv 6 yap Meaonynv Aaxedaipovious adiévar 
Kehevov THs av "Opyouevoy nai Kopaveay tore OnBaios 
mapadovs To Sixaa vouitew tadr’ elvar terrounxévas oxny- 
auto ; 

14. "AAN €BidcOn vip Ala (todTo yap éo@ wrddorTov) 
Kal Tapa youn, Tov Octtadav immréwv kai tov OnBaiwv 
orhitay év péow AnpOeis, cvveyopnoe TaidTa. Karas. 

> fol ‘ A La \ ‘ is > ‘A ig ‘ 
ouxotv haci pev pédreLw pos Tovs OnBaiovs avdrov vrro- 
T™Tws éxew, Kab NoyoTroLova. TrepuoVTEs TWés OS ’EXATELay 

-~ a ‘ fel 4 / A , e > ‘ 
Tevet? 15. 6 Sé Ta’Ta pév pwéddAEL Kal pEAAHTEL, WS EYW 

/ fad , A a 3 / : om," \ 

Kpivw, Tois Meconvios Sé cal trois "Apyeious él Tous Aaxe- 
Sarpovious cuuBdrrew ov pérret, GAA Kal Eévous eiomréwtres 
Kal yxpnwat amoctéAde Kai Siva peyddnv Exwv adres 


Mecoyvnv] Grote, 11. 612. 

&dtévat] more fully in Thuc. i. 
129, Atywway abrdévopov agiévat. 

tére] at theendof the Sacred War, 
when Philip restored to them Orcho- 
menus and Coronea, which had been 
in the hands of the Phocians since 
B.C. 354, 353- Ig. 112, 141. Cf. 5. 
21, @nBalas pbs wey rd Thy xdpay 
Kexouloba mwémpaxtal Ti, mpds dé 
tihy Kal ddtay aloxiora. The feel- 
ing of repugnance was caused by 
the manner in which they had be- 
come possessed of the towns, Cf. 
Grote, 10. 426. 

oxy patto] ‘how can he pre- 
tend to have done so because. . .” 
"AN. . vy Ala] ‘but per- 
haps...,” “‘but it may be said he 
was forced—for this plea is left. .” 
supr. § 13. 

év p. AnpOefs] “‘ surrounded by.” 
Cf. 5. 22; Grote, 11. 587. 

Kah@s] ironical—‘ admirable !” 
** excellent !” 

aot pév] ‘so they say he in- 
tends to regard the T. with sus- 
picion.” So g. 63; 19. 132. 

Roy. wepudvTes] 4. 10. 

*Eddretav] the principal town in 
Phocis, and especially important in 
a military point of view—‘‘ad de- 
fendendas, in quibus surgebat, an- 


gustias, quae Boeotiam versus pro- 
pinquam et Thessaliam aperiebantur, 
opportunissima erat, ut qui eam 
teneret, brevi vid praeter Thronium 
et Scarpheain ad Thermopylas per- 
veniret (Livy 33, c. 3), et aditus in 
Boeotiam haberet” (Vom.). Hence 
the alarm at Athens when the news 
came in the year before the battle of 
Chaeronea, that Philip was fortify- 
ing the town. 18. 169. 

§15. p. kat pedAAyoe] ‘this he 
intends, and zw// intend in my judg- 
ment,” he will go no farther—there 
the matter will end. We might 
have expected te «af here, but 
cf. 19. 89, xphual? juiv mwepleot: 
kal mepleorai, with Mr. Shilleto’s 
note. 

tois M.] a dat. commodi, as it 
is called —‘‘in the interest of,” ‘‘ on 
behalf of.” Madv. 34 and, r. 1. 
24. 88, 8° d5Aod... rod vduov TE 
katacrhicaytt Tous éyyunras Gravra 
Ayer. 

én. . cvxpBdddew] whether this 


constr. occurs elsewhere I don’t 
know, o. with wpés is not uncom- 
mon, 


ob p.] “he does not intend ”— 
there is no intending about this, it 
is already being done. 


40 AHMOZOENOTS [6. 16 


cote mpocdoktimos. Tos pev dvtas éyOpors OnBaiwv Aa- 
xedapovious dvaipe, ods & 
Puxéas viv cwfet; 16. Kai tis dv tadta Tictevocvev ; eyw 
pev yap ov« ay ayodpat Piumrov, ott ei Ta TpaTA 
Buacbeis axwv érpakey ov av ei viv areyiyrwoxe On- 
Baiovs, tois éxeivwv €yOpois cuveyas évaytioidcbat, adv 
ap ov viv movi, Kxaxeiva éx mpoatpécews SAS ote 
moimoas. €x Tavtwv 8, av Tis opbds Oewph, mavta tpay- 
MATEVETAaL KATA THS WOMWS TUVTATTWY. 


? ‘ x U 
aT@AETEV AUTOS TPOTEpOV 


17. kal tour 
> > ‘ ll > > “ co ‘ ‘ , 
€& avayxns TpoTov tiv’ avT@ viv ye 6) cuuBaive. Royi- 
feabe yap. dpyew BovdreTat, TovTov 8 avtaywwortas 
povous umeiAnpev tuas. abdiced modvy On xYpovov, Kai 
TOUTO aUTOs apioTa awvoidev EavT@ ols yap ovow vpe- 


tort mp.] “is expected.” Thuc. 
1. 14. 

Tovs pev... odter] ‘‘ when he 
is seeking to destroy the existing 
ehemies of the T., the L., does he 
now mean to restore the P., whom 
he himself before annihilated,” as 
some would have us believe? ods 
évtas, opp. to obs amdAecev. 8.17, 
ay wey rolvuy y..., opp. to Td bia- 
AvecOat. g. 56, Sr’ Hv H wéAts. The 
sentence is an example of the ‘‘ar- 
gumentum ex contrario,” or ‘‘con- 
trarium ” as it is called by the Auct. 
ad Her., who explains it at length 
4. 25, 26. It is very often intro- 
duced by efra (cf. 1. 24; supr. 133 
8. 20; 9. 13 al.), and generally ap- 
pears in the form of two sentences 
connected by wév and 8é, of which 
that with mév, subordinate to the 
other (2. 24), contains some ad- 
mitted fact, from which the inference 
is drawn. 

§ 16. wat ris] “‘ but who can be- 
lieve it?” ‘who pray can believe 
it?” «al being adversative, and ex- 
pressing objection to the previous 
statement, as very often when used 
before més, tls, &c. 16, 8, kal rf 
&v GAAO AovAolucba; 18. 235, Kal 
mwas é Tovro yevéobar; cf, Porson 
on Eur. Phoen. 1373. 


ey pev ydp] Cf. 9. 15. ‘* for 
my own part (so far from believing 
this) I do not even think that P., 
either if he were now giving up the 


T. (cf. 3. 33) would, ..” Gv... & 
with évavriotcbar, Cf. 1. 10. 
Bracfeis] ‘‘ because he was 


forced.” 

moujoas] Madv. 177 4. 

avuvtattwv] here, as often, in 
the sense of ‘‘ concocting a scheme.” 
32. 22, Tod gopod rod Taira mdvyTa 
ouvtetaxéros. ‘but his whole 
conduct rightly viewed shows that 
all his intrigues are directed against 
. -” With this passage comp. 8. 43. 

§ 17. wal rout] 8. 41, Kal TovT’ 
eixédtws tpdmrov tive mparret. On 
tpémov tid Mady. 31d. For the 
asyndeton &pxew B. cf. supr. § 4. 
‘‘only consider : he desires to rule, 
and conceives you to be his only 
rivals in this !” 

aivowdev] ‘and of this he is 
himself perfectly conscious. For by 
those places of yours which he now 
holds it is that he secures himself in 
possession of...” Ps, Dem. Io. 
12 has ois... @xet xpjoGa, which 
is also the reading of some MSS. 
here. It seems to have arisen, as 
Fr. suggests, from ignorance of the 
attraction, Cf. Madv. 103. 


—19.] KATA ®IAITIIIOT B. 41 
Tépots Exel, TOUTOWS TdvTa TaAXNA aodaras KéKTnTaAL €L 
yap “Audirrodw kal Tlori8acav mpoeito, ovS ay oixor 
’ , e a > a = * , ¢ x 
péverv BeBaiws nyeiro. 18. duotepa odv olde, Kai éavTov 
Upiv émtBovrevorvta Kab tyuds aicBavopévous: ed dpoveiv 
5 duds trorauBavov dixaiws [av] atrov pmiceiv vowiver 
Kai tapwtvvrat, teicecOai Te TpocdoKav, dv Kaipov AdByTE, 
av py P0don Toinoas mporepos. Sa tadt’ éypryoper, 
3 / ns a U 4 \ i » | 
ehéotynxev, evi TH Todet Oeparever Tivas OnBalovs Kal 
Ilekorovvnciwv tovs taita& Bovdopévovs TovTos, 19. ods 
\ ’ 
bia ev trAcoveEiavy Ta Trapovta ayamnoew olerat, Sia Se 
CKALOTNTA TpoTwY TaY peTa Tait ovdéy mMpodrecOat. 
Kaito. cwppovovai ye Kal petpiws évapy) tapadelypar’ 
” ID A a ‘ \ , \ \ J / 
éotw ideiv, & kal mpos Meconviovs kai mpos *Apyelous 
4 > ’ ~ , I 7 + \ ¢ “ r \ 
Euouy’ eireiv cvvéBy, BéAtwv 8 icws Kai mpos buds éotiv 


eipha Oat. 


"Apo. kal II.] Grote, rr. 329, 


331, 336. 
§ 18. apd. . 2. wal... Kat] 
I 


Bixaiws [Gv]. . vopifa] Bekk. 
Others from S read &y vopiCo. 
Schiif. rightly says, ‘‘ particula de- 
lenda est, nata illa ex literis proximis. 
Certe scit Philippus se odio esse 
Atheniensibus.” If &y.. . voul(or 
were read, droAauBdvwy would = e? 
brodauBdva. Even if this were not 
in itself unmeaning here, the words 
kal mapétuvrat prove that the pre- 
vious sentence is assertive, not hypo- 
thetical. d:calws with voul(e:, ‘with 
reason.” 

mwapwtuvrat] ‘he is disturbed,” 
‘* alarmed.” 

$8. mw. wpdtepos] ‘unless he is 
beforehand with you by striking the 
first blow.” On the aor. part., 
Madv. 183, r. 2. 

eyptjyopev] ‘“‘he is awake.” 19. 
305, €6 mpooexet Trois mpdypacw Hdn 
Kai éyelperat ) wéAts. Thuc. 7. 51. 
Fr. puts the comma after r# méAe, 
but this seems weaker in itself, and 
leaves @epameve: without sufficient 
reference. ‘‘he is on the watch, 
he courts certain people against us 


1 


(supr. § 6)—the Thebans. . .” 

éwt] Cf. supr. 6 on ep 7pas. 

ravra B.] a common expression 
to denote identity of political views. 
Thuc. 2. 793 4. 79. 

rovros] i. e. the Thebans. 

§ 19. wAeovegiav] ‘ cupidity.” 

Sia. . ox. tp.] ‘through dul- 
ness of understanding.” The avac- 
@nola of the Thebans was phe 
verbial. §. 15, ef cal mdvu yal tis 
abro’s dvaa@hrous elvat. 18. 19, 
43; 20. 109. Hor. 2 Hpp. 1. 244. 

Tév p. Tavt’] 1. 8. 

katro. ... ye] ‘‘yet surely per- 
sors of even moderate intelligence 
may see striking instances of them 
(i.e. the consequences of trusting 
P:).” 

gpouy... 
to me,” ‘‘I had occasion to. . 
This was in or before B.C. 344, 
when at his own suggestion Dem. 
was sent with other envoys on a 
mission to the cities of the Pelopon- 
nese. He refers to it in 18. 79— 
Thy eis TI. mpeoBelay &ypapa bre 
mparov éxeivos eis Il. mapedvero. 
Grote, 11. 614; Duss. de Cor. p. 
212. 


ovvéBn] ‘it occurred 


” 


42 AHMOS@ENOTS [6. 20 

20. Ids yap otec®, pny, & dvdpes Mecenuior, Sueyepas 
axovety "OdvvOious, et tis Te Aeyou KaTa PirimTou Kar 
éxcivous Tos ypovous br "AvOeyodvra pév avtois adies, 
Hs mwavtes ot mpotepov Maxedovias Bacideis avtetro.obvto, 
TIoriéaiav & é5i80v trois "AOnvaiwy aroixovs éxBarwv, 
Kal thy pev &yOpay thy mpds juas avTos avnpynTo, THY 
xopav 5 exeivors ededmxer xaptodcba; apa tmpocdoxav 
avtovs Towaita meicecbat, 7 AéyovTOS av Twos TiaTEd- 
gat oleaGe ; 21. GAN Spws, Env eyo, piKpov ypovoy THY 
GddoTpiavy KapTwcdyevos Tory THS éavT@v Um’ éxeivou 
oTépovtat, ainyp@s éxmecovtes, ob xKpatnbévres povov 
GAA Kal mpodobévtes tr’ adrdAjAwY Kal mpabévTes ov 


§ 20. Tl@s ydp] Aquila Rom. 
de Fig. c. 9 (quoted by Redh.) re- 
fers to this passage: ‘* Apostrophe, 
aversio, ubi que ad alios dicta 
volumus, ad alios dicere videmur. 
Acutissimum exemplum in Philip- 
picis Demosthenis, ubi quibus verbis 
populum Atheniensium monitum 
vult ea se dicit apud Grecos et 
Arcadas et Messenios concionatum 
invidiose.” ‘‘ well, I said, ye men 
of M., with what vexation. . . used 
to listen whenever any one...,” 
i used to hear any one speak against 
Tla@s. . 8.] 1. 24. 

dkovew] for the benefit of ‘‘ ti- 
rones” as he says, Vém. remarks 
that the sentence in the direct form 
would be dvcxepas dxotorey by, ef 
als rT: Aéyot. As ei here = as often 
as, dxoveww must be the inf. of the 
imperfect. Madv. 133. Cf. 9. 4, 453 
18. 43, 0038 gwviv Frovoy ef tis 
&AAo Tt BobAorTo Aéyew. 

*AvOepotvra] well named by Li- 
banius 7d ray Tadarmdpwr "OAvvOiwy 
déAeap. Cf. Grote, 11. 333. Here 
the word is feminine, in Thuc. 2. 
99 masculine. 

&8i8ov] here not ‘‘offered” but 
“gave,” defined by kar’ exelvous 
Tous xp. 

wots °AQ. darolxovs] Grote, 11. 


334sq. Ps. Dem. 7. 10. Observe 
the rhetorical d@mofkouvs instead of 
kAnpovxous, their. placing Cleruchs 
in Potidaea being in direct violation 
of the stipulation at the formation 
of the new Confederacy (B.C. 378), 
that no Athenian citizen should pos- 
sess or cultivate land out of Attica. 
Grote, 10. 335. 

Thy mwpds H.] Cf. § 3. ‘took 
upon himself the enmity they would 
incur with you,” ‘‘ your enmity.” 

THY x.] the city, it would ap- 
pear, had been destroyed. A. Schaf. 
2. 23, note 5. 

ry gar ite. **to enjoy.” Madv. 
I . Thuc. 2. 27, iwkay upéay 
oixeiy kal Thy yiv véperOat. 

XN... Twos = ef tis FAeyev, by 
going with moaretoa. 

§ 21. orépovrar] Madv. 180, r. 
1. ‘fand yet, I said, after enjoying 
for a short time the land of others, 
they have been deprived for a long 
time of their own, shamefully ex- 
pelled, not vanquished only, but. .” 
The traitors were especially Las- 
thenesand Euthycrates, whoare often 
mentioned—8. 40; 9. §5, 56; 138. 
48; 19. 265, where he speaks of 
their being bribed. Grote, 11. 489. 
On the position of aira cf. Don. 
P- 352, obs, 1; Madv. 11. 


—23. | KATA ®IAITITIOT B. 43 
yap acdareis tais modsTelais ai mpos Tovs Tupavvous 
avrat Niav ouidiar, 22. TiS of Oertaroi ; ap’ olecO’, épyv, 
ér avtois tols tupavvous é&éBadre xal mad Nixaay 
kat Mayvnciav édidov, mpocdoxav thy xabeotdcay viv 
Sexadapyiay éEcecOat tap avtois, } Tov Tv Tuvdalav 
amodovta Ttovrovy tas idias avtav mpocddous trapaipy- 
cecOat; ovx éott TadTa. GANA pHY yeyove Tavita Kai 
maow Et eldévar. 23. duels 8, Epny éyd, SiSovta pév 
kali irieyvovpevov Oewpeite Pidirrrov, éEnratnxota & 7Sy 
Kat TWapaxexpoupévoy amevyecOe, ei owpoveite 57, ideiv. 


Taig twodtrelats] 1. 5. 

ai... Alay] 4. 17. 

§ 22. rl 8 of O.] 18. 48, ri 8 
*Aplerimmos .. kal Ti MepldAaos.. :” 
*‘then again the Thessalians, I said 
...” Qn the feelings of the T. 
towards Philip at this time cf. 
18. 43. He restored Magnesia to 
them not long after the end of the 
Sacred War ; and gratified them by 
the cession of Nicaea, one of the 
frontier towns near Thermopylae, 
which had been given up to him by 
Phalaecus B.C. 346. Thirl. 6. 12. 

TOUS pig hae 2. 14. 

. SexaSapxiav] Harpocr. 
Ss. V. says, lAurmos pévrot mapa 
@erradois Sexadapxlay ob Karéorn- 
oev, &s yéyparra ev (" didurmng 
Anpoabévous, AAA TeTpapxlay, and 
so Dem. himself in 9. 26, «al re- 
tpapxlas Kxatéorncev. Vimel is 
right in thinking that the discrepancy 
is only apparent. After the expul- 
sion of the tyrant family from Pherae, 
Philip, availing himself of the old 
division of the country into the four 
districts of Thessaliotis, Phthiotis, 
Pelasgiotis, and Histiaeotis, revived 
the distinction of the Tetrarchies, 
and put some of the chief Aleuadae 
at the head of the government. 
Dem. might therefore have used the 
same language as in 9. 26, but he 
skilfully adopts a term which would 
be more significant to his hearers, 
who remembered the Decarchies set 


by the Spartans (Grote, 9. 255), and 
were just then in fear of falling 
again under the Spartan rule. But 
whether he means by this that the 
general government of Thessaly was 
in the hands of a Decemvirate, or 
that each tetrarchy was governed by 
a board of ten, or that there were 
ten governors in each city, or lastly, 
used the expression simply in accom- 
modation to his hearers, cannot be 
determined. The last supposition 
seems the most probable. At any 
rate he cannot have mentioned this 
particular point in his speech to the 
Messenians, as the arrangement had 
not been made at the time of his 
mission, Thirl. 6. P. 9. 

Tov . . ToUTOV] 2.6; 9. 17, 6 yap 
.. ovros: ib, 18. 

Hv w.] “who restored to them 


the meeting at Pylae.” 5. 23. 
Tas... 7 ] 1. 22. Thirl. 
6. £4. 
mapatpyicecdar] “take and ap- 
propriate.” 


macw] ‘Sand are patent to all,” 
“e . all m 
§ 23. - Feanagl peév] ‘‘and you, I 
said, behold Philip dispensing gifts 
and ‘promises (to yourselves as to the 
Olynthians and Thessalians) ; pray, 
if you are indeed wise, that you may 
not awake (#5n) to find that he has 
deceived and cheated you (as he did 
them).” 


44 AHMOS@ENOTS [6. 24 


éott Tolvwy vy Ai’, épnv eyo, wavtodama éipnuéva Tais 
mokect mpos pudraxyy Kal owrnpiav, olov yapaxwpara 
kal Telyn Kal Tdppo. Kai TaANa Goa ToLadTa. 24. Kal 
tadta pév éoTw aravta yetporrointa, Kal Samdvns mpoc- 
Setrauy év S€ Te Kowov 9 dias Tav eb PpovovyTwy év 
€auTh KéxTnTat pudaxtypiov, 6 Tao pév éoTw ayabov 
Kal owrnpiov, pddiota S€ ois mAnGecr mpos Tovs Tu- 
pavvous. ti otv oti TovTO; amictia. TavTnv pudadTTETE, 
TauTns avréyecbe eav taitny ow@tnte, ovdev pr Sewvov 
maOnte. 25. Te Enteite; Epnv. édevOeplay. elt’ ody opate 
Piturmoy addoTpwwTdtas Ta’Tn Kal Tas Mpoonyopias 
éyovta ; Bacireds yap Kat tUpavvos amas éyOpos édevOe- 
pia Kal vopuois évaytios. ov pvrdkeo® Oras, Ednv, rj 
monéuou Cnrovvtes atradrXayhvar Seamrorny evipnte ; 

26. Tadr’ axovoavres éxeivot, Kai OopuBodvtes ws dpbas 
AéyeTat, Kal ToAXods Exépous AOYous Tapa TOV mpéaBewv 
Kal Trapovtos é€uod Kal madw UoTtepov axovaartes, ws éol- 
Kev, ovdEV WGANOV aTroaynoovTaL THS Pirro girias odd 


@y émaryyéAneTat. 


toivuy] ‘‘now there is, I con- 
tinued. .” 

vais w.] ‘‘ devised by free states 
for.” Madv. 38 g. 

§ 24. wal, «.7.A.] “now all these 

. and require expense besides, but 
there is one common safeguard in- 
herent in the nature of sensible men 
which . . for all, is especially so for 
democracies against despots.” 

tTois WA. = tails modrrelats, § 21. 
Cf, the definition in Thuc. 2. 43. 
For the plural, ie 46; 23. 124. 

ad Sy 5. 

ovdev a . 7.) 4. 44. 

§ 25. elr’] 1. 24. ‘then do you 
not see*that even the titles P. bears 
are utterly at variance with this ?” 

vépois] a grand characteristic of 
a free state. Aesch. 1. 4, Siorxodv- 
Tat 8 ai pev Tupavvides kal oruyapx lat 
Tvis Tpdmors Tay eperrnxdrwy, ai be 
awérews ai i Snwoxparotmevat Tots vopots 
tots Kemévos, Cf, Thuc, 3. 62. 


\ > nif 4 Md > , 
Kal ov TovTO éoti aTtoTrov, e6 Meoon- 


Hence vduos is opposed to daryapxia. 
Dem. 24. 75, T ol cae? éorly @ @ vdpos 
6Aryapxlas diapépear; ib. 152, 7 yap 
méAts judy... vduos Kal ndicpact 
dioretrar. Cf. also 23. 138, 141. 
moA€uou i.e. war with Sparta, the 
fear of which had caused them to 
apply to Philip for help. 

Smras . . py] Madv. 123.: 

§ 26. ®opu ouvres Os] ‘‘ though 
they heard these words, and loudly 
expressed their approbation of them, 
they will none the more, as it ap- 
pears. .” 8. 30, OopuBetre ds cd 
Aéyes: ib. 77. Arist. het. 1. 2, 
CopuBovvrar 5t padrdAoy of evOvunua- 
Tol, 

aadw Uorepov] from some of the 
other envoys, when he had left them 
to visit the other cities of the Pe- 


loponnesus. 
On ei, ‘‘that,” after &roror, 
Mady. 194¢. In 18. 64 Dem. asks 


with what party his censors would 


ar KATA ®IAINMOY B. | 45 


\ U \ ’ a a ol f 
vot kat IIeXorrovvnciwy ties map’ & TO oyicu@ Bér- 
pf a / ‘ > , © “ e \ , 
tia? pact tu mpatovow 27. adr’ Weis of Kal ouvievTes 
avToL kal THY AeyovTwWY aKovoVTES Rudy ws EeTiBourevedOe, 
€ Ld > A ‘ LA a ld e 
ws mepiotouyivecbe, ex Tod pndev HSn Tromjoat Ajo, ws 
€uol dSoxel, mavra wropeivartes’ ottws 4 Tapautiy’ 75017) 
Kai paoctwovn peifov iayver tod to? tatepov cuvoicey 

pédXovToS. 
28. ITept pév 8) tev tyiv mpaxtéwy Kal tuas adbrovs 
ow ’ a A A \ a 3 
iotepov Bovrcicerbe, av cwhpovnre & Sé viv arroxpi- 
vapevo. Ta Séovt dv eélyt’ eyngiopevol, tavt’ Hon réEw. 
2 \ 2 bb 2 ” 5 > 6 al \ 5s] , 
nv pev ovv Sixaov, @ avdpes "AOnvaior, Tovs éveyKovtas 
tas wrocyéces, ep als éreicOnte moijcacbat THY eipy- 
vnv, Kandeiv? 29. oUTE yap avTOs av ToTE Hréuewva TpEo- 
‘ wo#es, e “ nO , , ~ , 
Bevery, ov7 dv tpels 018’ Ste eravoacbe trodepobvTes, €i TOL- 


have wished the city to side? With 
that of the Thessalians and those 
who contributed to the disgrace of 
Hellas, or that which meprewpaxulas 
raira yiyvdpeva ém rijs idlas mAcov- 
eflas éAml3:, fis bv “Apxadas kal 
Meconvious kal ’Apyelous Oelnuer ; 

v@ X.] ‘upon reflection,” ‘‘to 
what their better judgment tells 
them is. .” 

§ 27. GAN’ dpeis] the orator here 
deserts the construction commenced 
with &romoy ei, and expresses him- 
self more forcibly in a direct state- 
ment. 

as] ‘‘ how.” 

meprororxiferde] 4. 9. 

éx tod... wotjoat}] Bekk. st. ; 
Bekk., Dind., and West. smoretv. 
**in consequence of your doing 
nothing at once,” ‘‘in consequence 
of shunning present exertion, will, 
before you are aware of it, as it 
seems to me, endure all things,” 
and therefore the worst. mdvra opp. 
to ovSév. For é« rod S has é&cre, 
which is adopted by Kedh. Cf. 
8. 53, yhyverat duiv. . 7 oXOAH Kal 


7) pndevy H8n woreitv. On the aor. 
part. bdouelvayres, Madv, 183, 


r. 2. 
4 wm. A8ovy] ‘non est ut vulgo 


explicant ‘quae statim et sine la- 
bore paratur,’ sed ‘ cujus in praesens 
est fructus citoque perit.’” Heind. 
Prot. p. 620. ‘‘the pleasure of 
the moment.” Cf. 8. 70, THs map’ 
nuépay Xapitos. 

§ 28. mpaxréwv] the genitive plu- 
ral of such verbals is rarely found. 
Isocr. 15. 59 has woAA@y @ri poe 
Aekréwy Svtwy. 

Ka’ tpas atrovs] “by your- 
selves,” when the ambassadors to 
whom an answer had to be given 
were gone, Grote, 11. 615. 

& & viv] ‘but I will now give 
you such an answer as it would be 
proper for you to decide upon to- 
day.” Aéfw as in 4. 29, Todr’ H5n 
Aééw, and so often of the reading of 
public documents. Lat. ‘recito.” 
Dind. and others rightly, I think, 
insert here the title ’Awé«piots as in 
4. 39, though the lemma is wanting 
in the MSS. 

qv... 8.] ‘it were just.” Madv. 
118 a; Don. p. §41. 

Tas trocxéoes} Grote, 11. 552. 
Allusion was made above to these 
promises of Philip: cf. 18. 41. 

xaXeiv] i.e. to tell you what an- 
swer you ought to give. 

§ 29. ol8’ S71] Mady. 193, r. 


46 AHMOZ@ENOT> 


[6. 30 


aita mpdtew tvxyovta eipyyns Pidiwmov wecbe ad Hv 
MoU ToUTwY apEecTnKOTA TA TOTE Aeyoueva. Kal TdadLW y 
érépous Kaneiv. tivas; Tors bt éyw yeyovuias Hdn Tis 
eipnvns amo THs voTépas HKwv mpcoBeias THs él Tors 
Spxous, aicBopevos evaxiouevnv tHY ToL, TpovdEyoV 

\ 4 \ > y 4 ‘ OX 
kal Suepaprupoynvy Kat ov« elwv mpoéobar Tlvdas ovdé 
Dwxéias, 30. Néyovras ws éyw pev Vdwp Tiver eixdtws Svc- 

‘ ’ la ? , ” 7 oe 

Tpotros Kai SvcKodos eiut tis avOpwrros, Pidumsos 8, aarep 
evEac® av tpeis, dav TrapédOn, paket, kat Oeomias pev 
kal IThatads tecxysel, OnBalovs S€ maice tijs Bpews, 
Xeppovncoy Sé trois avtod tédeor Stopvfer, EvBovav Sé nai 


rovrwv] ‘‘ but the representations 
then made were very different from 
what we see,” i.e. what Philip is 
doing. 

eat -+¥)] 2 10. “faye and 
summon others,” i.e. Aeschines, 
Philocrates, and their associates. 
Grote, 1. c. 

Tovs .. A€yowras] on the hyper- 
baton see 2. 16. ‘*Those who, 
when I, after the conclusion of the 
peace, on my return (1. 8) from the 
second embassy, that for the oaths, 
finding they were practising an im- 
position on you, warned and pro- 
tested and urged you not to... 
said that...” The embassy here 
mentioned was the second, sent in 
B.C. 346, of which, as of the first, 
Dem. was a member. For the 
expression thy éml robs 8pxous cf. 
19. 57, Gmednuhoauey emi rods 
Spxous: ib. 17, 96, alpedels ex) robs 
8pkous. 

mpovdeyov] Cf. 19. 65. Com- 
pare the account given in 5. 10; 


§ 30. ds tym... elpl] 19. 45, 
éravaoras 8 6 SiAoKparns pdda 
bPpiorixes, ovdév, epn, SOavuacrdy 
+++ Bh TavTa euol nal Anuocbéver 
Soxetv. obTos wey yap BSwp, eyw be 
olvov wlvw* dpeis bt eyeAare. Cf. 
Mr. Shill. in 1. Philocrates was 
evidently a believer in the dictum 
of Cratinus, d3wp 5 mivey xpnordy 
ay rékois; The last words of the 


quotation remind one of what Dem. 
says in 23. 206, tues 5 . . Tobs 
7a péyior’ Bdikodvras Kal pavepas 
ekereyxouevous by tv Sto doreia 
efrwot.. aplere. 

8... . Tus] “a sour and peevish 
(sort of) fellow.” Arist. Zy. 45; 
Pl. Rep. 2. 358 A, eye tis, ds Coie, 
Sucpabhs. 

elpl] Cobet (Mov. Lect. p. 335) 
strangely objects to the pres. ind. : 
“non est bene Graecum quod 
legitur [Xen. A//.] 2. 3. 45, & ® 
ab elrov ws eyé elu ofos del more 
peraBdrAcoOa, sed requiritur és 
éyw@ efmy. Semper” (which surely 
begs the question) ‘‘ Xenophon in 
tali re optativum ponit, qui prorsus 
est necessarium si quis quid ab alio 
dictum esse refert quod ipso judice 
mendacium est ; in qua re multi &pa 
addunt, @s &pa éyw efnv. Idem 
remedium exspectat Dem. 21. 104, 
érdédpa wep) euod Adyew ds ey rd 
mpayye eiul rodro Sedpaxds, immo 
vero efmv.” This dictum, like many 
others of this great scholar, is far 
too sweeping. Cf. e. g. 8. 4, 733 
22. 2. Plat. Afol. 18 B, passages 
which sufficiently defend the pres. 
ind. here. . ; 

éav mapéd\6y] ‘‘should he pass 
the Straits” of Thermopylae. 

@eomids] Cf. 5. 10; 19. 20 sq. 

mavoce. THS v.] “humble the 
pride of the T.” Cf. 19, 112, 220. 

X. . . Bropvget] to protect it from 


—32.] 


KATA ®JAITITIOT B. 47 


Tov ‘Qpwrov av7’ Auditorews tuiv arrodacev taita yap 
adravra éml tod Brnywatos évraiOa pvnuovever fd Ste 
pndévra, Kairep dvtes ov Sewvoi tovs adixodvTas peuvicbas. 
31. Kal TO TdvTwY aicyiotov, Kal Tois éxydvous Tpos Tas 
, ‘ > ee 7 , b] f 
€rridas thy abtny eipnyny elvat tattny éndicacbe 
oUTw Tedéws UTHYOnTe. Ti dyn TadTa viv Aéyw Kal KaXeiv 
nui Seiv tovrous; yw vy Tos Geods TadnOA peta Tap- 


€ , 2A ‘ eon > ’ ¢ 
pyoias epw Tr pos ULas Kab OUK aTroxpuyouat. 


32. ovy i 


eis AoWopiay eumecav euavTa pev €& cov Aoyov map’ 


the inroads of the Thracians. Ex- 
pedients of this kind had been re- 
sorted to before. Plut. Vit, Per. 
c. 19, Kal Toy abxéva dialdoas eptuact 
kal mpoBAhuact ex Oaddrrns eis 
Odvarray drerelxioe TAS KaTAadpopas 
Tav OpaKav Tay mepiKexuLevwy TH 
Xeppovnow. For the same purpose 
a wall was built across the neck of 
the Isthmus by Dercyllidas towards 
the end of the Peloponnesian War. 
Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 10. Cf. Ps Dem. 


7 ae : 

téheot] “at his own expense.” 

*Qpwrdv] Cf. Grote, 11. 573. 
19. 22, 220, 325 sq. 

évyrav@a] Bekk. with S, remark- 
ing however ‘‘ praestat évrav@l et 
hoc loco et 23. 77 et 41. 23.” Dind. 
has here, as elsewhere, évravét, 
Cf. Mr. Shill. de Fads. Leg. § 356. 

Sevol] ‘‘famous for” (2. 20). 
For this trait in the character of the 
Athenians see 18. gy. 

§ 31. 76 mw. aloxtorov] 2. 1; 3. 
31. 
Tots éxydvors] ‘should descend 
also (thy abthy) to his descen- 
dants.” Cf. 19. 48, 52 sq., where 
the clause is criticized. From these 
passages it is clear that by éxydvas 
are meant Philip’s descendants, not 
“‘your descendants,” as Mr. Ken- 
nedy and Grote (11. 575, note) 
think. 

tryxOnre] ‘were you led away.” 

ép@ . . wal ok droxptwouat] a 
common form of expression, in which 
‘*Graeco more id quod antea affir- 


mando expressum est rursus per 
negationem exprimitur” (Weber 
Aristocr. § 90); 6. 5, fdd:ov Kal 
mdvos ovdeis ..: 13. 10, épw wad obk 
dmoxpvpoua: 8. 73, Adtw.. Kal odK 
d&mroxptWouct: 18.56; 19. 3; Soph. 
El, 929, ndds ob8& untpl dvoxepis. 
‘and without reserve.” 

§ 32. Adyov. . . woujow] West., 
Redhantz, &c., follow Schafer, who 
translates, ‘‘non ut conviciatoribus 
congressus mihi quidem eandem 
apud vos audientiam faciam, quam 
vos, qua estis levitate, adversariis 
meis_ praebetis.” But Whiston 
rightly, I think, agrees with Mr. 
Kennedy in denying that éuaut¢ 
Adyor morhow can = iva Adyou rbxw. 
Nor is the difficulty removed by the 
passage from 23. 81, quoted by 
Redhantz in support of Schiifer’s 
view, GAA’ ov5é ToUTH Adyor ovdE 
xpiow werolnxer, said of the framer 
of a law. xplow moeiv tivt is 
a regular phrase, to which Adéyov 
might legitimately be added, though 
mot Adyov might in itself be an 
inadmissible expression. The mean- 
ing probably is, ‘‘it is not that I 
may fall a wrangling and draw upon 
myself a return in kind—provoke 
recrimination from my adversaries 
before you, and thus give them a 
fresh pretext for getting more from 
Philip by a display of zeal in de- 
fending him from my attack.” He 
had alluded to the wrangling of the 
speakers before in 4. 44: cf. 18, 3. 


48 AHMOZOENOTS [6. 33 
c Lal - Lal . b] \ , 3 2. Lol 4 

bpiv tomo, Tois & éuol mpocxpovcacw &€& apyis Kawi 
mapacyw mpopacw Tov Tad tt raBeiv mapa Pidirrov, 
ovd wa ws adddkws ador\ecya. GAN olwai mol twas 
AvIycew & PDidiwwos mpattet, wadrov } Ta vuvir 33. TO 
yap mpayuwa op® mpoBaivov, Kai ovyt Bovdoiunv pev av 
eixafew op0as, poBodpar dé wn lav eyyds 7 TodT’ Hn. 
Stay ovv pn? ipiv apereiy éEovoia yiyvntat Tov cup- 
Bawovtwr, pnd axovn® bri tad ef? ipas eotiv eyod 

\ wn” ”~ > , > ‘ , e Lal 4 a OA 

pndé Tod Scivos, ddd’ avrol wavtes Opate Kal ev eEidzre, 
dpyidous Kal Tpaxels buds EcecOar vouivw. 34. poBodpar 
87 wn TaV TpécBewv ceciwrnKoTor ed’ ols abrois cuvicact 
Sedwpodoxnxoat, tois émavopfodv Te teipwuévors tav dia 
TOUTOUS ATOAWAOTMY TH Tap Yuav opyh TepiTecciv cui} 
© a 4 e \ A ; LS > > ‘ | oe > > 
Op® yap WS Ta TOANa EVLOUS OUK ElS TOUS aiTLOUS GAX 
els TOUS UO Yeipa pardiora THY Opyny adiévtas. 35. Ews ovv 
ére péAXee Kal ovvictatat TA Tpayyata Kal KaTaKovopev 


rots . . & apxis] Aeschines and 
Philocrates. 

@s GAAws] Bekk. st. from FS; 
Bekk. thy &AdAws. “ prate idly.” 
@s must be understood as in ws 
érépws, supr. § 10; Soph. £/. 
1429, @s jalws: Pl. Cratyl. 395 8, 
& mpds roy Qvéotnv ds wpa bi- 
emparrero. 

4 7a vuvi] ‘than it does now.” 

§ 33. obyi BovAolpny] similarly 
od attaches itself to pnul, oluat, rpoo- 
mowtpat, &c.,—a transposition of 
the negative foreign to our idiom, 
which requires that the negative 
should follow the verb. The de- 
viation from the regular usage in 
Xen. Anab. 3. 2. 16, dbadre al 
weipay Hin exere aitay, Bri BédrAover 
kal woAAamAdo.o Svres ph BéxerOa 
juas, is surprising. West. omits 
peév after Bovdoiuny, with S. It is 
hardly necessary to point out how 
easily the preceding syllable might 
cause its omission. The meaning 
is, ‘‘and though I hope I may not 
be a true prophet, I fear this is 
now only too near.” For the posi- 
tion of #3n cf. 4. 8. 


G&pedetv Eevola] cf. 1. 15, dvayen 
moiety. ‘*When the time comes 
that you have no longer the power 
to disregard what is happening, 
when you do not hear from me or 
another that these measures are di- 
rected against you, but you all see 
if yourselves, and are certain that 
it is so, I expect you will be wrath- 
ful and savage.” 

Tov Seivos] 2. 31. 

§ 34. SedwpodSoxyxdor] Bekk. ; 
Sedwpodoxnndtes Dind. and West. 
Both constructions are legitimate 
(Madv. 178 a, r. 7). ‘‘I fear that 
as the Amb. have kept secret the 
purposes for which they know they 
were bribed... to fall under your 
anger.” Cf. 18, 42. 

i Fe tpov] Cf. on 1. 12, THs 
map éxelywy evvoias. 

@s Ta wohAd] ‘‘generally.” Pl. 
Rep. 1. 330 C, ds 7d Todd, 

Tovs vrd xeipa] compare what 
he says in 1. 16. 

§ 35. ws] ‘‘ while therefore the 
storm is yet to come and is gather- 
ing.” Cf. 18. 62, Tod puouévou Kal 
CuvigTtapévou KaKov. 


—37. KATA ®IAITITIOT B. 49 
DAnwv, Exactov wav, KaiTep axplBas EidoTa, Sums 
eravapvncat Bovrouar tis 6 Pwxéas meicas Kai IlvAas 
imas mpoécba, wv Katacras éxelvos Kuipios Tis ext THY 
*Arricny 6500 Kat THs eis Tlehorrovyncov Kuvpios yéyove, Kai 
meTroiny tvyiv wn Twepi Tav Sixaiwy pnd wrép tav é&w 
mpayyuatwv evar tThv Bovdyv, adr’ wep TOV ev TH Ywpa 
Kal Tod mpos THY ATTiKHy Trod€uou, Os AUTTITEL ev ExacToOV 
érevdav trap, yéyove & év éxeivy TH Nywépg. 36. ef yap mi) 
mapexpovcOnre TO’ vyeis, ovdev av ty TH Tore Tpayya' 
ouTe yap vavot Syrou Kpatyncas eis THY’ AtTiKny HAO av 
mote oToAw Pidurtros, ovTe Teh Badif{wv wrép tas ITvXas 
kat Pwxéas, adr’ } Ta Sika’ Gv erroler Kai THy Eipynvnv aywv 
novyxiav elyev,  Tapayphy’ av hv ev opolw Trordéuw dv dv TOTE 
THS eipnuns éemeOvunoev. 37. TavT ody @ pév UTrouricaL, 


wis 6... weloas] Aeschines is 
meant: cf. 18. 35 sq. 

év x«.] ‘‘to give up the P. and 
Pylae, by gaining the command of 
which he has become master of the 
road to Attica and that leading to 
the P.” For the change of pre- 
position cf. 1. 5; 3. 1 al. The 
importance to Athens of Phocis and 
Pylae is often insisted on: 19. 83, 
Tis... ouK oldev tuay bri TE bwxéwy 
mordcuw Kal re xuplous elra: Muddy 
dwxéas % Te ard OnBaiwy &dera prijp- 
xev tiv, eal rd undéwor’ by éAdeiv 
eis TleAowdyynoov pnd’ eis EXBoay 
by® eis Thy Arrixhy lAvmrov pndé 
©nBalous; ib. 180. 

tov Sixalwv] ‘‘your rights (as 
they might be affected by the peace) 
or your interests abroad, but about 
those at home (1. 15) and the war 
against Attica.” mep{ and émép here 
again without any real difference of 
meaning: cf. 1. 5. 

yéyove 8'] ‘nay, which has begun 
from that day,” on which the As- 
sembly was held to receive the report 
of the ambassadors. Cf. 19. 58; 
Grote, 11. 535. 

§ 36. vavoi] “at sea.” On the 
fleet of Philip cf. 4. 21, and Grote 


there quoted. At the time when 
the First Philippic was delivered 
Dem, thought ten triremes sufficient 
to convoy the armament. Philip’s 
naval power was much increased 
after that. Ps. Dem. 7. 16. 

rely -. a) “nor by land march- 
ing beyond P. and P.” Badi¢w is 
the regular antithesis to wAeiy or 
going by sea. Cf. Mr. Shill. de F. 
Leg. § 171. 

umép}] Xen. An. 1. 1. 9, ‘Tots 
imip ‘EAAhomovroy oixotai, where 
L. Dind. quotes Pl. Craty/. 108 §, 
tous twtp ‘Hpakdeias orhdas ew 
karo.kovvTas, 

Poxéas] as 9g. 11 and passim, 
where we speak of the country 
only, 
aAN’ 4] “but he would either 
have continued to act with justice, 
and, observing the peace, have kept 
quiet, or would at once have been 
involved in a war similar to that 
which made him anxious for the 


peace.” 
BL Sv] i. e. ofos Fy 30 Sv. 
§ 37. Gs ... tropvacat] “what 


has been said is sufficient to serve as 
a reminder,” ‘‘to awaken recollec- 
tion” (Mr. K.), Madv. 151. 


E 


50 KATA ®JAITINIOT B. 
an e - v ¢ > A BJ U ‘ > 3 a x 
viv ixavas eipnta, ws 8 dv éEeracOein padiar’ axpiBas, wy 
, = , f. 3 , \ f a ” »>o 
ryévolto, @ mavtes Oeoi* ovdéva yap Bovdolunv av &ywye, ovd 
el Sikatos €or atroAwAévat, eTa TOU TavTwy KWdvVvOU Kal 


THs Enuias Sixnv brocyeiv. 


@s .. Gv é&.] Supr. § 4, ‘but 
how it might be..” ‘“‘but that it 
should be exactly verified, avert it 
all ye gods!” If the fears he had 
expressed in § 33 sq. were verified, 
the traitors would indeed be pu- 
nished, but their treason must issue 


in the ruin of their country. 

pera] 3. 36. “for no one would 
I wish to see punished, however 
much he deserves to die, to the 
danger and damage of all ”—when 
his punishment involves the ruin ot 
all. 


KATA ®IAITNTMOT TL. 


YTIO@ESIS.—‘AmAH Tod Ad-you rovrou H brdbects’ Hidiwmov yap Ady pey 
elphynv kyovros epyp 88 worAAg Gdikodvros, cuuBovaAever Tors ’AOnvalas 4 
bhrwp dvacrivat Kal auivacOa Toy Bactdéa, ws Kwdvvou peyddou Kal abrois 
émixpeuapévov kal mao Kowy Tots “EAAnow. 


1. IToAd av, & avdpes "AOnvaior, Aoywv yyvopéevev orLyou 
n por , bd ‘ ‘ e h > 4? 2 \ 
Seiv Kal Exdotny éxxrAnoiay tepi av Pidsrrros, ad’ od THY 
3? ? a > Ld « al 3 x ‘ ‘ » > 
ELpnUnY ETTOLNTATO, OV LovOY Huds GAA Kal TOUS adAoUS adi- 
Kel, KaL TavTwY old OTL dnodvTwv yy av, ei Kal pH TroLovaL 
ToUTO, Kal Aéyew Seiv Kai mpatrew GTrws éxeivos TavceTat 
ths UBpews nai Sixnv Swoce, cis ToVP trnypéva. wavTa Ta 


ARGUMENT.—This_ speech, as 
also that on the Chersonesus, deli- 
vered about three months before it, 
belongs to the year 342 B.c. The 
date is fixed by viv emi Op¢xny rapi- 
évra, which Diod. Sic. refers to Ol. 
109. 2, i. e. to the latter half of B.c. 
343 or the first half of B.c. 342. 
Again, it is said in § 32, rl@noi Ta 
Tlv@a . . Kay abrds wh mapp, Tods 
SovAovs aywvoberhoovras méuret, 
Philip presided himself at the cele- 
bration of the games in the summer 
or autumn (Thirl. 6. §) of B.c. 346. 
This speech must therefore have 
been delivered towards the end of 
the autumn of B.c. 342 at the ear- 
liest. For the circumstances which 
led to it see Thirl. 6, p. 27; Grote, 
11. 623. 

§ 1. With the commencement of 
this speech cf. 6. 1 sq. 

édtyou Seiv] Madv. 168 4. ‘‘ many 
speeches are made in almost every 
assembly about the wrongs which. . 
and all would, I feel sure, .. . still 
our affairs . .” 


a8ixet] Madv. 110, r. 1. The 
peace was concluded in March, B.c. 


346. 

ol8 Sri] 6. 28. 

movovet tovto] Some have 
wrongly referred these words to 
gnodvrwy, as if the meaning were, 
“‘would say so, though they don’t 
do so actually,” a way in which 
mot is often used. Cf. Mr. Shill. 
de F. Leg. § 225 n. cr. But the 
meaning obviously is, ‘‘and all, 
though they do not actually direct 
every speech and measure to the 
one object of humbling and chas- 
tising Philip, would at any rate 
allow that this ought to be done.” 

Srws] with the fut. ind. after 
mpadTrew, as I. 2, Srws BonOhoere, 
where see the note. 

a. THS UBpews] 6. 30, OnBaious dé 
mavoe THS UBpews. 

tmypéva] ‘‘ per negligentiam et 
socordiam eo deducta, ad condi- 
tionem tam lamentabilem delapsa” 
(Reiske) ; ‘‘ brought to such a state 
by inadvertence and neglect.” 23. 


E 2 


52 AHMOS®ENOTS [9. 2 
Tpaypata Kal mpoeméva pd wate Sédorxa wy BrAdodnwov 
‘ J a > ‘ > & ’ ‘ 4 ef J ‘ 
pev eitreiy adnOes 8 Hr ef Kat A€yew Arravtes EBovXovTo ot 
, 4 ”~ e “~ I] a La ’ mM 
TaplovTes Kal yetpotoveiy veils EF Gv ws havddrat’ EuEedre 
ta mpaypad éew, ovk av nyotuar Sivacar yeipov 7 viv 
dvateOfvat. 2. TrodAa pev ovv iaws éotiv aitia TovTwr, 
Kat ov map’ év ovdé Sv0 eis TOTO Ta TMpaypyata adixTat, 
, +] ” > ’ ? cal e , AX 4 
pdriota 8, avmep ékerafnte opOas, etpnoete Sia Tors 
, cal a 4 ‘ , , 
xapifecOar wadrov 7) Ta BérTIcTA AéyeLy Tpoatpoupéevous, 
a ‘ , a ” > a“ b] > ~ > ‘ 
ay Twes pév, @ avdpes AOnvaior, év ols evdoxipmovow avtoi 
kai Suvavtat, taita guAddtTovtes ovdeuiav Tepi TOV pEd- 
AovTw@v mpovotav Eyovaty, Erepor Sé Tovs emi Tois Tpaypacw 
v J , \ , LANS! » hed a” 
évtas aitimpevor Kal SuaBadrovtes ovdév GAXO Trotovaw 7 


173, cupBalver Trois xpdvois eis TOVM 
bmnyueva Ta mpayuar’ Hn. 

BA. pev ... GAnBis 8’) “I am 
afraid, though a severe thing to 
say, it is nevertheless true . .” 
Infr. 5. 

el xat] With the asyndeton cf. 6. 
43; wai with Aéyew. ‘had all the 
speakers (6. 3) meant to propose 
and you to pass measures intended 
to bring our affairs to ruin, I do not 
think . .” 

§ 2. tows] ‘‘ no doubt.” 

wap’ év, «.7.A.] 4. 10. ‘and it is 
not owing to one or two (either) 
that ..” but S:a rods of persons. 
Fr. says, ‘i. e. ob map’ ey oddé 
mapa Sto.” No doubt the orator 
could have said so, but it would not 
be correct on that account to say 
that a second wapd is to be supplied 
here. As a matter of fact the second 
preposition is very often wanting: 
after ob povoy..GAAG Kal, 19. 341; 
h. .%, 21. 114; %, 20. 142 bwep 
BAdovu tTivds Rh rod ris wéAews akia- 
uatos. Kal..xal, Lys. 1. 2; nal év 
Snuoxparia Kal odvyapxla obtws .. 
&s, 19. 263; and in cases like 21. 
155, Kava Tavrny Thy HAiklay hv eyw 
viv: 18. 134, awd ris dyvolas Romep, 

. &c, An examination of such 
instances will prove to the young 
student that the principle which 


governs the omission is the same 
as in the case of the article, noticed 
on 2. 9, and that our own idiom is 
here also his best guide. ‘‘ but if 
you only examine rightly, you will 
find that this is mainly owing to 
those who make it their study to 
please you (cf. 3. 24).” 

wwés péev] Eubulus and his 
friends. 

év ols] ‘‘in and by which.” 18. 
19, év ols judpravoy of KAA ... 
avtds mapecxevd(ero: 23. 23, dw- 
peay év f woAlrns yéyover: Lys. 26. 
9, ev To Epxew.. moditeia ow e- 
tat: infr. 64. ‘seeking to main- 
tain a state of things through which 
they themselves enjoy power and 
repute. .” 

Sivavrar = duvarol elo: (20. 191 ; 
21. 2073 23. 174). 

érepot] Aeschines and others 
who played into the hands of 
Philip. 

tous éml . . dvras] ‘‘ those who 
conduct public affairs.” 6. 12; 
Thue. 3. 11: cf. 2. 12. Infr. 56 we 
have tay év trois mpdypact tives. 

ovSéy . . §] ‘only aim at making 
... and occupy herself with this, 
leaving P. free to. .” ‘‘ thus leaving 
P. at liberty. .” West., Redh., 
and Fr. omit wey after wdéAts on the 
authority of S. Cf. 6. 33. 


—4. KATA ®IAITIMIOT I. 53 
oe e ‘A ‘ > ‘ ? e A / ‘ 4 \ 
OTws 7 wey TOMS avTH Tap aUTHs Sikny ArjrYreTat Kai Tept 
a > w , > 3 , ‘ , \ , tid 
toot éotat, Pitinww 8 é&éorar Kai réyew Kal mpatrew 6 
Tt Bovretat, 3. at 5é tovavras rroduteiar cvvyPers pév eiowy 
econ wv \ fal a ? a J > © ’ a a7 
duiv, aitiar Sé Tov Kaxov. ake 8, & avdpes AOnvaio, éav 
TL Tov adnOav peta Tappnoias A€yw, pNdeuiav por Sia 
a > a ‘ ’ a e = 
ToUTO Trap vudv opynv yevécOat. oKorreiTe yap Wi. pets 
THY Tappnoiay émt péev TOV adAwY OUTW KoLWNY oleaOe Seiv 
_elvat Tot TOs ev TH TOdEL BoTE Kal Tois Eévors Kal Tois 
SovAoars avTis petadedwxate, Kal TroAXOUs av TLS OiKéTas iSot 
7 p 
» en X ¢ ’ , o ’ , a 
Tap wpiv peta TrEiovos eEovaias 6 Tt BovNovTat NEyorTas 7) 
f , | es n ”. , > ‘ fol , 
ToXitas ev eviais TOV dAXwY TrOAEWY, Ex SE TOD TUMBoUrAELELY 
, 3 , sy ¢ cal ’ ? ’ 
mavraract éfeAnraxate. 4. EO dpiv cvupBéBnnev ex Tov- 
Tov év pev Tais éxkAnoiats tpupav Kal KodraxevecOat Travta 
mpos nooviy akovovaw, év dé Tos mpayyact Kal Tois yuyvo- 
pévois Tept TaY eoyatwv dn Kiwduveverv. et ev odv Kai 
n lA ‘ > ba Fy f > 7 A La \ 
viv otTw Siaxerabe, ox Exw Ti rey cf 8 A oupdépes ywpis 
Kodaxeias eOeAnoeTe axovewv, Erormos réyetv. Kal yap ei 
mavu PavrAws TA TpaywaTa Exe Kal TOANA TpoEiTat, Guws 
enough to indulge in it the fate 
pithily expressed by Critias in Xen. 
flell, 2. 3. 16: édv tia aicbaved- 


peda evavrlov ri dAvyapxia, Boor 
Suvdueba exmoday moiovmeda, 


mepi tT. €rrar] Xen. An. 3. 5. 7, 
of wey GAAot wept Ta emirHdea joay : 
Ps. Dem. 25. 61, wept THY .. ouL- 
opay .. yevduevos: Ps, Dem. 13. 
20, of wodrtevduevot Kal wep Taita 


bvres. 

§ 3. ovvyiPeas pév.. 8] supr. 3. 
“such courses of policy, though 
familiar, are. .” 

épynv y.] Cf. 3. 3, and note 3. 
10. 
él .. tv &.] “for only consider. 
So strongly do you hold that in all 
other cases freedom of speech ought 
to be enjoyed by all residents in the 
city without distinction (xoiwfv), that 
you have granted a measure of it 
..” West. quotes Xen. Rep. Ath, 
I, 12, 3 TovTo obv lomyoplay Kat 
rots BovAois mpds Tovs eAevdépous 
éroivhoapev Kal Tots perolkois mpds 
Tous aorous, and Eur. Phoen. 390. 

moktras] ‘‘than citizens,” i. e. 
than the general body of citizens 
in oligarchies. Freedom of speech 
there might bring on those bold 


é« 88 tod o.] Comp. what he 
says in 3, 32. 

§ 4. év pev rats . . xiwSuveverv] 
The same words are found in 8. 
4. 

tpudav] Aesch. 3. 20, of 3 dpe- 
Tepot pytopes tpypaor: Dem. 19. 
197; Arist. £g. 1159. “you give 
yourselves airs and are flattered at 
hearing nothing but what is plea- 
sant (1. 15), while in your affairs 
and circumstances you are in immi- 
nent peril.” 

ov« éxw tt A.J “non habeo quod 
dicam,” ‘‘I have nothing to say.”, 
Mady. 121. 

€roupos] 4. 39. «al in Kal ydp 
must be taken with ef. ‘for even 
if our affairs are in a wretched state, 
and. many interests. .” 


54 AHMOS@ENOTS [9. 5 


” 7X e a“ \ , tal LA 3 v , “ 
éoTiy, cay duels Ta Seovta Toeiv Bovdncl’, ett wavta taiTa 
érravopbwcacbar. 5. nai tapddofoy pév iows eat 6 pédAdw 
Aéyew, GAnOes SE TO yelpoTor év Tois TapeAnAvOdcL, TodTO 

\ \ /. ’ € ’ ’ = > \ r 
mpos Ta wéAAOVTA BEedticTov iTdpye. Ti ov éatl TodTO; 
Gt ovTE puKpoyv ovTE péya ovdéy THY SedvT@Y TroLoUYTwY 
bpwav Kax@s TA Tpdypata Evel, evel ToL, eb TaVT & TpoaTKe 
mpattovtwy ovtw Siéxerto, ovd av eAris hw avta yevéoOar 

, na ‘ fol \ e ‘ “ e la ‘ “ 

Bertiw. viv Sé tis wév padupias Tihs tuerépas Kal Tijs 
b f , f a , + 
aperelas Kexpatne Pidirriros, THS Toews S ov KEKpaTHKEV® 

ho € tal > , Or f 
oud HTtnaGe wpeis, GAN ovde Kexivynae. 

6. Ei pev obv drravtes @poroyoduev Pidirrov TH moder 

al \ \ > , ’ > A ” ” ‘ 
TorEueiy Kal THY eipnvnv mapaBaivew, ovdév GAO Edeu TOV 
Taplovta Aéyew Kal cupBovrevew 7 Strws doparéotata Kal 
paota avtov auvvovpeba: éerreidy Sé ovTws aToTws eviot did- 
LA . ta > f ‘ 

KEWTaL @OTE TodES KaTAaXapBavovTos exeivou Kal TOANA 
TOY veTépwv ExovTos Kal Tavtas avOpwrous abdiKodvTOS 
avéxyeobar Tiwey év Tais éxxdnoiais eyovTWY TOAAGKIS ws 
Huav Ties elow oi TotodyTes TOY mModcuoVv, 7. avayKn 


§ 5. mapd8ofov] Cf. 3. 10. 
Comp. 18. 199; 19. 99; 24. 122. 
Lyc. § 49, ef 5€ Sef nal wapadotdéra- 
Tov pev eimeiv, dAnOes 5¢.. Isocr. 
12. 176 al. ‘‘now what I am going 
to say may sound paradoxical, but 
it is true.” Cf. the very similar 
passage in 4. 2. 

pf... wal. . dpedefas] a not un- 
frequent combination (Isocr. 2. 10, 
BH padupeiv pndé Guedciv), hence 
the opposition in Arist. RA, 1. 12. 
19, kal rods pgdvmous .. emimedois 
yap 7d eweterOeiv, 

xexivyo@e] “nay, you have not 
even moved,” ‘‘ stirred yourselves” 
—‘* far from being worsted, you have 
not appeared in the field at all.” 
Some, in order to make a fuller 
opposition to #rrncé’, understand 
kexlyno@e in the sense of “loco 
moti estis.” 8. 37 supports the 
view I have taken. 

Sections 6 and 7, El pév to mode- 
weiy Sei, are wanting in S. Bekk. 


.and Dind., rightly I think, retain 


them. As the words «i pey ody 
stand at the beginning of 6 and 8, 
it is probable that the omission 
arose from a mere oversight of the 
copyist, as Beuseler suggests, 

§ 6. On et without &y, Madv. 
118. ‘‘nothing else were it needful 
for the speaker to propose and ad- 
vise but the safest and easiest way 
of. .” 

arémws ..8.] ‘but since, at the 
very time when. . some are unrea- 
sonable enough . .” 

dvéxeo@a.] “to put up with,” 
** tolerate.” 

wweés] the indefinite subject to of 
mw. Xen. An. 2. 4. 5, 5 Hynodpevos 
ovdels ora:: Lys. 19. 57, iat 5€ 
Ties ot mpoavadioxovres : Isocr. 8. 
139; Dem. 24. 143. ‘‘ that some 
of ourselves are the persons who are 
causing the war. .” For the differ- 
ence between moeivy and moretoOa 
méAenov cf. Don. p. 435. 


<6] KATA SIAINMOT I. 55 


puddrreabas kai SiopGotcbat trepi Tovrou' Eat yap déos a 
700 ws dpuvoupela ypaypas TiS Kab oupBovrevoas | eis THY 
aitiay éuméon Tod TemoinKévat Tov ToAEoV. éyw 61) TOvTO 
Tp@tTov amdvrwv réeyw Kai Stopifouar, ei ef tiv éotl to 
Bovrever Oar trept Tod ToTEpov eipyyny ayew 1) Todepeiv Sei. 
8. ef pev ovv EEcotiww eipnyny ayew TH Toke Kai ep piv 
> .Y col wv? 3 a ba 4 ww wv e cal 
éotl touto, iv’ évtedOev dpEwpar, nul éywye ayew hyas 
Seiv, kal Tov Tadta Aéyovta ypadew Kal mpaTTew Kal pi 
devaxitew akia et & Erepos ta Sra ev tais yepolv Exwv 
kat Sivayiy ToAAHY Trepl avTov TovVo“a pév TO THS Elpnvns 
ipiv mpoBarrAc, tois 8 Epyors avdtos tots Tod modguou 
xphrat, ti Aovrov dAdo TAHY autverOar; gdoKxew 5é 
° s ” > , A 3 ” > ’ 
eipnunv ayew e+ Bovrgeobe, @arep éxeivos, ov Siadépopat. 
g. e¢ Oé Tis TauTHy cipnynv bToAapBaves EF As exeivos TdvTa 
” ‘ 23>? CA ef a x Me ” 
TaAXa AaBwv éf’ Tuas Hker, mp@rov pev paiverat, errerta 
éxeivp Tap’ tpav, ovx viv ap’ éxeivou THY EiprvnVv Dreyer 


§ 7. SiopBoteGat] Dind. in his 
notes adopts H. Wolf’s tr., ‘‘ cau- 
tione vehementer opus est, ut hoc 
recte constituatur,” ‘should be set 
right.” The next sentence shows 
that the meaning is probably the 
same—‘‘to take security,” ‘‘ secure 

_ oneself” —as in 33. 11 (€wedy &Aa- 
Boy tovrov adixovvra, SiwpOwoduny 
brép euavrod Kal rod tévov), The 
following words give the reason 
why such caution was _neces- 
sary. 

ws &.] lit. “how we shall defend 
ourselves ;” ‘*a measure of defence,” 

Mr. K. 

éy® Sy] ‘I first then discuss and 
settle this point, whether it is in our 
power to deliberate on the question 
of peace or war;” ‘‘is it in our 
power... on the question whether 
we ought... or go to war?” 

§ 8. ravra] i. e, that it is in our 
power to do so. On the plural, 1. 
73 2. 25. 

mparreww] “‘id agere, ut quod 
rogaverit decernatur ratumque fiat” 
(Fr.). ‘‘and I call upon. . to make 


a motion and take action, and not 
prevaricate.” 

7a... év Tais x.] Madv. 8. 

mept atrév] ‘at the head of.” 

mpoBadde] ‘* puts forward,” as 
a cloak to hide his designs. In the 
middle voice (Thuc. 1. 37; 3. 63): 
“puts forward to you the jname of 
peace, while he himself . 

od Staddépopar] non repugno, 
non refragor. Usu congruit, etsi 
significatione differt, quod vulgo 
dicunt obdéy po Sapéper ” (Schat' ). 
gdoxew emphatic—‘‘if you choose 
to profess. . as he does, I have no- 
thing to say against it,” “I don’t 
quarrel with it. 

§ 9. tavrnv elpyvyy] ‘calls that 
a peace which will enable him after 


he has...” On tadrnvy, Madv. 11, 
Ti ¥s 

2 fs] 1. 7; 6. 27, ee Tod pwn- 
dev... 


mparov pev . . ewetal cf. 2. 1. 
**he is mad, and besides he talks 
about a peace which is observed on 
your part towards him. .” 


56 AHMOZ@ENOTS [9. 10 
“ . 3 ‘ a nm ’ ’ , ’ 
toto & éotly 6 TaY dvadioKopéevavy ypnudTwY TayTwY 
4 ”~ Lal “ ’ Lol 
Pidinmos wveitar, avTos wév Trodepeiv vpiv, vp vuawv Sé wn 
Trodepeia Oat. 
\ A ’ f Ld lal C4 a e a“ 
10. Kai piv ef péypt tovrou mepysevoduer, Ews av jyiv 
dporoyjon Todeuely, TavTwv éopev evnbéctatou ovdé yap 
n 7 ‘ 7 ‘ A r \ 4 a a? 
av éri thy ’Artixny avtnv Babifn xal tov Tlewpaia, tour 
€pet, eltrep ols mpos Tods aAXous Temroinke Sei Texpaiper Oat. 
II. TodTo péev yap "OduvOiois rettapdxovt’ aréywv Tis 
Todews oTddia elmev Ste Set Svoiv Oarepov, % ’Keivous ev 
’OrwwvOw un oixeiv 4 adtov év Maxedovia, ravra tov ddXov 
xXpovoy, ev TIS avTOV aiTidgaLTO TL TOLOUTOV, ayavaKTa@V Kai 
mpér Bets TEUT@Y TOUS aTroAOYNnTOMEVOUS ToUTO & €is Pwxéas 
@s mpos Tuppadyous erropnveTo, Kat mpéaBers Poxéwv Hoav 
“a ta > fal a \ > con w 
ot tapnxorovovy ait@ mopevopévm, Kat trap hyiv hoitov 
morro. OnBaiors ov dAvotTeAnoew THY Exeivov mTdpodov. 
\ ‘ ‘ ‘ e f \ a 7 
12. Kal iy kal Depas mpwanv @s idros Kal ocvppayos eis 
> ‘ , \ \ . . 
Octrariav éOav éyer katadaBwv, Kat Ta TeAEUTALA TOS 


Tov..xp.] 3. 22. “with all the 
treasure he is lavishing.” 

avis péy, x.7.A.] explanatory of 
tovro. infr. 23; 3.7. Onthe nom. 
avrds with the inf., 4. 7. 

§ 10. eb. . weptpevotper . . éopev] 
cf. 1. 19. ‘‘if we mean to wait. . 
we are the most simple of men.” 

Badifn] 6. 36. ‘is in full march 
..” 1, 12 and 25. 

§ 11, TovTo pév] ‘‘ for example.” 

"OA.] cf. 8. 58, ob3’ (did he admit 
that he was at war) ’OAvv@lots 
apxiis, ews ev ath tH xdpa Td orpd- 
Tevua wap exwv. 

Set 8. 6.] ‘‘there was no choice, 
but they must...” Cf. Mr. Shill. 
de F. Leg. § 166. 18. 139, Kairos 
dvoiv abr@ avaynn Odrepovy-} pndév- 
‘he has only one alternative.” The 
force of wh is extended to év Maxe- 
Sovia. Cobet (V. Lect. p. 661) in- 
serts wh after abrdv, 

% “xeivous] Bekk. st. }) Kelvous. 
Cf. 4. 4. 

m. Tov GAhov x.] ‘‘ though before 
that whenever any one accused him 


” 


of. . he was indignant...” dyav- 
axtév and wéurwy represent the 
imperfects required after the opt. of 
indefinite frequency—e? tis . . airid- 
caito; cf. 6. 20. tov KAAov xp. is 
sometimes, but rarely, used also of 
future time. Dem. 22. 3; Lyc. § 79. 

&s mpés] “again he marched into 
Phocis (6. 36) as if to allies (he pre- 
tended to regard them in that hght 
till he had them at his mercy), and 
there were .... who accompanied 
him on his march.” Grote, 11. 
§87. 
od X.] his passage of the Straits 
‘would not benefit :” a meiosis. 
3. 13 cf. 6. 30. 

§ 12.] €xe has here its full force. 
He not only seized Pherae, but at 
‘that time held it with his troops. 
Mady. 180 ¢. On the subject here 
mentioned see Thirl. 6, p. 13. Ps. 
Dem. 7. 32, Sepalwy perv adyipnrat 
thy wédw Kal ppoupay ev TH axpo- 
wédve karéeotnoey, iva 5h avrdvowoe 
aot. 8. 59. 

7a TEX.] 2. 7. 


sige] KATA ®IAIIMOT I. 57 


TadauTapols *‘Npeiras rovroict emionerpopevous &pn Tous 
oTpaTunTas memroupévar Kat evvovav’ tuvOdverbar yap 
avtTovs @> vocodct Kai stactdfover, cvppaywr § elvat Kal 
pirwv arnOwar év Tois rovovrous Katpois mapeivat. 13. €lT’ 
olea@ avrov, of érroincay pév ovdév av Kaxov, py tabeiv 8 
éfvrdtavr’ dv iows, Tovtous mev eLatratav aipeicbar waddov 
 mporeyovta BialecOar, tpiv § éx mpoppycews Trodkeunoery, 
Kat TavO Ews av Exortes €Eatrataabe ; ovK Ect. Tava: 14. Kai 
yap av dBertepwratos ein ravtwv avOpwrwy, eb THY adiKov- 
pévov twov pndev eyxadovvTwy ait@, GAN tyav avTav 
TWAS aiTimpévwv, exeivos exAUGaS THY TMpos aAXAH OVS EpLY 
buddy Kai diroverciay ep’ Eauvtov tpoetrot tpéTTec Gat, Kal TOV 
map éavtov picbodhopovvtwy Tors Royous adédotto, ols 
avaBadrovow tpas, AéyovTes ws ExElvds ye OV TOAEMEL TH 
TONEL. 

15. “AAN ori, & pds Tod Alds, Satis ED Ppovav ex THY 


5.13. de 24, 


rots .. Q. depends, I think, on 
“sy "The stress of the 


on: ‘Sand lastly he told the 
wretched people of Oreus . . out Resse, is “upon the clause intro- 
of good will to visit them. .” infr. duced by 8é: cf. 2. 24. ‘‘do you 
§§ 27, 33. On the anaphorical use then think that when he chose to 
of the demonstrative tovtoi see deceive, rather than by giving them 
Mr. Shill. de F. Leg. § 213; Cobet, warning overpower by force, those 
N. Lect. p. 629. Dem. 23. 111, © who would have done him no harm 
Yore Shmov SiAiwmov .. Tovtovt toy (i. e. had he given them warning 
Maxedéva, and passim. and formally declared war against 


imoxepopidvous] to pay them a 
sick visit. 54. 12, Aé€ye Thy Tav 
larpa@y paptuplay Kal thy Tov émicKo- 
tourtwy : 59. 56, eBddiCov ... yap 
mpds aithy as hodéver ... Ta mpdo- 
gopa tH vdow pépovoa Kal émioko- 
movpevat, 

avrovs] Madv. 191. 

In vorotor cat o. the particular 
kind of illness is added co-ordinately 
with wal, as in 6. 1, ‘‘ suffering from 
internal disorders.” Pl. Rep. 5. 470 
C, vooeiy 8 dv ra TowtT~ Thy ‘EA- 
Adda kal oracid(ew, kal ordow thy 
Towabrny ExOpav KAnréoy : ib. B, émt 
yap Th Tod oixelov éxOpG orders 
KékAnra, emi 8 TH TeV GAAOTplwy 
wéreuos. Cf. 18. 45, af 5¢ wéaes 
évécour : Soph. Z/. 1070 al. 


.that so long as. . 


them), though they might perhaps 
have taken measures to escape suf- 
fering it, he will make a formal 
declaration of war against you, and 
Impossible !” 
Cf. note to 6. 15, robs wey dvras 

éx m™p.] ‘ex edicto.” 
27. 

§ 14. twas] “some of your- 
selves,” i. ec. of course those who , 
saw through his designs and warned 
them against him. 

_, WvaRaddovow] “* put you off,” 

‘amuse you.” Cf. note to 4. 14. 

éxeivés ye] however it may be 
with others, “the at any rate.’ 

§ 15. ® mpds tov A.) An ex- 
clamation of impatience. 24. 157, 


Livy 1. 


58 AHMOZ@ENOT= [9. 16 
GvowaTwv adAoOVv 7) TOY TpayyatTwy Tov ayovT eipnynv } 
cal i? . ”- ’ > v % ‘ ta e iA 
morcmowwl éavTe oKéait dv; ovdeis Syrov. © Toivuy 
Piturmos && apyis, apts Tihs elpnvys yeyovulas, obmw 
7 “ % ‘ a” ” bd , 
AvorreiBovs otpatnyodytos ovdé Tay SvTwv ev Xeppovncw 
a ? n , ’ 
vov ameotakpevav, Zéppiov Kat Aopicxov xatedauBSave 
kat Tous €« Yeppiov tevyous Kai ‘Iepod dpouvs otpatwrtas 
e£éBarrev, ods 6 tywétepos otpatnyos KaTéoTyncEV. KaiToL 
TavTa mpdttwy ti éroieL; eipnvny pev yap oumpoxer. 
Kal pndeis eirn, 16. ti 5€ tadr’ éotiv, 4 Ti ToUTwWY pérEL 


7™7) TONE ; 


pepe yap mpds Aids Forw Boris ty 
4 mpdrepds mor’ ephpicey .. ‘* but, 
in heaven’s name, would any sane 
man judge from words rather than 
deeds (§ 8), who is ..” Cf. supr. 
§ 2, note to ob map’ €v. 

6 roivuy] ‘well then, P. at the 
beginning, immediately after the 
conclusion of the peace (explanatory 
of e& dpxis), before D. was yet 
general or those who are now, . 
had been sent, was. .” Cf. 8. 6.— 
Seribium and Doriscus are often 
mentioned by Dem.: 8. 64; 18. 
27, 70; Ps. Dem. 7. 37. Hence 
the sneer of Aesch. 3. 82, airds 
(Dem.) éorw ..6 mparos etevpav 
Séppiov Tetxos nal Adpioxoy kai 
"Epyloxny «at Moupyloxny (Schulz 
has Muéprnvoy, as in Dem, 18. 27) 
nad T'dvos kad TaylSa, xwpia Gy obde 
7a dvéuara Hdeimev mpdrepor. 

Tous éx] 1. 15. 

“Iepot “Opovs] Cf. 19. 156. Why 
Dem. attached such importance to 
these places, he explains in 19, 180, 
also 18. 27. 

6 tp. otp.] Chares. 

v. wparrev ti éroler] ‘ quan- 
quam haec agens quid faciebat.” 
If these were not acts of hostility, 
whatever his professions may be, 
what were they? Pl. Crit. p. 51 
A, kal phoes Taira mov Sikaua 
mparrery ; 

pev ydp] 3. 10, eyd wiv yap.. 
8. 37, eyd wey yap odx dp: infr. 
16; 21. 158. In these cases ydp 


ef wey yap puKpa tadta i) pndev bwiv adtav 


refers to the previous question, while 
bev emphasizes the word to which 
it is attached, 

Spopdxer] Bekk. ; Dind. &c. dy- 

wudcer, Cf. Mr. Shill. de F Leg. 
66, 295 ; 18. 32, ereid) yap Spoce 
Thy eiphyny. ‘Though the treaty of 
peace had been concluded when 
Philip took the towns mentioned, 
he had not yet taken the oaths to 
the Athenian ambassadors. In 18. 
30 Dem. makes it a charge against 
the ambassadors, that instead of 
hurrying to Philip’s camp, they gave 
him the opportunity of making these 
conquests by delaying three months 
in Macedonia. Here, where his 
object is to make out as strong a 
case as possible against Philip, he 
naturally suppresses this side of the 
case. 
§ 16. ri S€] On this use of 8¢ 
ef. Mr. Shill. de F. Leg. § 54 n. 
crit. 8, 70, ef ris poird pe Eire por, 
ob de rf. .: 28. 28, and so passim. 
‘*what do they signify? or how 
does any of these things concern 
us?” 

wl. . ravr’ éorly] Madv. 95 4, 
note. ‘‘whether these things were 
really insignificant, or did not con- 
cern you, would be another ques- 
tion,” with which we have nothing 
to-do; the matter before us‘is the 
quality, and not the insignificance or 
the reverse of the majority of them. 
18. 44, €repos Adyos obTos: 38. 8, 
Bddos by hv Adyos. 


—17.] KATA ®IAITITIOT I. 59 
Euerev, GAdos av eln ROyos ovTos' TO 8 evacBés Kalb Td 
Sikaov av 7 éri puxpod tis av 7 emt peiLovos trapaBaivn, 
Thy adtny exer Suvapv. gépe 87 viv, Hvix’ eis Xeppovnaor, 
tw Baothers kal tavres oi “EXXqves tuetépav eyvoxacw 
elvat, Eévous eiorréumres kal BonOeiv ouoroyet Kal émictéAret 
TavTa, Ti Wot; 17. pyoi péev yap ov Torepueiv, ey 5é 
TocovTw dSéw taidta mowivta éxeivoy ayew sporoyeiv THv 
Tpos vpas eipyvnv, Bote Kat Meydpwy amtopevov Kal év 
EvBoia tupavvida xatackevafovta nal viv éri Opaxny 
maptovta Kai Ta év IIeXotrovynow cxevwpovpevov Kal trav, 
dca mpdtTe peta THs Suvdwews, TovotvTa AVEewW nul Thy 
elpnunv Kai Todepeiv bpiv, ef wi) Kal Tos TA pHYavypaTa 
épiotavtas eipnynv ayew pyaete, Ews av ata Tois Teiyeow 
Hon Tpocaywaw. adr’ ov pycete 6 yap, ols dv eyo ANPOeinr, 
TadTa TpaTTwy Kai KaTacKevatopevos, oUTOS euol TroAéEuEl, 


éni p.] ‘in a small matter.” 2. 
I. 
tiv aithyv. . §.] ‘comes to the 
same thing.” Mr. K. less correctly, 
‘*religion and justice have the same 
obligation.” Cf. Antiph. de Caed. 
Her. § 92, nat phy thy tony ye bv- 
vam exer, doris Te by tH xeipl 
dmoxteivy adinws Kal Boris TH Whpy. 

épe] Cf. 4. 10, eid por. 

BaotAevs, as applied to the king 
of Persia, having become as it were 
a proper name, is generally used 
without the article. Madv. 8, r. 2 
6, The Chersonese had not of 
course been declared: to be theirs 
by any formal act, but by allowance 
of their occupation of it, and the 
recognition of it, in negotiations, 
&c., as a part of their adpx7. Gf. 
Aesch. 2. 72, xeppévncov.... Thy 
otcay wdpuoroynuevws *AOnvalwv. 
Comp. the similar language about 
Amphipolis in 19. 253 and Ps. 
Dem. 7. 29. 

émuoréd\Aer 7.) ‘writes us Word 
to that effect,” ‘‘ writes to tell us 

” 


so. 
§ 17. dnot pev yap] Cf. § 15. 
‘*he says of course...” West. 


reads g7s.. ‘* you (his apologist) 
say. .” 
togovTe] Bekk. st. (Bekk. rovod- 
Tov), as in 18, 111, ToooUT@ ‘yap Séw 
Aéyew. 

Meydpwv] Grote, 11, 622. 

év EvBofq] 8. 36; infr. 57 sq. 19. 
326. 

él Opdeynv] Grote, 1. c. 

va év IT.] 6.15. Grote, 11. 611 

.  ‘*but so far from admitting 
that he is by this conduct . . I assert 
that his attempt to seize M.... 
all his movements with his army 
are so many infractions of the 
peace and acts of hostility against 
you.” Comp. with this passage 18. 
41. 

el py] ‘unless indeed you will 
maintain that even those who are 
planting their engines. . till they 
actually (%8n) bring them up to. .” 
18. 87, xapdewpa Barduevos mpds TH 
wéder Kal pnxaviuar’ émorhoas 
émoArdpret. 

mpattev] ‘is contriving and pre- 
paring the means for my capture. . 
though he be not yet throwing dart 
or shooting arrow.” 


60 AHMOZ@ENOTS [9. 18 


kav pyro Barry nde tokevn. 18. tlow odv tyels xwdv- 
vevoait av, el Te yevoito; Te Tov ‘EdAHoToVvTOV ddXo- 
TpiwOnvar, T@ Meydpwy nai tis EvSotas tov rodrepoiv’ 
ron / ‘ a / 2 , a 
piv yevécOar xiprov, TO [leXoTrovynaious Taxeivov dpovncas. 
eita Tov TOUTO TO pNYavnwa ETL THY TOW ioTdvTA, TODTOV 
elpjyny ayew eyo PO pos twas; 19. ToAAOD ye Kal Sei, 
> > > ’ e , > ~ ca > ‘ 4 a % ’ \ 
adn’ ad’ hs nuépas aveire Paxéas, aro tavtns éywy avTov 
“~ e if € cal , 7\ ‘ 2 rd ” 
Tonepueiv opifouar. wvyas Sé, day pev dudvnabe dn, cwppo- 
, , 3\ > oF > % oy 7 A / 
vncew dni, €av 8 éacnte, ovdé Toul Stay BovrAnobe Suvy- 
ceoGe trojoat. Kal TocodTov ye adéoTnKa THY GdAdwY, @ 
” 3 o a , tid > ‘ A 
avopes AOnvaiot, Trav cupBovrevovtwy Bate ovdé Soxet poe 
\ , “ ~ ’ 7 ¥ > ? 
mept Xeppovncov viv oxotreiy ovdé Bulavriov, 20. adr 
eTapvvar ev TovTos Kai Siatnphoar un te maOwor, Bov- 
AeverOar pévTor TEept TavTwY Tov “EAAnvaV ws ev KivdiVO 
, , f ae. a \ ton ? 2 
peyarw Kabeotatwv. Bovrowas 8 eitreiv mpos twas && ov 
irép Tov TpayyaTwv otw poBotpa, iv’ ci pév opOds Royi- 


§ 18. tlow..«. dv] Ps. Dem. 
10. 3, maou Tois cdot .. KiwduvEvTwr: 
Thuc. 2. 65, wndt 7H wore: Kivbuv- 
evovtas: Id. 6. g: the dat. ex- 
pressing the stake risked. ‘* what 
then are the risks you would run 
should any thing happen (i.e. in 
event of a war breaking out)? The 
risk of the alienation of the H. (cf. 
1g. 180. This would make him rijs 
otromoumelas ‘EAAhvwy Kipios, as he 
says in 18. 241); of the power at 
war with you becoming master of 


taxelvov dp.] ‘taking his side,” 
“siding with him.” Thuc. 3. 68 ; 
5. 84 al. 

TovTo Td p.] ‘such an engine as 
this.” Cf. Mr. Shill. de F. Leg. 
§ 15. 


] ‘fam I to say?” “can I 
allow?” Mady. 121. 

§ 19. w. ye wat Sei] Bekk. st. 
from FST. Bekk. and Dind. 
m. ye wat 5éw, as in Aesch. Prom. 
1002; Dem. 5. 24. ‘‘ far from 
it; on the contrary, from the day 
he destroyed...” The question 


whether it was possible for them 
tyew elphynvy (§ 8) is thus set- 
tled. 


For 8uvjoeobe Reiske and Cobet 
propose duvhaecba, a needless cor- 
rection for the sake of symmetry. 
Observe the emphatic position of 
buds. ‘if you defend yourselves 
at once, I say you will act wisely, 
but if you let it pass (put it off) you 
will not be able to do as much as 
that. .” édonre, Bekk. st. from S ; 
dvaBdrAnode, Bekk. 

kal. . ye] 6. 29. 

a&déornxa] ‘dissent from.” 

ov8e §.] ‘that in my opinion you 
ought not to think about either the 
C. or B. You should send them 
aid indeed, and watch that they 
come to no harm, but deliberate 
about all Hellas...” Cf. Grote, 11. 
624. Comp. the similar language 
in 15. 13, od yap brép ‘Podiwy Bov- 
Aeuréov... wdvov, GAA’ trip tuav 
airav kal trav BAAwy ‘EAAhvov. 

§ 20. é& dv] ‘the reasons which 
lead me,” ‘‘ why.” 1. 7, é« Tav 
éyxAnudtwy : 2. 9 al. 


—22.] KATA ®JAITITIOT IP. 61 
Somat, meTaTYNTE THY OYLoMaV Kal Kpovoray Tv’ Kua y 
avTov, €i Un Kal TOV GdXAwv apa Bovreabe, troijornobe, dv 5é 
Anpeiv Kai teTupHobas Sona, wnte viv wnt adlis ws bytai- 
vovTi ol TpoTeyNTE. 

21.”"Ore pwev 89 peyas éx pixpod Kal tamewod TO KaT 
apxyas Pidurmos nuEnta, Kai awictws Kab oTaciacTiKas 
»” \ t ‘ ee \ iad ” 
eyougt Tpos avTous o' EdAnves, Kai ote TOAAW Tapa- 
Sokotepov Hw TocovTov autov €& éexeivou yevéoOar } viv, 60 
oUTw TOAAA TpoEiAnPe, Kal TA oiTa Ud’ avTe TroinoacOat, 

‘ ‘poe n> «& ” a ’ 
kat wav dca toavT av Exoumw SueEedOeiv, trapareirw. 
22. GAN op@ auyxexwpyxotas amavtas avOpwrovs, ap 
tuav apfayévous, avT@ UTép ov Tov AdXov AtravTa ypovoy 
TavTEs of Todewor yeyovacw ot ‘EXAnviKol. Ti obv éaTi 

fol ‘ lal Ld UA ‘ yw © ‘ 
TodT0; TO Tovey 6 Te BovdeTar, Kai Kal Eva ovTwai Trepi- 


el ph}. . dpa] “isi forte,” “un- 
less perhaps...” Jelf, 788. 5. 
**however disinclined to do so for 
others” (Mr. K.). 

vetupaoGat] Harpocr. s. v., TeTv- 
dwoua, avTi rou euBpdyrnua, eo 
Tav ppevav yéyova, fro iwd rijs 
Bpovrijs, } awd trav ém roy Tuddva 
avaheponevwy axnetav, } amd tov 
Tvpwvikav Kadounévwy mvevparwy, 
& 5h Kal aita ekicrnow abpdws 
xatapparyévra’ *"AAkaios ‘‘mdumay be 
tupws &k ao” EdXero ppévas.” Anyo- 
obevns ixép Krnoipevros (§ 4). 19. 
219; 23. 137. ‘* but if you think 
I talk nonsense and am dreaming 
(am besotted), you may regard me 
as out of my senses, and not listen 
to me either now or at any future 
time.” 

byratvovrt] 8. 36. Pl. Lys. 205 
A, ovx tryiaives GAAG Anpet TE Kal 
palvera. 

§ 21. "Ore pev... GAA] Cf 3. 
27. 

éyas] 1. 28. 

le p. «al +.] ‘from a humble 
and mean beginning.” 3. 29, é« 
wTwxa@v: 18, 121, édevOepos ex Sov- 
Aov. 

amiotws, x.7.A.] Cf. 18. 21, where 
this is forcibly dwelt on ; also § 61 


and 14. 36. 

avtous] 4. 10. 

€§ 2.) ‘from that origin.” Isocr. 
§. 115, pdov ydp dori éx Tay mapdv- 
Tw KTHTATbat THY KAAAIoTHY (Sdtav) 
hwep @E wy mapedaBes emt thy viv 
mapovoay mpoedOeiv. ‘that it would 
be now for him, after making so 
many acquisitions, to reduce under 
his power what is left—these and 
all other topics of the kind I might 
enlarge on. .” 

§ 22. dg tpov adpé.] ‘ parti- 
cipium a@piduevos usurpatur in mul- 
titudine aliqua ab una re, tanquam 
a principio, definienda; lat. sé in- 
cipiasab.. Ponitur autem plerum- 
que in eo et numero et casu in quo 
illud ipsum quod ita definitive enun- 
tiatum est. Vid. Heind. ad Gorg. 
60.. Gorg. l. c. fortis Boris AON: 
vaiwy amd cod aptduevos Séfat’ ky.” 
Butt. Jud. Pl. Meno; Madv. 176 
Gt. 

tmép ob] ‘a privilege which has 
been the subject of . .” 

xa’ va] Cf. 4. 20. 

otrwoi] 4. 11. In 8. 6 he had 
already pointed out that all this 
was with the object of attacking 
them, 


62 AHMOZ@ENOTS [9. 23 


KomTew Kal Awrodutety Tov “EX nvwv, Kai Katadovrove bar 
Tas TrOAELS ETLOVTA. 23. KaiToL MpooTaTat wéev wpeis EBSo- 
unKovta étn Kal tTpia Tov ‘EAAnvav éyéverOe, mpoctatat Sé 
Tpuixovta évos Séovta Aaxedamovio ioyvoay Sé tt Kai 
OnBaior tovtovei tovs TedevTaiovs ypovouvs peTa THY ev 
Acvixrpois paynv. Gr duos ob6 tuiv obte OnBaiors ovbre 
AaxcSaipoviors ovderrwrrote, @ avdpes’’ APnvaiot, cvveywpnOn 
oud iro Tav ‘EXAnvwv, trovetv 6 Te Bovroae, ovSE TrOArOD 
Sei, 24. dAAA TodTO wév wiv, padrov Sé Tois TOT ovow 
“AOnvaios, érredn Tisw od peroiws edoxovy mpoadéper Gan, 
mavres wovto Sev, Kai of undev éyxareiv Exovtes: avtois, 
peta TOV noiKneVvwY TrodEuEtY, Kal Tadtvy Aaxedaipoviors 
ap~act Kat trapedovow eis tHv adtnv Svvacteiav tyir, 
ereidn meovatew érexeipouv Kal wépa Tod petpiov Ta 


mepuxdmrev] 8. 9, Seve 58 moi0v- 
ow ot Eévor wepixdmtovres Ta ev ‘EA- 
AnordvTy. 

Awrodurteiv] as if he were a com- 
mon footpad, ‘‘ plundering and rob- 
bing the Greeks one after another 
in the way he is doing, and of at- 
tacking . .” 

§ 23., mpoorarat] implying, as 
Redh. rightly points out, a legiti- 
mate authority as #yeudves, ioxvew 
one founded on power and success 
in war. In 3. 24 (where see the 
note) the Athenian Hegemony is 
said to have lasted forty-five years, 
i.e. to the beginning of the Pelo- 
ponnesian War. Here the orator 
adds the twenty-eight years of the 
Peloponnesian War in order to make 
the contrast dwelt on in § 25 more 
striking. 

Aaxedatpdéviot] from the end of 
the Peloponnesian War, B.C. 405, to 
their defeat at Naxos by Chabrias, 
B.C. 376. 

toyveav] note to 2. 9. ‘attained 
some degree of power in these latter 
times.” 

arovetv] Schiif. says, ‘‘ omisit arti- 
culum Bekker. Malim servatum ; 
confer § 12 (7d mwoeiv), Omnino 
quoties eadem in periodo rovro ex- 


plicatur per infinitivum mox sequen- 
tem, in prosé quidem oratione vix 
puto infinitivum posse carere arti- 
culo,” But cf. 3. 12; Madv. 165 4. 

On ot8 w. Set Schaf. (on p. 
110, 10) rightly remarks that the 
effect of odd€, due to the preceding 
negative, is ‘‘non ut tollatur vis 
formulae affirmans, sed ut augeatur 
negans enuntiationis. Simile Eur. 
Phoen. 1600, odk by mpodolny ovdé 
wep mpacowy kanes.” Cf. Mr. Shill. 
de F. Leg. § 33. ‘‘far otherwise, on 
the contrary, when.” ‘‘so far from 
that, when you. . appeared . . even 
those -who had no complaint against 
them (1. 7, ek Tav.. éyxAnuatwr) 
thought it their duty . .” 

§ 24. od p.] a litotes, od being 
privative: cf. 3. 1, ‘‘harshly.” 18. 
18, ols yap niruxhnecay év Acvxrpas 
ob petpiws exphoarro. 

On kat mdAw after mparov pév cf. 
Herm. Vig. p. 7o2. ‘‘again, as 
soon as the L. when they became 
masters . .” 

Gptact] an ingressive aorist, as 
Yoxucay above. 

arapehBovorv] ‘‘ came into,” ‘‘ suc- 
ceeded to.” Thuc. 1. 89, #AGov em 
Ta mpdypara, 


 6e 


—26.] KATA ®IAIIMOT TI. 63 


Kabeotnkora éxivovv, TavTes eis TOAEMOY KaTéETTNCAY, Kai 
ot pndev éyxadovvTes avtois. 25. Kat Ti Sei Tos aAXous 
Aéyew ; GAN Hyeis adtol cai Aaxedarpoviot, ovdév av eizeiv 
éxovres €€ apyns 6 Te ndixodped” im’ adXArrv, Guws brép dv 
Tovs GAXous adixoupévous Ewpauev, Todepeiv woueba Seiv. 
Kaito. wav? boca éEnudptntar Kai Aaxedaipoviows ev Tois 
TpLaKOVT Exeivols ETETL Kal TOS TETEpOLS TrPOYOVOLs ev TOIS 
éBdounxovta, éhattova éotiv, @ avdpes AOnvaio, dv Pidur- 
mos év tptct Kat Séxa ovy Gros Ereow ols émutodates 
noiknke Tous “EXXAnvas, wadXov Sé ovSE TéwTrTOV Epos TOU- 
Twv éxeiva. 26. ”"Oduvbov pev 87 Kai MeOwvny nai ’Atrod- 
Awviay kal Svo Kai TpidKovTa trodes eT Opaxns €a, as 
amrdaas otTws @Las avypnKey Bate pnd ei TaToT wKNnOncay 
mpocenOovt’ eivat padzov eizreiys Kai TO Pwxéwv EOvos tocod- 


éxivovy] a technical word in this 
case: ‘‘ began to change the esta- 
blished order of things in an arbi- 
trary manner. .” wépa Tod pw. = od 
petpiws above. The policy of the 
L. is concisely given by Thuc. 1. 
19. Cf. Thuc, 1. 76 in. 

§ 25. kat ti Set... GAd’] a com- 
mon form of ‘‘transitio:” infr. 
§ 59; 23. 114, Kal rh de? blAcrrov 
Aeyew # Tu BddAov, GAN’ -.”  Isocr. 
6. 104, Kal ti Sef Ta wéppw Aye, 
GAAG. .” ‘* but what need to speak 
of the rest? We ourselves and the 
LL...” 

Gv ... €xovres] i.e. dy efyoper. 
3. 8; Madv. 184 a. ‘‘though we 
could not at the outset specify any 
thing in which. .” 

trép dv] i.e. exelvwv & “thought 
it our duty to go to war to redress 
the wrongs. .” Cf. 18. 96. 

éinpdpryntas )( #dixnee—the 
faults of themselves and the Spar- 
tans )( the wrongs done by Philip. 

év tptoi.. ols] Cf. note on § 2, 
map’ év, 

otx Sdo1s] As this speech was 
delivered in the summer of B.C. 341, 
the thirteen incomplete years, reck- 
oning inclusively, will carry us back 


to the taking of Methone (B.C. 353), 
referred to in the next section. 

émvmokdfe] ‘‘invidiose et cum 
contemptu dictum” (Schif.). Not 
necessarily so: Isocr. 8. 107, &08 
juas (the Athenians) od moAdAois 
éreaw torepoy émimoAdcat Kal xupi- 
ous yevéoOar THs exelywy (the Spar- , 
tans)'owrnplas: and 5. 61, Tas pev 
aripwOhoecOa, tas 8 eximoddcew 
tav ‘EAAnvidwv wédewv. ‘he has 
been in the ascendant,” ‘‘ has been 
uppermost.” 

§ 26, éri 6.] ‘‘on the T. coast,” 
a term well known to the readers ot 
Thucydides as applied to the coast 
from Thessaly to the Hellespont. 
See Arn. on Thuc. 1. 57; Mure, 5, 


p. 32. 

mpooehOdv7"] ‘‘ Olynthus... I 
pass over, all which he has so cru- 
elly destroyed, that on visiting the 
spot it is not easy to say whether. .” 
Appian, Sell, Civ. 4. 102, says, 
Pidimmos 6’Autyrov robs 7’ KAAous 
kal Xadniddas aveornoev, ds pndéev 
&rt wAdv oixdweda = udvov = fepav 
dpacba. 

wai 7d ©] ‘‘also of the P., so 
great a nation exterminated, I say 
nothing. But. .” 


64 AHMOS@ENOTS [9. 27 


Tov avnpnuevov ciwTd. GAA Oertraria Tas Eyer; ovyi 
Tas ToTelas Kal Tas TONES aUT@Y TapypNnTat Kal Te- 
Tpapxias Katéotyoev, iva pn pmovoy KaTa TOES GAAA Kai 
kat €0vn Sovrdevwow; 27. ai 8 év EvBoia odes obx 
Hon Tupavvovvtat, Kal Tadta év vnow TANTIoy OnBdv Kai 
"Adnvav ; ov Siappndnv eis tas émvorodas ypader “ éuot S 
€otiv eipyvn pos Tovs axovew éuov Bovdopévous ;” Kal ov 
ypader pev Tavta, Tois & epyots ov trotei, GAN’ é’ “EdANo- 
Tovtov olyerat, mpotepov hxev em” AuBpaxiav, "Hrw eye 
TydiKavTny TOW év IIekoTrovvncw, Meyadpors éreBovreuce 
mpanv, ov 1 ‘Eddas v0 4 BapBapos tiv mreoveEiav 


xepet tavOpwrov. 


&AAG] supr. § 25. 

woktteias, which in 1. § we had 
used in the sense of ‘‘ free states,” 
here means ‘ constitutions.” — cf. 
20.15. In his last edition, Dind., 
following Schiifer, brackets the 
words «al tas mwéAers, which are 
omitted by Dionysius in his citation 
of the passage. But there is surely 
no need to reject on such slender 
grounds the reading of the MSS. 
Philip took from them their cities 
by putting garrisons in them, Cf. 
supr. § 12. ‘‘ their constitutions, 
nay, their cities.” 

tetpapxias] see on 6. 22. 

Sovrevwow] Cf. 2. 24, TeXwor. 
The effect contemplated was still 
realized at the time of speaking. 
“that they might be (as they now 
are) his subjects not only by cities 
but by tribes.” 

§ 27. év EvBotq] infr. § 57; supr. 
17. 
eis . . ypader] ‘writes in. .” So 
regularly: infr. 41, KaTéOevr’ eis 
oTnaAnv: 19. 40 and 49, On ® after 
éuol, supr. 16. 

pevy.. 8] ‘and he does not write 
this without carrying it into act.” 
Mady, 189. Comp. the well-known 
passage 18. 179, ovK elroy wey Tadra, 
ove eypala 5é, odd Fypawa peév, odk 
éxpéaBevoa b¢, odd expéaBevoa per, 


28. xai tavd™’ opavtes ot “EXAnves 


ob« Fresca 3¢ OnBalovs—which Quin- 
til. (9. 3. 35) translates, ‘‘ Non enim 
dixi quidem sed non scripsi; nec 
scripsi quidem, sed non obii lega- 
tionem, nec obii quidem sed non 
persuasi Thebanis.” Cf. Diss. de 
Cor. p. 348; Dem. 15. 16; Lys. to. 
8. The negative prefixed denies in 
this case, not the separate clauses, 
but the combination of them: cf. 
infr. 57. 

GAX'] ‘‘no! he is gone. .” supr. 


17. 

*ApBpaxiav] infr. 34 and 72. Ps, 
Dem. 7. .32 connects with this ex- 
pedition against Ambracia the cap- 
ture of the three towns of the dis- 
trict of Cassopia, which claimed to 
be colonies of Elis. His pretext for 
attacking Ambracia may have been 
that it supported these towns in 
their refusal to acknowledge the 
authority of his brother-in-law Alex- 
ander. His real object no doubt 
was to open a way to the western 
side of the Peloponnese, with which 
view he had won over the Aetolians 
by promising to take Naupactus 
from the Achaeans and give it to 
them. Infr. 34; Thirl. 6. 17. 

*HXw] Thirl. ibid.; Dem. 19. 
160. 

Meydpots] supr. 17. 

xwpet] ‘cannot contain the am- 


—30.] KATA ®IAIIMOT I. 5 


a ‘ ’ , , ‘ ’ 
amayrTes Kal akovovTes ov Tréwtromev TpéaBels Tepl ToOUTwY 
‘ > Lé 4 ral a 
™pos GAAnAous Kal ayavaxtodpev, obtw Sé xaxds Siaxeipeba 
kai Svopwpvypyeba Kata mores wat’ aypL TIS THuEpov Huepas 
> A - “~ ‘ Ca , 
ovdev ore TaY cuuEpovTwr ote THY SedvTwY Trpakar Suva- 
peOa, ovde avorivat, od Kowwviav Bonbeias Kai dirias 
owepuiav Toimcacbat, 29. Grd peito yeyvowevov Tov avOpw- 
Tov Tepiop@yev, TOV Ypovoy KEepdavat TodTOV dy AAXos aTrOA- 
Auta Exactos éyvwxws, ws y Ewol Soxel, ody Stas cwOyjae- 
Tat Ta Tov ‘EXAHvwY cKoTa@Y OSE TpaTTwY, érel STL YE 
a / a A ~ wv ol 
womep Tepiodos  KataBorn Tupetod 7 Tivos aAXoU KaKod 
kal t@ Tdvu Twoppw Soxodvts viv afertdvar Tpocépyerat, 
ovdeis ayvoei. 30. Kal uy KaxKelvo ye tote, STL boa ev bd 
Aaxedapovioy ) id? huav Eracyov of "EXdnves, ddr’ ody 
e x U wv a_e¢ , > a ‘ \ > 4 
UTro yunoiwy ye GvTwv THs “EdAdbos HdixodvTO, Kai TOY avTov 


bition of the man.” 21. 200, 74 
mworts abrdv ob xwpet: Aesch. 3. 
164, Thy 38 ohv andlay 7 wdALs ovK 
ex cpet. 

§ 28. wal] ‘and yet.” 

G&yavaxrotpey] ‘‘ express indigna- 
tion.” 

Siopwptypefa] ‘‘tanquam fossis 
interjectis et vallis separati” (H. 
Wolf). ‘‘ entrenched in our separate 
cities” (Mr. K.). Cf. the fine pas- 
sage in 18. 61, where Dem. de- 
scribes how this was brought about 
by the arts of Philip. 

Tis Tt. 4.) ‘‘that to this day we 
are unable to effect any thing re- 
quired by our interest or duty, or 
unite or form any combination for 
succour and friendship.” 

§ 29. pelle y.] ‘‘ growing greater 
and greater.” 

xepSavat] “each resolved, so at 
least it appears to me, to count the 
time as gained (lucro apponere) in 
which another is destroyed, not 
taking thought or exerting himself 
for the saving of Greece.” With 
this section comp. 18. 45. 

éwet ... ye] added to give the 
reason of the foregoing. Ps. Dem. 
4.113 Pl. Prot. 333 C, aloxvvoluny 
by Eywy’... TovTO duodroyeiv’ eel 


moddol yé pact Tav avOpamwr: Symp. 
187 A, &owep tows wal ‘HpdkAeiros 
BovrAera: A€yeww, érel rois ye Ahuacw 
ov Kad@s Aéye:. In all such exam- 
ples éwel preserves its causal sense, 
though it is convenient to translate 
‘*for,” ** though ”—‘‘ for that, like 
the recurrence or periodic attack of 
a fever..he is coming upon such 
even as seem at present to be 
very far removed, no one can be 
ignorant.” wmepiodicd voojuara Ka- 
Aodow of larpol rd reraypévws dvei- 
Meva kal abdis emirewdueva, ofov Tpt- 
talovs # Terapralous’ nal yap émi 
tovtwy of xduvovres Soxovow ev Tais 
Tav dvécewv jucpais pndey vooeiv 
GAA’ Syieis elvax. Harpocr. 

§ 30. og’. . . Zracxov] cf. note to 


2. g. 

aw ow... ye] ‘‘yet at any 
rate,” ‘‘at all events,” often both 
after hypothetical and categorical 
statements. Isocr. 4. 171, ef 5€ wal 
®poareimov, GAX’ ody Tous “ye Ad-yous 
bomwep xpnopois ... dv xatéAimor : 
Dem. 16. 31; Aesch. 3. 86, rods 
fev mpérous xpdvous, GAA’ ody mpoo- 
exoovve” dui elvar pido: ib. § 11 
al. ‘‘ were at all events inflicted by 
those who were genuine sons of 
Hellas.” 


F 


66 AHMOZ@ENOTS [9. 31 
TpoTov av tis wréhaBe TWP datep av ei vids ev odoia 
TOAAH yeyovws yvnovos SuwKer Te wn Karas pnd dpOAs, KaT 
avo pv TovTo aEvoy péurpews elvas Kal Katnyopias, ws 8 od 
mMpoankwy 7) WS ov KANpOVomLOS TOUTwY OY TadTa Erroll, OVK 
éveivar Aéyerv. 31, et SE ye SovdAOS 7 broBormaios Ta wy 
MpoonKkovta amwAdve kat €Avpaiveto, ‘Hpdkrews 60m waddov 
Sewov Kal opyis a€wv wavtes dv epnoay eivar. adr oby 
trép Pidimrov Kai wv éxeivos mpdrre viv, ovy ovTwS 
éyovow, ov povov ody “EXXnvos bvtos ovdé tpocrKovtos 
ovdey tois “EdAnow, adr’ ovdé BapBapov évtedOev Sev 
Kanov eitreiv, GAN’ 6Opov Maxeddvos, S0ev od avdparrodov 
oTrovoatov ovdev Hv TpoTepov. 

32. Kairos ti tis éoydtns bBpews atredcire ; ov mpos 
TO Tores avypynkévas TiOnot pév Ta TIvOva, tov Kowov Tov 
194, GAA’ ovx) 6 Kégados .. 


Gomep dv] i.e. dwéAaBer. ‘and ovx 


it would have been regarded in the 
same light as if a legitimate son 
born to a large estate ... that on 
that particular ground . . but that 
it could not be said he had_ no title 
or was not heir to the property he 
was thus dealing with.” Cob. (ov. 
ZL. p. 228) without reason proposes 
to expunge év ovalg moAAq, and also 
yvhows, which is required by the 
preceding ywnotwy, and troBoAipaios 
which follows. 

Tovrwv] referring to the collective 
Tt. 2, 18, 

§ 31. 8€ ye] ‘ on the other hand,” 
**on the contrary.” 

tnroB.] cf. 21. 149, where De- 
mosthenes accuses Meidias of being 
such. 

7a ph wp.] ‘a property to which 
he had no right.” Mady. 207. Cf. 
Thuc. 2. 61, where rijs brapxovons 
ddtys, ‘*the reputation which is a 
man’s own,” is opposed to Tis uy 
Tmpoonovons, ‘*the assumption of 
one to which he had no right or 
title.” 
' “Hpd«Aeis] ‘‘ good heavens !” 

obx ... od] Comp. 21. 165, ov 
phy Nuenpatés ye obrws .. . 00d? 
Evuthuwv .. odx ofrws: Aesch. 3. 


obras. 
av] i.e. brtp rovtwy & Isocr. 
5. 83, mepl wey ody Tay euav nal dy 
coi mpaxtéoy orl. Thuc. 5. 87. 
ovTws éxovotv] “feel thus, though 
he is not only no Hellene (not a 
yviows vids) or in any way con- 
nected with Hellas (not even an 
broBoAtmaios), but not even a bar- 
barian (3. 16) from a place credit- 
able to name, but a pestilent fellow 
of Macedonia, a country from which 
” 


SAeOpos] used adjectively as in 
18. 127, SAcOpos ypaumparets. 23. 
202. 

omovdaiov] ‘‘ decent,” ‘‘ respect- 
able.” 

§ 32. UBpews] cf. 8. 62. 

G@rokeire] i.e. Philip: ‘what 
is wanting to make his insolence 
complete.” Mr. K. 

s eg] ‘‘ cities of Hellas.” supr. 
26. 

TiOqor ... Ta IT.] 5. 22. Two 
months after the surrender of the 
Phocians, Philip was nominated by 
the Amphictyonic Council President 
of the Pythian Games in conjunction 
with the Thebans and Thessalians 
(B.c. 346). The Athenians refused 


—34-] KATA ®IAINNOT TP. 67 
‘“EdXmjvov dyava, Kav avros pn taph, Tos SovAous ayw- 
voBetncovtas tTréumes ; [KUpios S€ TIvAdy Kal tev emi TOs 
"EdaAnvas tapodwy éoti, ai dpoupais Kai Eévois Tods TOmTous 
Tovrous xatéyer; yer b€ Kal THY Tpouavreiay Tov Oeod, 
Tapwooas nuads Kat Oertarovs Kai Awptéas Kai Tos adXouS 
"Audixtiovas, fs ovdé tois “EXAnow adrract pérectw ; | 
33 ypadher 5é Oerradrois dv yor teoTov todrTeverOar ; 
; scaee aoe ero ; 
méprres dé Eévous Tovs pev eis ITopOyov, rov Sipov éxBa- 
Aobvtas tov “Eperpiéwy, tovs 8 én’ ‘Apeov, tvpavvoy 
Pirttotidnv xatactycovtas ; GAN Guos tavO opavtes of 
"EdAnves avéyovtat, Kai Tov avTov TpoTOY waoTEp THY 
xarafav gwovye Soxovor Oewpeiv, evyopevor pev pn Kal’ 
éautous éxacro. yevécOat, nwdvew Sé ovdeis émiyecpar. 
34. ov povoyv & éd’ ols 7 “EdAas vBpiveras tm’ aitod, ovdeis 


to send Theori on the occasion (19. 

128). Though Dem. here resents 

this assumption on the part of 

Philip, he had advised the recog- 
- nition of his Amphictyonic dignity. 
Grote, 11. 602. 

trav “E.] to whom he did not 

belong. 
Sovhovs] ‘* Intelligendi Mace- 
donum proceres, quos orator dnuo- 
Kpatika@s lasciviens dicit d3otAous” 
(Schaf.). They might, according 
to Greek views, be called so, be- 
cause Philip was an absolute king. 
19. 69, kal 56 ev ’Avrlrarpos nai 6 
Tlappevioy Seandrn Siaxovoiyres. 
Cf. Eur. Hel. 276, 1a BapBdpwv 
yap SotAa mdvra wAhy évds. The 
passage xupios be péreotiy, 
omitted by S, pr. m., is enclosed 
by Bekker in brackets. Before 
KUpios we must supply od from the 
preceding sentence. 

wav éni, x.7.A.] ‘the passes into 
H.” 6. 35, tis em thy ’Arrinhy 
6500. He secured the pass by 
taking possession of Alponus, Thro- 
nium, and Nicaea, ra trav wapdédwv 
trav eis MvAas xwpla xipia, Aesch. 
2. 132; Grote, 11. 591, 601. The 
privilege of mpouavrela was trans- 
ferred to Philip by the Amphic- 


tyons. This is made the subject 
of complaint in 19. 327, 7 5€ wéAcs 
Thy mpouavtrelay agdrpnra. Cf. Cr. 
and R. Ant. s.v. Oraculum. 

§ 33. ypdder S€] sc. od from 


§ 32. 
Tlop@pdv] Grote, 11. 622. 


én’ ’Opedv] Grote, 11. 621. “to 
set up P. as despot.” Cf. § 57. 

épevres] Madv. 177 a. 

i avrov 7. Sowep] supr. § 30. 
See on 3. 15; 4. 21. ‘“‘and they 
seem to me to view them as people 
do a hail-storm, each hoping that it 
may not fall on themselves, but . .” 
Comp. 18. 45. 

yevéo@at] the regular word in 
speaking of natural phenomena of 
this kind. Thuc. 2. 4; 2. 77 al. 

ovSels] cf. 1. 19. The passage is 
obviously imitated by Sall. Frag. 
fist, lib. 1, ‘* Qui videmini intenta 
mala, quasi fulmen, optare se quis- 
que ne attingant, sed prohibere ne 
conari quidem.” 

§ 34. ef’ ols] 23. 106, 190, 7d 3 
ep’ ols... mpayua GAvoiredts .. 
médet Kareckevdtero evavTioia Pai, 
‘for the outrages he is doing to 
the H., but even on account of the 
wrongs each are personally suffer- 


ing. 


F 2 


68 AHMOZ@ENOTS [9. 35 
Guvvetat, GAN odd’ trép Ov adtos Exactos abdixeitrav TodTO 
yap Hon Tovayatov éotiv. ov Kopwiwv én’ ’AuBSpaxiav 
érnrvbe kat Aevxdda; ovx Ayaiav Navraxtoy duapoxev 
Aitwrois tapadocew ; ovyi OnBaiwv Eyivov adnpnrat ; 
35. Kai viv éri Buavtiovs mropevetar cuupayous dvtas ; 
ovy HuaV, €@ TAXA, GAXA Xeppovijcou tv peyiotny exer 
mokw Kapdiav; taita toivyy macyovres amavres péd- 
Aouev Kal paraxilouefa Kai mpds tods mAnciov Bréro- 
Lev, amriaTovVTEs GAAHAOLS, OV TH TdvTas Huas adiKodvTt. 
Kaito. Tov atracw acehyas obTw xypwpuevoy Ti olecOe, 


3 % > La e Led © tA 
evevoay Kal’ &a thuav éxadotouv 


TOLNCEL ; 


KUpws yévnraL, TL 


36. Ti ody aitwv rovrwvi; od yap avev dOyou Kai 
Sicxalas airias obre TOP odtws elyov Eroiuws mpos érevOepiav 


oi "EdAnves, ovre viv mpos TO Sovdcveww. 


trép] Isocr. 5. 125 (quoted by 
Redh.), jets 8 ob8 trép dv xands 
erd0onev dubverBar ToAR@pEV abTous, 
In the following sentence the geni- 
tives are put at the head of their 
sentences as illustrations of the as- 
sertion avrbs €xacros ab:Ketrat. 
‘‘has he not wronged the C. by 
marching against A. .... the 
Achaeans by swearing... . the 
Thebans by taking from them E.?” 
In this translation the sense is ex- 
pressed rather than the strict con- 
struction, for grammatically Ko- 
pwOlwy is of course a gen. of pos- 
session. His attack upon Améracia 
is mentioned above, § 27. 

"Extvov] ’Exivos 88 wdéAis, OnBalwy 
pev &noixos, wAnolov 3€ Oerradrias, 
and "Exlvov évds tay Zraprav. 
Schol. 

§ 35. Bufavriovs] supr. 17 and 
27. Grote, 11. 627. 

cuppaxovs has been wrongly 
translated by Reiske and others 
“our allies.” Cf. 18. 87, wapeA@av 
em) @pixns Bufavriovs cupudxous 
ovTas avrg. 


obx pov] ‘of ours, I omit the 


2 ‘3 = 
WV TL TOT, HV, W 


rest, but does he not. .” 

Kap8ilav] Grote, 11. 623. 

For padaxi{éue8a Dind. has 
paArklopey (which Schifer also held 
to be the true aie from 
padklw, formed like pnviw. Har- 
pocr. s. v. padraniCouer, i.e. wadxi- 
oper, says, Anuoabévns & bidirmnay 
ono) “ pévouey wal padraci(dueba,”’ 
év éviois ypdperat padxloper, brep 
SnAot tov Sppov pplrrew. AicxvAros 
‘EAAadl “‘Kexpats padklwy modi,” 
Cf. L. and S. s. v. padklw. Redh. 
quotes Sall. Catil. c. 52. 28: ‘Sed 
inertia et mollitie animi alius alium 
exspectantes cunctamini.” 

vi oleoGe .. th moujoew] as 18. 
240, Th dv ofeobe .. rh mosety dy F 
Aéyew; Dind. omits the second ti 
here with F. ‘‘yet what do you 
think he who is treating all so in- 
solently (4. 9)—what do you think 
he will do, when he becomes master 
of each of us separately ?” 

xaé’ va .. éxdorov] cf. 2. 24. 

§ 36. Th..airov] 3. 30. 

; elxov ér. wpdés] ‘‘ were so eager 
or.’ 


—39.] KATA ®IAIIIMOTY I. 69 


? Lad nw “ fal lel 
avdpes "AOnvain, ev tais tov moAd@v Siavoiats 5 viv ovK 
” a \ lol a > 4 , ‘ , 
éotiv, 6 kal tov Ilepoav éxpatnce mrovTou Kai €devOépav 

e , 
Hye THY “EXddba Kai obte vavyayias ore mebijs payns 
ovdemids HTTaTO, viv 8 atrodwAds arravTa A€EAvpavTaL Kal 
ba a“ 
dvw Kai KdtTw Temoinxe Ta Tov “EXAnvwY TpayyaTa. 
/ nA 2 ”“ \ ‘ a“ ” ‘ a 
37. Ti odv Hw TOTO; TOUS Tapa TaY dpyew RovAOLEVwY 7) 
SiapGeipew thv “EdXAdda ypyuata AawBavovtas amavtes 
€uicovv, Kat yarerwratov hw Td Swpodoxodvta é€edeyy- 
Ojvat, Kai Timwpia peylotn TovTov éxorafov. 38. Tov ovv 
Katpov éxdoTtov TaY Tpaypdtwv, dv  TUYN ToAAAKIS 
, > / ‘ n , *O\ 
mTapacKevatel, ovK Hv mpiacbat mapa Tov AEyOvTwWY OvdE 
Tav oTpatnyovvTwy, ovdé THv mMmpos aAAAoUS dpuovoray, 
ovde THY TMpos TOs Tupavvevs Kal Tovs BapBadpous atu- 
if PAN . “ > , ~ 7 9 fi 
atiav, ovS Gdws Towdrov ovdév. 39. viv 8 aravl dotrep 
€& ayopas éxmémpata, taita, avreonjktas S€ avti Tov- 


Hye] Cobet adopts Schiifer’s conj. 
bi7yye, ‘‘faciebat ut G. libera ma- 
neret.” There seems no reason for 
any change. ‘‘led H. in the pos- 
session (in a state) of freedom,” 
“kept H. free.” 

paxns ... Hrraro] ‘‘ which tri- 
umphed over the wealth of P. .. and 
let itself be overcome by” —‘‘ quailed 
under no battle :” it was something 
all the gold of Persia could not cor- 
rupt or danger intimidate into sub- 
mission. Whiston does injustice to 
a good scholar when he quotes 
Schafer as saying “‘ notanda locutio 
pro év pdx.” What he says is 
‘‘HrraoGat uaxns notanda locutio.” 
The construction is the same as in 
Thuc. 4. 37, ioonbeiey rod mapdyros 
Sevod. jaxy would have been alto- 
gether inappropriate. 

viv 8] ‘‘but which now by’ its 
loss has ruined every thing, and 
turned the affairs of H. upside 
down.” The Zurich Editors, Fr., 
West., and Redh. read wdvra 7a 
mpdypara with S. The sense is 
the same, Ta mp. referring to rhv 
‘EAAGSa. 

dvw x. xdtw] 2. 16, On the par- 


ticiple after é@&eAéyxovrai, 4. 37. 
“‘and it was a most grievous thing 
for a man to be convicted of taking 
a bribe,” as opposed to the ¢HAos, 
«.7.A. below. 

§ 37. TovTov] “such person.” After 
nH tT0xn Bekk. had xal rots dueAodar 
kara tev mpocexdvTwy Kal ois 
pndty e0édove: moiety KaTd Tov 
mavra & poche: mparrévrwy. He 
now omits the words, with S pr. m. 
Dind. retains them. 

§ 38. wapackevdfer] 2. 2. “‘ there- 
fore the favourable moments: for 
enterprises which F. often provides 
could not as they occurred (éx¢orov) 
be bought from ..” as could be 
done in their own times. 19. 6; 
Aesch, 3. 94, Katpol mémpayra: TnAL- 
kovrat. This was one of the stand- 
ing charges against public men at 
Athens, which Dem. himself did 
net escape: cf. Aesch, 3. 92. al. 

Tv wpds .. Gmoriav] 6. 24. 
On thy mpds.. note to 6. 3, thy 
mpos duas.. 

§ 39. éxmémparat] ‘but now all 
these principles have been sold off 
as if in open market (so that there 
are none now to be had), and those 


70 AHMOZ@ENOTS [9. 40 
Tov ud wv aTrodkwre Kat vevoonxey 7) ‘EdAds. Taita § 


éotl ti; Cijros, el Tus elAndé Ti, yédws, Av OuoroyH, picos, 
dy rovrois Tis emia, TAAXA TraVvO boa ex ToD Swpodoxeiv 
HpTynTat. 40. érel Tpinpeis ye Kat cwudtwv TAGs Kal 
xpnpatwv Kai Tis adAns KatacKevhs adOovia, nal Tara 
ols dv tis ioxvew Tas ores Kpivor, viv Grace Kai 
Trem Kal peilw €otl TOY TOTE TOAAM. GAN aTavta 
TavT dypnota ampaxta avovnta bmo Tav TwAOUVYTwY 
ryiyverat. 

41. "Ort & obra tad’ exer, Ta pév viv opate Syrov Kal 
ovdey éuod tmpocdcicbe padptupos: ta 8 ev toils avwbev 
xpovos Tt TavavTia elyev, éyw Snwow, ob Aoyous éuav- 
Tod Néywv, GAAA ypadpmaTa THY Tpoyovev TaV vpmEeTépwr, 
a& Kelvor KxatéOevto eis oTHAnV yadkhy ypaavtes eis 
axpoTrodw. 42. “ApOus0s, pnolv, 6 IIvOwvaxros Zerelrns 


imported in sccliceae for them by 
which Hellas has been ruined and 
made sick,” ‘‘has been made sick 
unto death,” by being brought into 
that state of véao0s so graphically 
described in 18. 45: cf. 6. 1 
ravra.. Tt) § 16. 
t¥Aos] comp. what is said about 
Olynthus in 19. 265, and ib. 259. 
tovrows] neuter, ‘such doings.” 
Hpryntrat] ‘tall the other conco- 
mitants, in short, of corrupt on.” 
Observe the omission of kat before 
expressions, such as that here, by 
which enumerations are closed. 8. 
25; Ps. Dem. 10, 10; 21, 136 al. 
§ 40. émet.. ye] ‘‘ Nam ni omnia 
a corruptela penderent, melius de 


nobis ageretur, quum ...” (Fr.). 
cf. supr. § 29. 
geparev] ‘*men.” 18. 20, ore 


Xphmacw obre odpactv. 

kataoxevis] “‘ materials,” ‘‘mu- 
nitions of war of all kinds,” as arms, 
&c., the sense being determined by 
the context. 19. 89, KaTacKevais 


érrwv «al xépas xal mpoaddov. 
Thuc. 2. 14, and 97. 
ols ..xplvo.] 2. 15. ‘fare gene- 


rally considered to constitute the 


strength of states.” 

tev tore] i.e. Hh Tois TéTE: 3. 
32. Note the emphatic position of 
TOAAG, 

two .. ylyverat] “are rendered 
.. by”—all these material advan- 
tages are rendered useless by the 
venality of of Aéyovres Kal of orpar- 
nyouvres § 38. 


§ 41. “On] ‘‘ for proof that.” 
Mady. 192 4, r. Cobet, M. Lect. 
p- 367. 


pooSdiobe) “need the addition 
of my testimony.” 

GvwSev] 2. 10, Kdrwder, ‘* but 
that it was quite otherwise in former 
times. .” Se:eviwy, which he read 
after Suerépwr, Bekk. now omits 
with S pr. m. Dind. retains it. 

‘not by words of my own, but by 
adducing an inscription.”  Gketvor 
Dind. ; & xeivo: Bekk. and ibe 
from S ; cet. éxetvor. Cf. 4. 

xaréBevTo ls] Madv. ng SThuc. 
4. 57, Karadec@a és Tas yqvovs. On 
the absence of the art. with a«pd- 
modkw, Madv. 8, r. 2 d. 

els oryAny] supr. 27. 

§ 42. dyotv] sc. Ta ypdupara. 
Aesch. 3. 110, yéypawra: yap obtws 


44] KATA ®IAINNOT I. mY 


atysos Kal ToAéusos ToD Syuouv Tod “AOnvaiwy Kat tev 
cuppdyov autos Kai yévos. 10 4 aitia yéyparrrar Sv Av 
Tair’ éyévero: Ste Tov ypvoov Tov éx Mydwv eis Iedorrov- 
vncov wyayev. TavT éotl Ta ypdypata. 43. AoyilerOe 
5) mpos Ocav, tis Hv TOO 7 Stavoia Tov ’AOnvaiwy Tov 
TOTe TadTa TroLovYTwY, 7) Ti TO aEiwua. éxeivor Zedreitnhv 
twa "ApOurov Sotrov Bactrhéws () yap Zéred eats tis 
*"Acias), Ott TH Seordtn Siaxovav ypvaiov iyyayev eis 
Tledorrovyncov, ovx AOnvate, éxyOpov avtav avéypayyay xal 
TOV oULpdYywv avTov Kal yévos, Kal aTimoUsS. 44. ToUTO 
8 éotly ovy ty dy tis obtwot pryceev atipiav Ti yap TO 
Zereitn, tov ’AOnvaiwy Kxowdv ei py pebéke Euerrev ; 
GXN’ év Tois HhoviKols yéypaTrrat vouois, UTrép Oy av pH Sido 


év TH apg EY res rdbe, onot, mapa- 
Balyy . - evayhs, onaty, torw one 

&ripos] ‘*an outlaw.” 

airés kal y.] ‘himself and his 
family.”” The young student should 
observe that re is in such cases com- 
monly omitted after atrés. Thue. 
2. 31, "A@nvaio: mavdnuel, abo) ral 
of pero: id. 4. go al. In 19. 
271, where this inscription was read 
by the clerk of the court, Dem. 
says, akovere ... TaY ypauudrwv 
Acydvrwv “ApOuoy roy Tv@wvaxros 
tov Znrelrny exOpdy eivat Kal wodr€- 
utov ToD Shuov Tov’A. Kal TOY cuL- 
pdxwy Kal yévos way. 

% atria} According to Deinar- 
chus (2, § 25) this was the only case 
in which the reason was assigned 
for the sentence of outlawry. 

vTov é« M.] 1. 15. 

§ 43. 4 8... . aklwpal ‘what 
must have been the sentiment (infr. 
53)... Or rather what the dignity 

On &é{wua and the difference 
between it and aéiwois, Grote, 6. 
233 note. CE Eth. Nic. 4, ¢. 7. 

elg II. ot *A.] So Deinarchus, 
quoted above. Dem. (19. 271) 
speaks more generally (eis robs “EA- 
Anvas), and so Aeschines (3. 258), 
adding that though he was their 
proxenus they had nearly put him 


to death, and éfexhpvtay. éx rijs 
mérews wal et amdaons hs *"AOnvaior 
&pxovew, 

avéypaway] ‘they wrote him up 
an enemy,” ‘‘they recorded him as 
...” Before Bekk.’s edition elvat 
was read after driuovs. Comp. 23. 
200, ok éWndloavro aydyimor, 
where after a@ydéyimov Bekk. had 
elvat in brackets, but now omits the 
word altogether. 

§ 44. On ottwot see 1. 20. “not 
the outlawry ordinarily understood 
by the name.” 

rt yap] Pl. Prot. 310 dD, rl ody 
gol tovro; ‘for what did a man of 
Z. care for being condemned to 
exclusion from the rights of an 
Athenian citizen?” On the posi- 
tion of tay °AO, «. cf. 4. 29. The 
rights of an Athenian citizen are 
summed up by Lyc. ¢. Leocr. 142, 
GAN’ Het kepav Oucidy ayopas vonwv 
moditetas pebetwv. Cf. Dem. 23. 
65. Before &dd’ Bekk. had the 
words GAA’ ob rovro Aéye. He 
now omits them with S pr. m. The 
sense of them is conveyed by aad’. 
Dind. retains them. 

éy Tois o.... y.] cf. 23. 51, 
pev vduos éotly obtos Apdxovros ne 
«al of &AAor 8é, 8rous ex THY povmav 
véuwy mapeypavduny, where Weber 


ve) 


72 AHMOS@ENOTS (9. 45 


dovov SiKdcacbat, “cai atiyuos” pot TOUTO 
8) Aéyer, KaBapov Tov TovTwY TiWa aToKTElvavTa eivat. 
45. ovKody évouitov éxeivor THs Tavtav tov ‘“EXAnvev 
awTnpias avTois émiwednréov elvat’ ov yap av avtois Ewedev 
el tis év IleXotrovvyjow twas wveitar cai brapOeipe, pr 
Tod? trorauBavovow: éxorafov & ottw Kal éTywwpodvto 
ods alaowrTo mote Kal otnritas Troveiv. ex &€ TovTwy 
eixoTws Ta TOV “EXAjvwv iv Te BapBapw PoBepad, ovy 6 


“ reOvatw.” 


BapBapos tots “EXdnow. 


quotes Plut. So/. c. 17, robs Apdxov- 
Tos aveide (Solon) rAhy tar porikay 
Gravras, the p. vduor being, as Thirl. 
(2, c. 11) remarks, ‘in fact customs 
hallowed by time and religion, and 
so retained, not introduced, by his 
predecessor.” 

tmép dv] ‘in reference to those 
for whom he does not allow a pro- 
secution for murder, he (the legis- 
lator) says ‘let him die an outlaw.’” 
Harpocr. referring to this passage 
says, &rimos. Todro idiws erate A. 
Pirimmots, Hyouy by av tis aro- 
Kteivas ovx bmdxerta emiriniy. The 
argument, whatever be its value, is 
plain: ‘‘the ariula to which Arth- 
mius, declared an enemy of the 
Athenian people, was condemned, 
could not be an ordinary suspension 
of rights. What punishment would 
that have been to a man of Zelea? 
Rather he became &rimos in the 
sense in which the word is used in 
the govixol vduoi—out of the pale of 
all law—so that he could be slain 
with impunity ”—whether we choose 
to suppose that the words of the law 
were &tiwos fotw Kal vnrow! TeBvd- 
tw, and that Dem., looking merely 
to the requirements of his argument, 
omitted the intervening words and 
joined &rimos directly with re@vdrw, 
or which is, I think, more probable, 
that &rimos Te@vdrw is an interpreta- 
tive equivalent for yymow) 7. 

Aéyet] i. e. the legislator; ‘‘ by 
this he means. .” ' 

waQapév] ‘clear of blood-guilti- 


‘ ticed.” 


46. adX ov viv od yap obTws 


ness.” 19. 66; Andoc. 1, § 95, 
56 «relvas oe kabapds Tas xeEipas 
fora, Kara ye Toy SdAwvos vduor. 

TovtTwv] i.e. Arthmius or any of 
his family. 

elvat] ‘‘shall be.” Madv. 168 
a, 1. 
§ 45. @rp. elvar] ‘that they 
were bound to watch over...” On 
ei after ueAev, Madv. 194 ¢. 

oveiras kat §.] ‘ buying and (i. e. 
and so, cf. 1. 3) corrupting people 
in the P.” On mvetra: after EueAer, 
Mady. 132 4. 

pi Tove’ t.] ie. ef wh TotP bre- 
AduBavoy. 

éxddafov . . . wat ér.] Heind. 
(Pl. Prot. § 40) after quoting this 
passage and Arist. Zvh. Nic. 3. § 
(xoAdCouc: kal Tiuwpotvra Tovs dpav- 
tas poxOnpad), says, ‘fin quibus 
Tiuwpeicba ad poenam referre puto 
legibus debitam, koAd(ew ad casti- 
gationem emendationemque peccan- 
tium.” Arist. Rhet. 1. 10. 17. Cf. 
Don. Gr. Gr. p. 449. 

cttw] ‘‘so sharply as even to 
engrave their names as infamous on 
pillars.” Andoc. 1. 51, dvaypapév- 
Tas év arhdas ws bvras aAiTnplous 
tav Seay: Arist. Rhet. 2. 23. 25, 
KaTnyophoayros OpacuBovaAov, Sri Hy 
ornAlirns yeyovas ev TH axpomdsac. 

ots aicPowro} ‘‘any they no- 
Madvy, 133. 

é« 8é] “the natural result of this 
was. .” 

7a tTav'E.] 4. 45. 


—48.] KATA ®IAITITIOT I. 73 
&yeP ipels ode Tpds TA ToLadTa ovTE Mpos TaANA, GANA 
TOs ; elm; KEdEevETE Kal OK Opryteicbe ; 


EK TOT TPAMMATEIOT ANATITNOSKEI. 


47. "Eote toivuv tis ednOns oyos Tapa THY Tapapmvbei- 
cba: Bovropéevwv Thy ToALW, @ apa ovTw Birimmos éeoTw 
olot mot joav Aaxedaipoviot, of Oarattns pév tpxyov Kal 

lol e , , X\ ¢ > ig , 2] ? A 
yhs ardons, Baciréa Sé cippayor elyov, bhictaro & ovdév 
avtovs' GAN suws juvvato KaKeivous 1 TOMS Kal ovK 
, . # > \ \ e , e ” > Lal ‘ 
avnptdacOn. éyw Sé amavrwy ws Eos eimety mod 
eiAngotav éridoow, Kal ovdéev dpoiwy dvtwr TeV viV Tois 
TpOTEpoy, ovdev Hyodmat TAEOV 7 TA TOD Trodéuou KEexiWna Oat 


Kal emidedwkeval. 


§ 46. ee8 .. wpds] ‘‘your feel- 
ings are not the same either with 
regard to...” I have put the 
note of interrogation after etre, 
‘‘shall I tell you?” Bekk. st. 
joins efrw Kxedevere, which I do not 
understand. Dind. rightly, I think, 
encloses the heading é« Tod ypaupa- 
telov avayryvéone: in brackets, as 
it seems to have been inserted be- 
cause the copyist did not see that 
the answer to GAAd mOs; efrw; is 
given in § 70 sq. If the heading 
had been genuine we ought surely to 
have had Aéfw and not efrw. Cf. 4. 
29 and 6, 28. 

§ 47. “Eott tolvuv] ‘there is 
then...” Cf. 16. 183 19. 187, 
éori Tolvuv Tis mpdxeipos Adyos Wact 
Tots. . BovAopévois: 20. 112 al. ‘a 
foolish remark made by,” ‘‘ a foolish 
saying of.” 

mapa) 18. 35, Adyor mapa rovrov 
bnOévres : 19. 56, Tais wap’ Aloxlvou 
bnOeloas brocxecert. Cf. 1. 10. 

6... Kal yijs a.] 1. 9. 

avrovs] ‘‘and nothing resisted 
them..” Cf. 3. 24. 

dvyprdcby] ‘‘ was not destroyed.” 
Ps, Dem. 10. 18; 21. 120, dv 3 
éretiw .. . def we aunpwdoda: and 
the famous sentence in Aesch. 3. 
133, O7Ba: d€, O7Bai wéAts aorvyel- 


48. mpa@tov pev yap axovw Aaxedai- 


tev. . ek péons THs ‘EAAdSos avfp- 
macrat, ‘‘ destroyed from off the 
face of Hellas.” 

éy® 8€] in emphatic opposition to 
those mentioned above. ‘ but I 
myself. .” 

&s eros elweiv] 6. 1. 

etd. éwidoow] ‘have received 
improvement.” Isocr. 1. 1, pe- 
ylorny diapopay elAnpacw: Id. 7. 
6, muxvordras AapBdver Tas pera- 
Boras: Thuc. 1. 91, dos AapBave:. 
So Lucr. 5. 681, ‘‘cum sumant 
augmina noctes.” 

xextvyo8at] Isocr. 9. 7, Tas éx:- 
Sdoeis iouey yryvouévas kal Trav 
Texvav Kal Tay krAAwy andyrey ov 
did Tovs éupeévoyras Tois KabecTaoWw 
G@AAd 51d Tobs ewavopSoiyras Kal 
ToAp@vras ael Ti Kiely Tav ph 
Kada@s éxdvtwy, Thuc. 1. 71. “YT 
do not think any thing has been so 
changed (revolutionized) as the art 
and practice of war.” 

§ 48. dxovw] 3. 23. ‘Iam told 
that in those times the L., as all the 
rest, would for four or five months, 
just (avrhy)} the season, invade and 
ravage...” This is illustrated by 
Thuc. 2. 47, 573; 3. 1 al. With 
Thy wp. comp. 4. 32; 8. 18; 56. 
30, Tapaxemdcerw ees nal mepiéverv 
Thy wpaiav. 


74 AHMOS@ENOTS [9. 49 


Movious TOTE Kal TavTas Tos GANoUS TéTTapas piVvas 7) 
TévTEe, THY Wpaiav avTyy, éuBadrovtas ay Kal Kaxwoavtas 
Thy Xopav oTAiTals Kal TOALTLKOIS OTpaTEvpacW avaywpelv 
> , ” / LA , J / s a ‘\ 
ém’ oikov wadw oUTw § apxyaiws eiyov, uaddov Sé TroXt- 
TUGS, WaTE OVde ypnuadTwV aveicOaL trap’ ovdevds ovSED, 
GAN’ elvat voutpov Twa Kal mpopavij Tov Todeuov. 49. vuvi 
& dpare pev Sijrov ta wrelota Tovs mpodoras a7rod\wne- 
Koras, ovdev 8 &x mapatdkews ovdé payns yuyvouevor 
> , \ > \y A ’ e a 
dkovere 5é Didurmov ovyl TH darayya omdtav dyew 
‘ eo / ”~ 
BabdiGov Sot Bovrerat, GdAXdA TH Wirods imméas TokoTas 
Eévous, toiodtov éEnptijcGat otparoredov. 50. érevday & 
4 fal a ’ 
€ml TovToLs Tpos vorouvTas év avTois Tpoorécy Kal pndels 
ig a , J , 
umép THs ywpas bv amotiav én, wnyaynuat émiotncas 
tal ‘\ fal Ld \ - e LAND! La 
modlopKe. Kal cvwmd Oépos Kai yeLmava, ws ovdév Siadépet, 
ovd éotly éEaipetos Opa Tis Hv Svarelre. 51. TadTa pévTor 
mavras €ldoTas Kal oyifouévous ov Sel rpocéc bas Tov TodeE- 
gayres, Dem. 4. 23. 
7@...é&nptic8a) “but by his 
having attached to him... an 


army of this kind.” 
rovovTov] see note to rTotr, 


avaywpeiv] the inf. of the imper- 
fect. Madv. 117 4, r. 3. 

apxaiws elyov] ‘ old-fashioned — 
primitive in their notions, or rather 
so sensible of their duties as citi- 


zens.” Those were the days in 
which they had a due regard for 
the honour of the state and their 
duty as members of it. Cf. Arist. 
Nub. 915, ppovets apxaurd: cf. infr. 
$1, Thy evnOecay Thy Tod TéTE... 
TOAE MOU. 

aroAutixa@s] ‘‘ composed of citi- 
zens,” not, as the fashion then was, 
of mercenaries. In Xen. He//. §. 3. 
25, Td woAiricdy is Opposed to Tovs 
cuupdxous. Lth, Nic. 3. 8. 9, mpa- 
To yap getyovor (of orpari@ra, 
‘* mercenaries,” ‘‘ professional sol- 
diers”) 7a 8& wodctixd (the citizen 
troops) mévovra arobvqaKer: Dem. 
18. 237. On the dat. Madv. 42, 


r. 3. 

GXN’ elvar] ‘theirs being a legi- 
timate and open kind of war.” 

§ 49. Syrov] ‘‘ you must see 

.., and that nothing is done in 
fair field or battle ..” Aesch. 3. 
88, éx mapardiews pdxy Kparh- 


2, 6. 

§ 50. émt rovrois] ‘at the head 
of these.” Cf. 6. 12. 

v. éy atrois] ‘‘suffering from in- 
ternal disorders.” Cf. § 12. 

p. émtoryoas] supr. § 17. O€pos 
depends on owe, according to 
Madvy. 191. 

Stadépe] sc. avrg. ‘and that 
there is no excepted season during 
which he rests.” Comp. 2. 23. In 
18, 235 he says that the soldiers of 
ae 7a Srda elxov ev Tais xepolv 
ae, 

§ 51. ravta] ‘reflecting on these 
notorious facts, you ought not to let 
the war come into the country, nor 


. by looking at the simplicity of .. 


plunge head foremost into ruin.” 
Xen. Cyrop. 1. 4. 8, 6 trmos ainre: 
eis ydvara, Kal uixpod Kaxeivoy éte- 
tpaxhdwev, Here in the meta- 
phorical sense derived from this. 
Cf. 2. 9, avexatrice. 


sig) KATA ®IAINMOT FP. 75 


pov eis THY Ywpay, OVS eis Thy evjPeLav THY Tod TOTE .TrpOs 
a , 
Aaxebdatpoviovs morépou Brérovras éxtpayndtoOhvar, GAX 
@s éx wreicrou gurdtTecOar Tois mpaypyact Kal Tails Tapa- 
oxevais, Orws olxofev wn KIVyCETAL OKOTOUYTAS, OvY) oUp- 
Traxéevtas SiaywviterOar. 52. mpos pev yap TroAEuov 
A , , id ”~ e , ” 2 ¥ 
Torre hvoet TACovERTH UAT Huiy vrapyel, av TEp, @ avdpes 
a“ “ , f “ e , ~ > r , 
AOnvaiot, roveiv €OéXwpev & Sei, 7 vars THs éxelvou ywpas, 
ys ayew Kal dépew éote ToddAny Kal KaKas Toveiv, ara 
pupia: eis 5¢ ayava apewov Hav éxeivos HaoxnTat. 

53. Ov povoy 8 Se? tadta yuyvwcxev, ovdé Tois Epyors 
éxeivoy auvvecOas Tois Tod Todéuov, GAA Kal TE AOYLT Ua 
kal 7h Stavoia tovs trap’ buiv imrép avTov éyovtas puiohoat, 
evOupovpévous OTt ovK Everts TOY Tis TOAEWS eyOpav KpaTi- 
oat, rply dv Tos év avTH TH ToL KOAdONTE LIrNpETOUVTAS 
éxelvois. 54. 6 pa tov Ala Kal tovs adAdous Gears ov 
Suvncecbe tyes tohjoat, add eis Todto adiyOe pwplas 
a f a ’ ” / La FA ” hd 
) wapavolas % ovK éyw Ti A€yw (ToAAAKIS yap Eyory 


@s é« mA.] ‘as long beforehand 
as possible . . by your measures and 
preparations.” The ‘‘tiro” will 
observe that this is the regular posi- 
tion of ws (Sri): 18. 246, ds eis 
€AdxioTa: 23. 102, ws 51a Bpaxv- 
tdtov Adyou: Thuc. 3. 46, Sri ev 
Boaxurdrw. &mrws with the fut. 
ind. as 1. 2, ‘*that he does not 


ouptAakévras] 2. 21, ‘‘and not 
close with him in mortal struggle.” 

§ 52. yap] ‘‘ because.” 

vee wi.] ‘natural advantages.” 
Comp. 4. 31. 

Gv wep] ‘if only.” 

fs . . . woddyjy] 4. 16. Madv. 50 
a, YT. 3. 

GAka p.] supr. 39. 1.9, THAAG. 
Heind. Gorg. p. 517 D. 
trasts their resources for ‘‘a war” 
and ‘fa battle” also in 14. 9, 
where he is speaking of their chance 
of success against Persia. For the 
change of preposition in pds . . es 
cf. 3. 1. 

§ 53. OB. . o¥Sé] ‘but it is not 


He con-. 


sufficient to adopt these resolutions 
or...; you must also...” ‘* Ad- 
verte Graecorum consuetudinem in 
talibus enuntiationibus adverbium 
pévov soli priori membro sic tribu- 
entium, ut etiam ad posterius per- 
tineat” (Schif.). Cf. 18. 2, rotro 
& éorly ob udvov 7d mpoxareyvwxévas 
pnbév, ob8é 7d. .:” ib. 107. 

76 X. kat rH 8] i.e. both on 
rational and moral grounds, ‘‘ on 
calculation, and on principle.” Mr. 
K, 

ptoyjoat] the ingressive aorist— 
** conceive a hatred of.” 

év avr TH ®-] Comp. what he 
had just before said to them in 8. 
61. cf. Livy, 3. 19, ‘‘ Et vos .. 
prius in Clivum Capitolinum signa 
intulistis, quam hos hostes de foro 
tolleretis ?” 

§ 54. els TovTo] 3. 3, eis wav mu. 

A ove exw, x.7.A.] ‘Sor—I know 
not what to call it; for often even 
the fearful thought has suggested 
itself to me, that some evil spirit is 
driving us to ruin.” On this pas- 


6 AHMOSOENOT > [9. 55 


crrernrvbe kal Todto hoBeicba, py Ts Satpoviov Ta mpdy- 
pata édavvn), Bote AoWopias POovov oKappaTos, ts TLVOS 
dy roynte ever’ aitias dvOpwrovs picOwrovs, dv ovd av 
> ~ ” e > > fal , i ‘ 
apynbeiey Eviot ws ovK Eiai TowwdTOL, Eye KEEVETE, Kab 
yedate dv tict rolbopnOacw. 55. Kal ovxi mw TodTo 
Sewov, xalrep dv Sewvovr GAXa Kal peta wrelovos aaparelas 
moritever Oat Sedaxate TovTois 7) Tois brép Yudv Aéyovow. 


« “ST 


t , o ‘ , . a 
kaitot Oedcacbe boas cupdhopas mapacKevate, TO TaV 


towovtav éOérew axpoacbat. 


eloeo Ge. 


réEw 8 epya & waves 


56. "Hoav év OdX\tvOw tev év Tois mpayyact TwES peVv 


sage Cobet (ov. Lect. p. 228) re- 
marks, ‘‘ Mala manus addidit go- 
Beiobat, et sic éAadyp natum est. 
Dixerat orator, ut opinor, 7. guory’ 
émeAhAvbe Kai TovTo: wh 71 5...," a 
sentence which, I venture to think, 
could not have been written by 
Dem. or any Greek author of re- 
pute. cf. 23. 145, Oavud(ew éreAt- 
Ave ef... obrws eénrdrnabe padlws. 
With this passage comp. Soph. 
Antig. 624; Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 2, 7 
Bt exxaAnola (of the Spartans) d«ov- 
vaca taiTa éxeivoy pev dAvapeiv 
nyhoaro H5n ydp, &s fone, 7d Sai- 
udviov Fyev: Lys. 6. 32, bed da- 
poviov tTiwds ayduevos avdyKn: Lyc. 
§ 92; Aesch. 3. 117, 133; Dem. 
24. 121. 

fis twas &v +.) ‘for any cause 
whatever in short ;” closing the 
enumeration, as 1. 13, 7av@’. With 
téxnte Fr. &c. understand keAev- 
ovtes. This explanation is highly 
improbable where the verb follows 
at such a distance as it does here. 
It is better to take it as a case of 
attraction. Thuc. 3. 43, ™pds dpynhy 
fvtwa tixnt’ gorw bre ghadrevres 
«++ Gnutodre. Id. 8. 48, we@ dro- 
tépov dy thxwot TovTwy eAcvbépous 
elvax. Cf. 1. 3. Comp. what he 
says in 18. 138, ris em) rats Avido- 
plas Sovqis wal xdpiros 7d Tis 
mérews suuhépoy avradrrAaTTépuevol. 

Gpvyeiey ... &s ovx] Thuc. 8, 


-creatures of Philip, 


24, 008 abrods avriAdyovras .. &s 
ov... Madv. 210, r. 2, and 159, 
r. 3. He refers no doubt in par- 
ticular to <Aeschines and Philo- 
crates, 

yeAGre] as in the case of Philo- 
crates, mentioned on 6. 30. 

§ 55. wat. . Sewdv] ‘and bad as 
this is, it isnot the worst. The worst 
is that you have also (besides bid- 
ding them speak). .” He no doubt 
alludes in particular to Aeschines, 
whom he had just before unsuccess- 
fully impeached for misconduct as 
ambassador. 8. 30, kal 1d... elvae 
rootrous Sevdv bv ov dewdy éoriv, 
21. 723 23. 163, od rolvuy .. mw 57- 
Adv éc@’, oftw capas SfjAov by. .., 
GAA’... Pl. Lysis, 204 D, kal & pey 
Kararoydinv Sinyeira: Sewd bvTa, ob 
mdvu tt ded cori GAA’ ereday .. 

mapackevate.] ‘‘ brings about,” 
‘*causes,” supr. 38. Observe the 
insertion of é@éAew, which throws 
Tay TowvTwy into greater promi- 
nence, Comp. § 53, Tobs év abry 
TH wéAEL KoAdGNT UrnperodvTas. 

§ 56. "Hoav ... &.] “were the 
” ‘were in his 
interest.” Oed. Tyr. 917; Livy, 21. 
11, ‘*adeo prope omnis Senatus 
Hannibalis erat.” Madv. 47. 

tav év Tots ap ] ‘‘ those engaged 
in the conduct of affairs,” ‘ public 
men.” Thuc. 3. 28, yvdvres 8 of év 
tois mpdypaow. Supr. § 2 we have 


—57.] KATA ®IAITIMOT TL. 77 


Dirirrov Kal wav innperodvtes exeive, ties S& Tod Bed- 
ticrov Kai Srws py SovrAevcovely of woAiTaL mpatTovTes. 
morepor On THv Tatpida éEwrecay ; 4) TWoTEpoL Tos imméas 
mpovoocay, wv mpodolévrwy “Odvyfos amwreTO; of Ta 
Pirlrrov dpovodvtes Kal br’ hy H Torts Tors Ta BéATLOTA 
A€yovtas cuxopaytoovres Kai Sia8drdovtes obtws wate Tov 
ry’ *ArodrAwvidnv Kat éxBareiv o Siuos 6 tav ’OdvvGiwr 
érelaOn. 

57. Ov roivuy mapa tovrois povors TO EOos TodTO TavTa 
kaka eipydcato, ado § ovdapot GAN ev ’Epetpia, éretdy 
arradrayevtos IIdovtapyou Kai rev Eévwv 6 Siwos elye thy 
mow Kat Tov IIopOuov, of pév ef iuas Pyov Ta mpaypata, 


the more common phrase tobs én 
Tots mp. dvTas. 

tov B.] ‘‘on the patriotic side, 
and labouring to prevent.” Cf. 
I, 2. 

tous f.] Thirl. 5, 316. 

7a. pp.] ‘‘the partisans of P., 
who while. .” Thuc. 6. 51, of wey 
Ta Ta&v Zupaxocdlwy ppovodrres, al, 

hv] ‘‘stood.” 20. 22, &vmep 7 
mous 9. 8. 17; 18. 72, Cdvroy 
*AOnvalwy Kal byrwr. 

Trois ta B. X.] 
counsellors.” 

éxBadeiv] ‘so effectually that 
they induced,” ‘‘till the people 
was induced even to expel Afo//o- 
nides,” well known to his hearers 
as the leader of the party favourable 
to them. The meaning of é«Badeiy 
is somewhat doubtful. Thirl. (5. 
314) says, ‘‘We hear of a violent 
struggle between them and the 
friends of Athens, which ended in 
_the expulsion or disgrace of one of 
their principal adversaries named 
A.,” and in a note observes that 
**the word does not imply that he 
was obliged to seek his safety by 
flight from Olynthus,” referring to 
19. 337, e&eBddAere abrdv, where 
its meaning is defined by éeoupir- 
vere éx tav Oeatpav, and Aesch. 
2. 4, abroy ém) ris airlas ravrns 
é&eBdddere, which simply means 


‘*the patriotic 


that Dem. was stopped by an open 
expression of disapprobation. If 
we adopt this view, we must trans- 
late ‘‘ disgraced.” But ye and kai 
are without force unless we adopt 
the stronger meaning. The par- 
tisans of P. succeeded in alienating 
the people from their honest ad- 
visers in general, and even got the 
most prominent of them expelled. 
We cannot suppose that they still 
listened to the rest, but disgraced 
A. in particular. cf. infr. 66, where 
the antithesis requires the stronger 
meaning. 

§ 57. toivuv] continuative—‘“ nor 
was it at Olynthus only...” supr. 
27; 18. 288, nal ody 6 wey Bios 
otws, of 5& mwarépes.. BAAwS Tos. 
Redh. compares Cic. pro Mil. § 84, 
‘* Neque in his corporibus . . . inest 
quiddam quod vigeat et sentiat, non 
est in naturae motu. .” 

mayra kaka] ‘utter ruin.” 

TlAovrdpxov] Thirl. 5. 262. 
Grote, 11. 474—477. 

elye thy w.] “was in possession: 
of :” infr. 59. 

é’. . Hyov ra wp.] 18. 151, emt 
toy bidurmov edOis jyeudva Fyov. 
So in Latin, Livy, 30, 23, ‘* Prin- 
ceps ejus factionis quae traxerat rem 
ad Poenos;” Id. 24, c. 2, Comp. 
the expression in Dem. 21, 116, 
ered todto 7d mpayyua (the mur- 


78 AHMOS@ENOTS [9. 58 


ot & émi Didurmov. axovovtes S¢ rovtwy Ta TOAAG MAAOvV 

¢ UJ Xs “7 a a 3 / 
ot tadaimwpo Kal dSvotvyeis Epetpicis teXeut@vtes émreio- 
O@ncav Tovs imrép avTa@v Aéyortas éexBadeiv. 58. Kal yap Toe 
méprpas ‘Immovixoy 6 ctppayos avtois Pikimmos Kai Eévous 
xiAlous, TA TELyn TrEpLeire TOU TIopOyov Kai Tpeis KaTéoTNncE 
tupdvvous, “Immapyov Avtouédovta Kreitapyov Kal pera 
ravt’ éfehnraxev €x THs ywpas dis 7dn BovrAopévous cwter Oa, 
’ \ , \ ’ > ’ , ’ NaI \ 
ToTE pev Téurpas Tous weT Evpuroxou E€vous, radu €é Tods 

peta Ilappeviovos. 
59. Kai ri Set ra arodrda Aéyew ; GAN ev "“Nped Birs- 
Ul ‘ ” A ‘ , ‘ , 

otiéns ev Erpatte DPirirrp nai Méwmaos nai Swxparns 
kat Ooas Kai ’Ayatraios, oirep viv Exovot tiv modw (Kal 
a > ww e > a ‘ ” \ ’ 
Tait ndcoav a&rravtes), Evdpaios 5é tis, dvOpwrros Kal trap 
npiv mor évOdde oixjoas, Srws édevPepor Kai pndevos 
dotr0t Ecovrat. 60. ovTos Ta pév GAra ws UBpifero Kal 
f ¢ ‘ Le ‘ \ A v , > Led 
mpoernraxiteto U1rd Tov Sijuov, ToAAG av ein €eyew" eviavTa 
Sé€ mpotepov Tis adkwoews évédeEev ws TpodoTrny tov Pu- 
Motldnv Kab Tods pet avTov, aicOouevos & mpatTovoL. 
ovatpapévtes Sé avOpwrot TodAol Kal xopnyov ExovTes 


der) o¥8& af? ey ofds 7° hy ayayeiy 
én’ éué, ‘fasten on.” 

tovrwv] i. e. the partisans of 
Philip. After maAdov Bekk. had 
3: rd wdvra, which he now omits 
with S pr. m. 

éxBadeiv] ‘discrace” would suit 
the passage well enough. But the 
following sentence makes the 
stronger meaning more probable. 

§ 58. avrois] ‘‘their friend and 
ally as they thought him.” 

Tlop8pou] supr. 33. Hipparchus 
and Cleitarchus are mentioned in 
the list of traitors given in 18. 295. 

B. valeo@ar] ‘‘ attempting to de- 
liver themselves,” i. e. from the 
tyrants. 

§ 59. Kat..aAQ’] supr. 25. So 
in Lat., Pro Mil. § 18, ‘‘Sed quid 
ego illa commemoro? Comprehen- 
sus est .. servus..;” Zusc. Disp. 
2, § 28. ‘‘but what need of many 


words? At Oreus. .” 

€. dudire] ‘was active for P.” 
Thuc. 5: 76. With an acc. of the 
thing, 19. 77; 23. 11, KepooBAerrn 
apdrrwv thy apxnv. Grote, 11. 622. 
Harpocr. speaks of Auphraeus as 
having been a pupil of Plato. He 
was recommended by the philoso- 
pher to Perdiccas of Macedon, 
whose minister he was for some 
years. Thirl. 5. 165. 

§ 60. ra pév GAA] ‘how this 
person was in other ways insulted 
and ill-treated by the people would © 
make a long story. But a year be- 
fore the capture, perceiving what 
they were aiming at. .” 

ovotpadévres] 23. 170, cverpa- 
pevtwy rod te Bypiocddov kal Tov 
*Auaddéxov. ‘but a number of per- 
sons combining, having P. for a 
paymaster, and acting under his 
inspiration,” Dind. is right, I 


—62] KATA @IAIIIMOT I. "9 


‘ . ” ? 
Dikimmov Kai mpvtavevdmevor amrayovot tov Evdpaioy eis 
A tA , e cal 4 
To SecpwTnpioy ws auvTapattovta TH TOdW. 61. dpav Oé 
agp .f ”~ e fal cel tol a ~ 
Ta? 6 Siuos 6 tev ’Npetdv, avti tod TH pev BonOeiv 
A > a 
tos 8 dmotuumavica, tois pév ovK wpyifeto, tov & 
> , fo] tad 4 \ rf ‘ ayy 
eritndetov tadta tabeiy En Kai éméyaipev., peta taid 
nN X >? 3» , € , b] s ” ov € 
of pev er’ é€ovclas dmroons nBovAovto éxpatrov brrws 1 
moms AnPOnoerat, al Katecxevalovto thy mpakw- Tav 
X a“ v yv > o . td ‘ 
&€ moddav ef tis alaOouro, éoiya Kal KxateTtémAnxto, Tov 
Evdpaiov, ola érrabe, uepynuévor. ottw § aOriws Siéxewto 
@aTe ov mpoTepov ETOAUNGEY OvSEls TOLOVTOY KaKOD TPOTLOV- 
tos pita pwvyv, mpw SiacKevacdpevot mpos Ta Telyn 
™Mpooneray oi Trodepior’ THiKaita 8 of pev NuvvovTo ot 
5é mpovdiSocav. 62. THs Sé Toews OdTwS arovENS alaypas 
kal Kaxas of pév apyovet Kal Tupavvovat, Tovs TOTe swlov- 
Tas avrovs Kat tov Evdpaiov éroipous oriody troveiy dvras 
‘ \ b] la ‘ ‘ > / Ld 7 , a 
Tovs pev éxBaddvres Tors 5é arroxteivaytes, 6 S Evdpaios 
99 @. Thuc. 2. 21, peuynudvor Kat 
TlAcicorodvaxta. . bre. ., ‘‘remem- 


bering the fate of.” 

p. aviv] ‘“‘rumpere vocem,” 
**break silence.”  ‘* Significanter 
dictum, loqui tanquam ruptis vin- 
culis quibus timor vocem constrinx- 
erat.” Schaf. 

StacKxevacdpevor] ‘ prepared for 
action.” Whiston adds, “i, e. 
having broken up their camp,” a 


think, in retaining wap’ éxefvovu after 
mpuravevduevot, Bekk. st. omits the 
words, with § pr. m. 

xopyyév] here in the general 
sense of ‘‘one who finds the means 
for any thing.” 19. (216, GiAlrap 
xopnyp xpwpevos. Aesch. 2. 79, 
where the speakers are said to make 
war xopnydv tais Kal’ juépay da- 
mdvats. 


as] Madv. 175 d. 


§ 61. d&worvpravicat] ‘‘cudgel sense which would require dvackev- 
to rey ” Cf. Mr. Shill., De -F. aoduevor. 
Tes be tpivovro] ‘‘were for resisting.” 
muTydecov . .. w.] i.e. &fiov. Madv. 113, r. 1. 


‘sic latine sdoneus pro dignus” § 62. Gpxovert wal r.] the latter 


(Sehut.) ‘“deserved what he suf- 
fered.” Madv. 149. 

én’ éEovcias] “with all the 
liberty of action...” 21. 138, én’ 
éfous, as... ovnpbv elvat. 

Thy wpagtw] ‘the execution of 
the plot.” 

katewémAnkto] ‘ causam silentii 
indicat, ‘facebat attonitus’ (Fr.). 
“were silent and _ intimidated” 
(Mr. K.). 

vov Ev. ... pepvypévor] ef tis 
being virtually plural: 2. 18. Madv. 


word defining the former: supr. 39. 
Perhaps this passage may remove 
Mr. Shilleto’s hesitation in under- 
standing 19. 366 (Bekk. 319), Tov 
Tryoupevoy kal otparzyyourra *Ovd- 
papxov in the same way. ‘‘ Since the 
city was thus captured . . have been 
ruling as despots,” ‘“have been 
lords and masters.’ 

Tous TOTE.. TOUS pev.. Tots B¢] 
cf. 6. 11. ‘‘ after banishing or put- 
ting to death those who. .” ‘ore, 
i.e, when Euphraeus laid an in- 


80 AHMOZ@ENOT2 [9. 63 
> a > ' € ‘ uv 4 id ‘ § , 
éxeivos atréahakev éavtov, Epyw paptupnoas Ott Kal OuKaiws 
kal xabapas irép Tay TOmMTaY avOeLaTHKEL PirirTre. 

63. Ti otv rot’ altuov, Bavpater’ tows, Tod Kal Tors 
’OrvvOlovs Kal rods ’Eperpueis kai Tovs ’Npeltas Hd.0v mrpos 
Tos tmép Pidimmou Aéyovtas Exew 7) Tors UTrEp EavTav ; 
émep kai trap tpiv, Ste Trois pev trép tod Bedtictov 

/ LAND ‘ wv Las ‘ , Os 
Aéyouawy ovde Bovropévors Eveatw éviore mpos ydpw odvdev 
elrely’ Ta yap mpaypar avayKn oKotreiy Gras cwOnceTat 
of & &v abvtois ols yapifovras Dirimr@ ovpmpdrrovow. 
elagépew éxédevov, of & ovdéey Seiv Epacav' 64. Todepety 

\ ‘ A a 7 . ed ¢ b) 4 
kal wn miorevew, ot & dyew elpnyny, Ews éyxatednpOncar. 

- x > As ld ed - iA ‘ 7 
TANNA TOV AUTOV TpOTTOY oipatL rave, wa pn Kad Exaota 
Aéyw of pév, éf’ ols yapwodvtas, tadr’ Ereyov, of F €E adv 


Euerrov cwOrjoecbat. 


formation against them as traitors 
(§ 60). 

xa8apas] ‘‘ disinterestedly.” 

§ 63. TC. . alriov. . rod] Bekk. ; 
Dind., West., &c. read afriov .. 74, 
with F S. In 8. 56 the same MSS. 
have 74, 

éxewv] the inf. of the imperfect 
—“ were more favourably inclined 
to.. 

Tous] see note to § 2, wap’ tv... 
rep] ‘‘the same as.” 

ovdée B. éveotiv] ‘cannot even if 
they would.” 

Ta... ™p.] ‘how the interests of 
the state are to be.” 6. 5. 

év . . . ols] ‘through the very 
things by which (supr. 2, ¢v ois) 
they make themselves agreeable 
they play into the hands of P.” 

éxéAevov] i.e. of drip éautar A., 
so that of xéy is not omitted here as 
it is in some cases, e.g Xen. Hell. 
I. 2, 14, @xovro és AexéAciay, of 
5& és Méyapa: ‘‘they (the patriots) 
called for a war-tax, the others said 
it was not required.” 

§ 64. eyxaredrpoyoav] ‘‘ were 
caught in the net,” ‘‘ensnared.” 

7ta\Xa] Probably no verb is to 
be supplied ; ‘‘and so, I suppose, 


mora 6 Kal Ta TéEdEUTAlAa ovy 


with every thing else, that I may 
not go into particulars.” Redh. 
quotes Pl, Crito, 47 C, obxody tal 
ThAAG. . oft ws, tva wh wdvra ditw- 
pev. So Gorg. c. 30, Odxotv ral 
ThiAAG mdvra ofrw, ‘and so with 
every thing else in the same way.” 

ép’ ols] Jelf, 634. 3. ‘* proposed 
measures by which they would please 
(and with that view), the others those 
calculated to save them.” Bekk. st. 
omits kal €Avwour obfév, which he 
read after f%Aeyov, with the note 
“nal éAdrouy obdév in marg. T; “i 
Auroiv (apposito in margine kaf) 2; 
ceteriom. ;’—and mpoojcay 8 aréx- 
@evat, which he had after cw@hoe- 
o6a, Dind. retains both. 

wotha .. kal Ta 7.] ‘‘multa et 
quidem postrema (i, e. ea quae pos- 
tremo prodiderunt).” Fr. ‘‘ many 
things at last the people surrendered, 
not so much out of indulgence or 
through ignorance as from giving in 
as soon as they thought all was 
lost.” ‘* Pro aAAd exspectes as. 
Sed ita saepius Graeci. Non mul- 
tum differt ob paAAov &AAa. . .” 
Schaf. Dind. quotes Prooem. 53, 
Bfiov 8 ody obtw TobTas emitinioa 
+ GAA’ ouiv, .” 


—68.] KATA ®IJAIIIMOT PL. 81 
of w bel , ” > e \ oh 

olTms ote mpos yap ore Si’ ayvotay oi TroAXOl TpolevTo, 
’ > 7 + \ a 7 a Aa) 

GAN’ vroKaTakNvopevot, érEeton Tois OdoLs HTTaTOaL Evop- 
fov. 65. 6 vn Tov Ala Kat tov ’ArrodAdw Sédoixa eyo un 

/ iJ “ ? \ ¥ 3 , ‘\ € Cal > ’ 
mdOnre wpeis, errevdav idnre exroyiLouevor pndev vpiv évov. 
KaiTo fu) yévorTo pev Ta Tpayyat ev TovT@ TEeOvavar 
Sé pupidais xpeitrov %) Kodaxela te Totjoat Pidiaov. 
pup p 
> e cal > td ’ “~ , 

66. Kadrjv y of Tool viv aTerdndacw ‘Npevtav yap, 
Ste Trois Pudiarov pirous érrétpeway avtovs, Tov 8 Evdpaiov 
noo karnv y' 6 Shpwos o Eperpiéwv, drt tods pev tperé- 
pous mpéoBes amnrace, Krevtapyw & évédwxev ator Sov- 
Aevoval ye wacTuyovpevor Kal ohaTTouevot. Karas ’OdvvOiwv 
édeicato Tav Tov pev Aacbévn immapyov YetpoTovncavTwr, 
tov d€ ’ArrodAwvidny éxBadovtwv. 67. wwpia Kal Kakia 
towavta éAmivew, kat Kaxds Bovrevoyévovs kal pndev wv 
mpoonxet Tovey €O€dovTas, GANA THY UTép THY ExOpav Neyov- 
TMV aKpowpévous, THALKAUTHY IyetoOas TOALY OiKeiVy TO [eYyE- 
Bos 68. bore pndev, und ay otiodv 7, Sewvov treicecOar. Kal 


ois SAots] 1. 3. a decree ironically setting forth his 


§ 65. waOnre pets] ‘will be 
your feeling.” 

pydev . . évdv] ‘that you can do 
nothing.” 

xalrot, «.7.A.] ‘but I pray things 
may never come to this; if they 
should (5€), it were better to die a 
thousand deaths than to do any 
thing out of base submission to (to 
ingratiate yourselves with) Philip.” 
Bekk. had 4:Alwrm, ‘‘to do any 
thing to please Philip out of . .” 
He now reads #:Almrov with S 


pr. m. 
wodaxelq] Madyv. 41, 
§ 66. xadyv] ‘‘a fine return 
truly.” For the ironical use of ye 


cf. 18. 266, ayabf vy’, obx dps; 
7Tbxn.--” 19. 253; 23. 122. Eur. 
Med. 514, nadrdv vy’ bveidos. 

KAertapxw] supr. § 58. 

ye] “‘yes, they are slaves... 

Aacbévn] § 56, mérepo: robs in- 
méas xpotdocay. 6. 21. When De- 
mades afterwards moved that Eu- 
thycrates should be made a proxe- 
nus of Athens, Hyperides proposed 


” 


claims to the honour: 5¢56x@a: -ydp 
gnot mpdtevov abtdy elvat, Sti Ta 
SiAlrrov cuupepovra Kal mpatrres 
kal Aéyei, Sri yevduevos Immapxos 
tous ’OduvOlwy imméas xpotdwxe b1A- 
lraw, 671 rToiro mpdtas altios Tod 
Xadrnidéwv oswiptey odr€Opov, re 
adovens ’OAvvGou tiunTrhs eyévero 
Tov aixuakorwy... Hyper. frag. 
80. Cf. 18. 47 sq. 

§ 67. pwpia] ‘it is sheer folly 
and cowardice to entertain such 
hopes, and while ... those who 
speak in the interest of your 
enemies.” The sentence, though 
general, applies, of course, in par- 
ticular to themselves. Cf. infr. 73. 


§ 68. Gore .. weloeo@ar] Madv. 


"191 4, ¥, 2. 


pnS av érioty q] ‘that come 
what will,” ‘‘in any event.” 19. 
324, srocxhoovra €& ay pnd by 
drioby F KivnOhoovra. Comp. also 
18. 168, ds 008 By ef tt yévoit’. . 

pydev . . . Sewvdv] Bekker has 
éore und dy driody 7 Sewbdy melo. 
But the Greeks did not say ma@ twa 


G 


82 AHMOZ@ENOTS {9. 69 
‘ ’ a ’ ’ oe ’ o 3 a. 6 t \ x bea 
Ly KaKelvo aicypov, VoTEpov ToT’ eirrety “ Tis yap av wHOn 
tabta yevéoOa ; vi Tov Mia, &e yap To Kal To Tovaa Kal 
TO py) Torhoas.” Toda dy elrreiv Eyouev OrUvOi04 viv, & TOT’ 
ei mpoeisovTo, ovK av amwXovyTo TON’ dv ‘Npeirat, TroAda 
Pwxcis, TOA TOV aTOAwWAOTwWY ExacTOL. 69. GAA Ti 
’ wv > lal id x A ‘ / ¥ 
Tovtay opedos avTois; éws dv cwlntat TO oKddos, av TE 
peifov av t EXaTTov 4, TOTE vpn Kai vavrnv Kal KuBepynTnv 
kal wavt’ dvdpa é&fjs mpoOvpous eivat, Kat bras HO’ éExwv 
pnt dxov pnoeis avatpéyet, rovTo oxotreicOau éreidav Sé 7 
Odrarra irépoyn, waTa.os % aTrovdy. 70. Kal hyueis Tolvur, 
® avdpes "AOnvaio, Ews eopev cdot, TOW peylaTHY ExoVTES, 
agopuas wretotas, afiwpa KadddcToV,—Ti TroL@peV ; TadaL 
tis ndéas av lows epwrncwv KaOnTar. eyo vy Av épa@, Kal 
Blawov, évvopov &c., but Blaia, €vvoua, the application of the simile tws 
Sewd, or Blady rt &c., and there- éopty ogos. ‘‘is still safe.” 
fore méoxw Biaia, ded, or Biady GvSpa] ‘every man on board.” 
wt, Sevdv tt &c. Seager feeling this pO" éxav par’ dxwy] ‘‘cither de- 
proposed to read fore wndév, by — signedly or by accident,” a familiar 
étiobv 7, Sewdy melcecOar, which form of words. Soph. P4il. 770, 
however is hardly Greek, or Gore eglepat éxdvta ph’ &xovra unde Te 
pndév, pnd ..., which last conj. Téxvn xelvots peBeivar tadra, 
is adopted by Dind., whom I have avarpéwer] Bekk. st.; Bekk. @va- 
followed. Dobree proposed &ore,  tpén. See the note to 1. 2, Boy- 
pnd by driv 7H, wndty.., quoting  Oncere. 
20. 108, wept Tod pundevt Selv pndiv The middle oxorretofat must be 


Siddvar pnd bv drioby mpdtn. ibid. noticed: Don. p. 438. “‘ carefully 
5, ex Tov pnder) wndty und’ by &kios watch that. .” 


H biddva, p+. 7 orrovdy] ‘their exertions are 
tis yap] ‘‘ really who would have vain.” udrauos is of two terminations 

thought it!” Cf. 4. 10. also in 1, 17. On the omission of 
vy Tov Ala... yap] cf. 6. 13. the copula, 6. 25. 


76 Kat 16] ‘‘this or that.” Cf. § 70. Kal pets] 1. 11. 
Mr. Shill., De #. Leg. § 83, 5a 7d owot] Bekk.; of Dind. Cf. L. 
Kal Tb €owOnoay of wets. 18. 243. Dind. Xen. Anad, Praef. p. ix; 
Lys. 19. 59, mal wor KdAe tov Kal Cobet, ov. Lect. p. 436. 
tov... ‘*Malim kcal 7d Kal 7d ph adoppds wi.) cf. 4. 40; 1. 19. 
motjoat.” Schaf. By the insertion &£iwpa] ‘ reputation.” 
of xaf the sentence would gain in tl mw.) ‘‘ what must we do?” 
symmetry at the expense of taste. ‘ Madvy. 121. How much more 
With the repetition of roAAd here effective in a rhetorical point of 
comp. 18, 81, woAAd wey &y ... view this sudden question is than 
ToAAd Se... modAAd Be. Note the a formal application of the simile 
emphatic position of 767’. Cf. 4.29, which the hearer would at once 
Tovr ky yévnta. ‘which if fore- supply, is obvious. 
seen at the time would have saved av ... épwryewv] Bekk. ; Dind. 
them from destruction.” épwrhoas. Fr. and Redh. follow 
§ 69.] odfnra: = ody Fj, as in Herm., who says ‘‘recte ponitur 


—72.] KATA ®IAITINOT I. 83 
yparw 5é, dare dv BotrAnoOe yeipotovncete. avTol mparov 
dpuvopevot Kat TapacKevatoperor, TpinpEect Kal Yprwace Kal 
oTpatimtais Aéym (kal yap av Graves Srjrrov Sovdevery 
ouyxwpnowaw oi Gro, Hiv y brép THs edevOepias ayo- 
wotéov), 71. Tadta 8) Tavta av’Tol TapacKevacdpevot Kai 
Tomoavtes pavepa Tos adXous 7n tTapaxad@pev, Kal TOVS 
taita Siddkovras éexréuTopev pec Bes, iv’ av pev Trelanrte, 
Kowwwvours éynte Kal TOV KiWdvywV Kal TOY dvadhwuaTar, av 
tt Sén, ef Sé pon, ypovous ye eurroijre Tois Tpdypacw. 
72. eed yap éott mpos avdpa Kai ovyl ovvertwons 
TorAEws iayvy O ToAEMOS, OVde TOT aypnaToY, ovd ai 


&y, quod simulatque interpungas ap- 
paret, wdAat tis, Hddws by tows, 
épwrhowy Kd@nrat. Supplendum est 
enim épwrav sive rovro mowy.” 
Redh. quotes in support of this 
view Aesch. 2. 6, éyw 8 én’ aire 
Toit, Sixaiws kv, dwokauBdvw . . 
owOhoerGat, where however Bekk. 
treads oé(erOa, with which & is 


joined. If éepwrhowy be retained, 
&é&y must go with it, the con- 
struction being not uncommon. 


Cf. 19. 342. Pl. Apol. c. 17, os 
€nov ovK by woijoovtos &AAa: Lys. 
31. 21, by moirhoovta (Cob. moih- 
gavra): Isocr. 6. 62, éxlorapat... 
*AOnvatous ... kv mothoovras: Thuc. 
5. 15, &v evdetoudvous: Id. 6. 20, 
ay . . mpoodetouévas (Bekk., Poppo, 
&c. mpordetapévas): Isocr. 8. 81, 
pdduor’ by buas AumioovTa: Xen. 
Mem, 2. 2. 3. (In 18. 168 Bekker 
still reads &v.... cupmvevodyrwy, a 
form justly condemned by Cobet, 
Nov. Lect. p. 171, as ‘‘ barbarum ”). 
Cf..on the other hand Cobet, ov. 
Lect. p. 693, where he strenuously 
denies the legitimacy of the con- 
struction, in which Madv. (184, r.) 
agrees with him: ‘‘ some of my 
hearers (6. 4) perhaps have long 
been anxious to ask,” 

wal. . 5é] 3. 15. ‘*and will move 
a resolution too.” 

xerpotovygere] Bekk. st. from S 
and other MSS. ; Bekk. xeporov7- 


G 


care. S has the fut. ind. also in 
4. 30, where Bekk. st. reads xeipo- 
rovnoate. Cf. 6. 6, mpoobhoecde. 

Aéyw] 1. 27. “ with ships I mean, 
and... for of course should all .. 
we must fight for.. When I say 
we have made all these preparations 
ourselves .. let us then...” For 
mapackevagdpuevo: (so also Dind.) 
West., Fr., and Redh. read zape- 
oxevacnévor with S, a combination 
of the perf. and aor. which often 
occurs. Cf, 19. 18, 72, 207. 

§ 71. rots 7. 8.] 1. 2; 2. 11. ‘to 
make this known,” i. e. that we are 
ready to take the field. After 
apégBets Bekk. had, from all his 
MSS. except S pr. m., the words 
TavTaxol, e¢is TleAordévynoov, eis 
‘Pdédov, eis Xlov, ws Baciréa A€dyw 
(ov5t yap Trav exelvp cuudepdytay 
adéarnke TH my TOUTLY daca TavTE. 
katactpépac@a) .. Dind. retains 
them. 

xp. ye éparoujte] ‘you may at 


least delay operations,” or simply 
‘‘gain time.” Thuc. 3. 38, xpévou 
SiarpiBhy eumoimnodvtwr. Dem. 23. 


93. Comp. 19. 324, xpévos éyye- 
yHTat Tois mMpaypaci. 

§ 72. mpds Gv8pa] ‘against an 
individual man (to whom something 
may happen at any time), and not 
against the strength of an esta- 
blished (permanent) state, even this 

.«y” Le. xpdvous eum. Tois mp. 


2 


84 AHMOS@ENOTS [9. 73 


mépuot mpeaBeiar wept thy IIeXoTrovynoov exeivar Kal Katn- 
, a #.. % ‘ ’ e U bd \ . 
yopiat, &s éyw Kai TIoAvevetos 6 BédtioTos exewvool Kat 
€ ‘ X © w. la i 6 \ 3 4 
Hynovrros Kai ot adrou trpéoBets trepinrAPopev, Kai €rroun- 
3 nw ? cal \ e534 8 3 / ~ 2 
capev érioxeiv éxeivov Kal wnt én’ AuBpaxiav édOciv pnt 
és TeXorrovynoov dpytoat. 73. ov pévtor A€yw pndev avovs 
imrép avT@y avayKaiov éGéXovtas Troeiv Tos adAXoUS Tapa- 
Kanreiv: Kal yap einbes ta oixeia avTods mpoeuévous Ta 
» A ’ ‘ ‘ A , ral 
ddotpiov dackew xndecOa, kul Ta TapovTa TEpLopavTas 
vmrép TOV pEANOVTMY TOs GAXoUSs hoBeiv. ov Aéyw TaiTAa, 
GNA Tois wev ev Xeppoviicw ypnuat aroorédrew nul Seiv 
kal TadXa Goa akovot Toeiv, adtovs 5é mapacKkevater Oa, 
tous 8 addous “EdAnvas ovykareiv cuvayew Sidaoxew vov- 
Oereiv’ tai éotl modews akimua eyovons Hrikov tiv 


omdpyet. 


Gs is referred by Schif. to ai né- 
puot mpecBeiat, to which Karnyopla 
is subordinate. Compare, with Wes- 
termann, Hom. Odyss. 2. 283, @dva- 
tov kal Kijpa pédavav, bs 5H oo. 
oxeddy dori: Dem. 47. 77, avdyvw6l 
pot Tov véuov Kal thy uaptuplay, ds 
xeAever... It seems more correct 
to say that ds refers to both ; xatn- 
yopia: &s wepifAGonev becoming a 
possible expression by its combina- 


tion with mpeoBeta:. cf. 1. 3, and 
6. 32, note to Adyov .. . moihow. 


On the accusative Madv. 26, and 
Lob. Soph. 47. 290. ‘‘ nor were 
those missions of last year or the 
charges with which I and my ex- 
cellent friend P. there ... went 
about the P.” Cf. 8. 37, Th ody 
mperBeveoOe kal Karnyopeire..., a 
passage which, as Thirl. (vi. p. 18, 
note) observes, sufficiently defends 
the present reading against Wini- 
ewski’s proposal to substitute "Axap- 
vaviay for xatnyopla, though the 
embassy to Acarnania is attested 
by Aesch. 3. 97. On these mis- 
sions see Thirl. 1. c. ; Dem. 18. 79. 
Polyeuctus, of the deme Sphettus, 
a political friend of Dem., after- 
wards accused along with him of 


74. et 8 olecbe Xadkiddas tiv ‘Edda cocew 


taking bribes from Harpalus. cf. 
Deinarch. c. Dem. § 100; Gr. and 
R. Dict. of Biogr. s. v. 

kal éroujoapev] ‘‘and by which 
we made him.” Madv. 104 a. 

§ 73. 00. . Aéyw] “I do not how- 
ever recommend that you should 
invite the rest, if you are not wiliing 
to take any measure necessary for 
your defence ... whilst you are sa- 
crificing your own interests to pro- 
fess...” 

tots .. év X.] supr. 20. 

ovykadeiy, «.7.A.] ‘summon, bring 
together, instruct, warn the rest.” 
8. 76. The words fall into two 

airs. Comp. with Redh. 39. 34, 
vy 8 emBovdetns bied(n, pOoris 
Bradys: 23. 185, wodlrns evep- 
yeThs orépavar Swpeal: Cic. Phil. 7. 
26, “‘excitati erecti, parati armati ;” 
14. 8, ‘‘pestem vastitatem, crucia- 
tus tormenta ;” Cati/. 3, § 1. Hege- 
sippus, another political friend of 
Dem., and author of the speech zrept 
‘AAovvhoov. 

vavr] ‘‘this is the part that 
should be played by a city possess- 
ing such a reputation as ours.” 

§ 74. X. 4 M.] ‘‘that Ch. or M.,” 
people of their calibre. Possibly 


—76.j KATA ®IAITIMOT YL. 85 
) Meyapéas, ipeis 8 arrodpacecOat ta mpaypata, ovK 
opOas olecOe ayarnrov yap av avtot cwlwvtar TovTwy 
Exaotot. Gadd tyuiv todTo mpaxtéov' buiv oi Tpdyover TOTO 
TO yépas éxTHCaVTO Kai KaTéLTOY ETA TOAAMY Kal peya- 
Awv kwdvvev. 75. et & 6 BovrAeTat EnTrav Exactos Kabedei- 
Tat, Kal Orws pndéy avTos Toujces oKOTaV, TP@TOV pEev 
ovdé px mo evpyn Tods Toujoovtas, Ereta Sédoixa Srrws 
wy wavO dua, boa ov Bovroucba, troeivy tiv avayen 
yevnoetat, . 

76. "Eyo pév 8 tadta réyw, TadTa ypadw' Kai olouat 
kal vov étt éravopOwhivac av ta mpadyywata TovTwY 
yeyvouévov. et O€ Tis Exes ToUTwY TL BéATLOV, AeYéTW Kal 
oupBovrevéro. 6 te 8 tyiv Soket, TovT’, @ mavtes Oeoi, 


oUVEVvEeyKOL, 


this refers to the project of a league 
among all the cities of Euboea for 
the maintenance of their independ- 
ence, set on foot by Callias of 
Chalcis, and the great promises he 
made of assistance in men and 
money from Achaea, Megara, and 
Euboea. Aesch. 3. 94 sq. 


7a mp.) ‘the work,” “ the 
task.” 
Gyamrntov ... Gv] “may be 


thankful if.” supr. 17; 8.18. Note 
the emphasis on buiv: “no! you 
must . .” 

yépas] i.e. the privilege of saving 
Hellas and bein + the hanpions of 
its liberties: cf. 4. 3. ‘Sto you 
your ancestors bequeathed this pri- 
vilege won by many . .” 

peta] 3. 36. 

§ 75. 8 BovAerar] “his pleasure 
(and not his duty), and looking how 
he a escape doing any thing him- 
self. .” 

ap. pev.. evra] supr.9. ‘‘be- 
sides that there is no chance of 
ras finding any to do it (3. 35), I 
lear...” 


. 


ob82 py 108" etpy] 4. 44. 

Sora Srws py] Madv. 124 4. 
Xen. Alem. 2.9. 2, €f wh poBoluny 
brws wh em aitdy we Tparoro. Pi. 
Phaed. p. 84 B, ovdty Sevdy wh 
poBnb7 ... drws uy... ofxnras. 

Sea od B.] referring to the defi- 
nite duties they could not bring 
themselves to perform—‘‘ all we do 
not wish.” 1. 15. 

woweiv . . dvayKn] 1. 15. 

§ 76. beassphabive: ay] 4. 13, 
&radAdiat ay. 

ytyvopévav] i.e. eav ylyynrat 
Madvy. 135 ¢, r.1 a. ‘‘and I believe 
that even now our fortunes might be 
retrieved if this be done.” 

tovtwv TL B.] Bekk.; Dind. reads 
Tt TovTwy B.; West. omits rs with 
S. Without t: the words cannot 
give the meaning required here: cf. 
supr. 68, dewvdv weloerOat. 

. kat o.] ‘let him come forward 
and give it.” 

ouvevéyxot] compare the conclu- 
sions of the third and fourta 
speeches, 


KATA @IJAITITIOT A. 


YMOOEZIS. Kal otros rhy abthy ind@eow Free 76 ~Oavorvt: Kal mAéoy 
odder od5é idiov, TAHY Td wept Tis duovolas woAlTrevpa’ Siapepoudvwv yap Tov 
mAouciwy mpos Tos mévntas, 6 Anuocbevns Katanave meipara: Thy oTdoww, 
TO wey Shuw mapavaey ph Synuevew tas Tay wAovCiwy ovolas, Tois dé wAovalots 
Bh POoveiv rots amdpas Tod Snpoolov Afumaros. welBer 5 robs *AOnvatous 
kal mpos Tay TMepray BaorAéa wept cuupaxlas mpecBever Oat, 


1. Kai orovéaia vopitwv, o avdpes "A@nvaiot, wept av 
BouneverOe, kai avaryxaia Th TodEL, Teipdcouat wept adTa@v 
elvrety & voulSa auudéperv., ovK odAvyov & dvTwv duapTnud- 
T@V OVO €k pLKpOD ypovouv cuVvEiteypévarv, €E dv gatos 
tabdr éyet, ovdév éotiv, ® advdpes "AOnvaion, Tav TavTwV 
SvoKorAaTepov eis TO Tapov H Ott Tais yropuats dpeis 


ARGUMENT.—7@ $8dvovrt] ‘the 
preceding,” i, e. the gth. A great 
deal is borrowed from the 8th, as 
will be seen from the references in 
the notes. 


Td... wodtrevpa] ‘the advice :” 
§ 35 sq. 
Sypeverv] §§ 44, 45. . 


apo Tv I1. B.] § 31 sq. 


Note-—Though reckoned by Dio- 
nysius Halic. among the genuine 
speeches of Demosthenes, and re- 
ferred to without any misgiving by 
Aristeides, Hermogenes, and other 
rhetors, the fourth Philippic has by 
nearly all critics been condemned as 
spurious. Few students of Demos- 
thenes will doubt the correctness of 
their judgment. The various points 
in the speech upon which this con- 
clusion is founded are noticed in 


their several places. Those who 
look upon the speech as genuine 
refer it to B.C. 341. 

§ 1. omovSata] “important,” = 
the orovdijs &:a of Isocr. 8. 1, who 
refers to such exordia as this: dray- 
Tes uty ei@Oaow of mapidvres evOdde 
Tatta péyiota packer elvat Kai pd- 
AtoTa omovdis lia TH wéAEL Teph 
av by avrol péAAwor cupBovdedery. 
Dem. 24. 4 uses language very 
similar to this. 

avaykaia| 
quence to.” 

ov8 éx, «.7.A.] ‘the accumulation 
of no inconsiderable time.” 

e& dv. «.7.A.] “which have 
brought things to...” 

Tais yv...a.] cf. 4. 12, &amnprn- 
pévot... Tais yvdpas: g. 19. ‘the 
worst fault of all is your indifference 
to the public business,’ 


‘‘of pressing conse- 


KATA ®JAITINIOT A. 87 


adeotyKatTe TOV TpayuaTwv, Kai TocovTOV xpovovy aTov- 
Safere Soov adv KaOnaobe axovovtes, iv MpocayyedOn te 
vewtepov, eit admedMav Exactos tu@v ov povov ovdev 
fi \ ? a ’ > oA , € ‘ = 
gdpovrife. mept avTa@v, adr ovdé péuvntat. 2. 7) wev ovv 
daédyeva Kal TreoveFia, 4) pos atravtas avOpwrous Pidurr- 
Lal ‘ tal ‘ o > 
Tos xpitar, tocavTn To TAAOos Bony dxovete bts 8 ovK 
ét TavTns éxeivov éemiayelvy ex oyou Kat Snunyopias, ovdeis 
> a , ‘ \ =o > 9 9? 4 a ” a 
ayvoet Sitov. Kal yap eb pnd ad’ eves TOV addwv TOUTO 
~ 4 , ¢ ‘ ’ id Lal hy fal , 
pabeiy Sivatal Tis, Wi NoyicacOw. Nycis Ovdapod TrwTOTE, 
o “~ - 4 > 3 a 
Srrov Teph tev Sixaiwv citreiy Edénoev, HTTHONuEV OVS’ ddiKeiv 
eS0fayev, GANA TavTwv TavTaxyod KpaTodpev Kai Trepiecpev 
a ’ e? 2 \ a> 9 , , ” ‘ 
TO Adyw. 3. dp’ oiv Sia TovT exeivp Gavrws exer Ta 
, . a a ’ a x a \ 5 ~ 2 Sa 
Tpaypata 7) TH TWodeL KadwWsS; TOAAOU YE Kal CEL’ ETrELOaY 
~ ‘ \ cid ~ a 
yap 5 pev AaBwv peta taita Badity ta Orda, Tau Tois 
a ‘ . , ‘ ‘\ 
odow éToipws xiwduveioar, nucis 5¢ Kabwpeba eipnxotes TA 


orovddfere] “you are interest- 
ed,” ‘‘ give your attention.” 

vy wpocayyedOyG] Bekk.; Dind. 
} mp, with F S T: ‘‘ you give your 
attention to it just while you are 
listening to some news that may be 
reported, then you go away each of 
you, and so far from caring any 
thing about it, forget it altogether 
(do not so muchas remember it).” 
This is the character of the people 
given, according to Dem. 19. 136, 
by Aeschines to Philip— 6 wey 7AGev, 
5 8 awasery, perder 8 obder) trav 
Koiv@y, ovde weuynras 

mpowayyedOy] 4. 36. 

§ 2. otv] 1. 2. 

aoékyera] comp. the opening 
words of 21. 1, Thy pey doéAyerav 
-+. kal Thy TBpw, H mpds &rayras 
Ge) xphrat Meidlas. Cf. g. 35, ‘the 
overbearing and ambitious spirit P. 
exhibits—shows in his conduct to- 
wards all.” The Schol. supposes 
that the speech was delivered with- 
out preparation, on the receipt of 
an alarming despatch from 7hrace, 
and in this way explains the intro- 
duction of so many passages from 
other speeches. This is one of the 


passages from which he infers that 
such a despatch was received; but 
in quoting it he omits the words 7 
wpos Gmwavras dvOpimovs dlAurmos 
xpitat. 

7 wA7Bos] here, as frequently, 
‘* extent.” 

Gxovete] i. €. 
speakers. 

é« . . Snpnyoplas] “by talk and 
declamation.” 

ovdels ... Syrov] 9. 29, where 
Bekk. had ovdels ayvoe? Symrov, as 
here. 

mept trav §.] 6. 1. 

e@éenoev] ‘we had to,” ‘were 
called upon to.” 

wavrwv m.] cf. 2. 24, ‘we beat 
and get the better of all every where 
in argument.” 6. 3 and 18. 244. 

§ 3. woddod. . Set] g. 18. 

émeiSdv] ‘for when he after this 
marches arms in hand, ready and 
willing to risk his all (9. 18), while 
we sit still the arguers and hearers 
of these claims..” of wéy is read 
before cipnxdres in FY Q, 18. 121, 
vouous petatowy, tav 3 adaipav 
hépn. 19. 180. 


from preceding 


88 [AHMOZ@ENOT®] [10. 4 
Sixata, of 8 axnxoores, eixoTws oluat tos AOyous Ta epya 
TapépxeTat, Kal Tpocéyovew aravtes ovy ols elropév trod? 
nueis Stxalors 7 viv av eitrowuev, GAN ols trovodpev. eats SE 
tadTa ovdéva TOV adixoupéevwv cate Suvayevar ovdev yap 
Sef rreiw trepi avt@v rEeyeww. 4. Tovydpto SuectynKoTwY Eis 
dv0 tadra Tay év Tais TOdECL, THY ev Eis TO prjTE ApyeELy 
Bia BovrecGar pndevos pte Sovdrevew adrdrAw, GAN ev 
édevOepia Kal vouows é& ioov troduteverOar, Tov 8 eis TO 
apyew pey ToV TodToY éTiOupeiVv, éErépw 8 traxovev, Sv 
érov tot av olwvta: TovtTo SuvncecOat Totioat, oi Tis 
é€xeivou Tpoaipécews, of Tupavvidwv kai Suvacte@y émibv- 
MOUVTES, KexpaTHKacL TavTaxod, Kai TodIs SnuoKpaToupevn 
BeBaiws od« ol8 ei tis ote Tov Tracdv owt) TAY F 
jperépa. 5. Kal Kexpatnxacw oi Sv éxeivov Tas ToduTelas 

; p " ; , , ‘ 
MoLovpevol TAC Sools TeaywaTAa TPaTTETAL, TPWTw jLeV 


otx ols] ‘‘claims we once ad- 
vanced or might now advance.” 

fom... Sekioet 3. 25, and 
infr. § 14. 

yap] ‘‘so it is useless to say. .” 

§ 4. Seornxdtev] Instances of 
this division of parties are given in 
9. 59 sq.: ‘‘as the several states are 
split into the two parties (cf. infr. 
51, els d00 Tatra dSinpnro, and 53; 
Pl. Rep. 5. 470 D, diacrH wort) 
of those who wish (i. e. dieornnérwv 
eis Td... BotAerba) ... but to 
live in freedom and under laws on 
terms of equality, and of those who 
long to govern their fellow-citizens 
and be subject to any external power 
by whose help they think they will 
be able...” 

On vépors cf. 6. 25. As the 
words 8’ 8rov & show that if Philip 
is specially meant others are in- 
cluded, éxelvov must necessarily be 
taken with Schafer as a neuter re- 
ferring to Td Gpxew . . émidupeiy, 
‘“the men of these views,”—poal- 
peots being often used in a political 
sense, €. g. 18. 59, moAA@Y mpoaipé- 
cewv ovoay Tis woArrelas. 

S8uvarreva@y, as distinguished from 


tupavrlwy, must mean an &pxeuw 
Tov moAiT@y divided among several 
persons. Cf. Thuc. 3. 62, which 
will also serve to illustrate véuors: 
ney. . nj wddrts téTE erbyxavey ore 
kar’ ddryapxlay igdvopoy modired- 
ovoa, ore Kata Snuoxpatiay’ Sep 
8é dors vdpos wey Kal TE awhpore- 
ordry évaytubratov, eyyuTdtw 5é 
tupdvvov, Suvacrela GAlywv avdpav 
elxe Th mpdyyara. ‘tyrannies and 
despotic authorities.” Infr. 53. 

aoXug 8.] ‘and I question whether 
among them all there is a state left, 
except your own, under a firmly 
established democracy.” 

§ 5. of 8 & rag mw. w.] “this 
party” (ras w. 3. being of course the 
resolution of moAcrevdyevor ** qui 
illa ratione ac consilio agunt in re- 
publica administrandd,” Redh.) : 
“this party has gained the upper 
hand by all the means with which 
affairs are managed, first and mainly 
because those who .. a person to 
give it in their interest (i. e. of those 
who wish to make themselves des- 
pots).” Dind. and the Zurich edi- 
tors read BovAoneévois, which makes 
the sense clearer, 


—7.] KATA ®IJAITINIOT A. 89 
TavToVv Kat TrElaTw TH TOUS BovrAopévous YonwaTa NapPa- 
ve éyew Tov SHcovta trép aitav, Sevtépw Sé Kai ovdév 
nm s a , 4 : ‘ 
éarrove Tovtov T@® Suvayiy THY KaTacTpeouevny TOUS 
f > cal LI] 5] ’ ’ a 
evavTioupévovs avtois év ols dv aitnawot ypovors Trapeivat. 
6. nueis 8 ov povov tovrois wtoreTropeba, w@ avdpes 
*"A@nvaiot, aN ovS aveyepOivar SuvvaucBa, adda pavdpa- 
yopav TeTwKoow 7 Tt papyaxoy GAO ToLovTOY €oiKkapev 
avOpwros’ elt’, olpat, (Sez yap, @s ey xKpivw, déyew 
TAaANO}) odtw SiaBeBrnweOa Kai Katatreppovijpeba ex Tov- 
TOV WOTE THY ev AUTO THO Kivduveve SvTwV ot péeVv UIFép TIS 
Hyewovias hyuiv avtireyovow, of & trép Tov mov cuvedpev- 
‘ \ e ‘ > 2 a a . € OA 
cova, tives 5é Kal? Eavtovs apiverOat pirrdov 7) wed” Huav 
eyvoxacw. 
cal , C4 \ 
7. Tod xapw 8) tabta réyw Kai SuekEpyouat; ov yap 
arexyOaverBar pa tov Aia xat wavtas Tovs Beovs mpoat- 
potyar. wv tuav Exactos, ® avdpes "AOnvaior, tovTo ye 
‘ is cid e eC e ’ £ ‘ .7 e @ / 4 
Kai ibn, Gre 7) Ka” tyépay pactavn Kal pabuuta, doTep 
“~ > f a“ ‘ ’ ,’ ¢ , 
tois idiots Bios, obtw Kal tais wodeow ovK ef Exadorou 
~ > la Lal A wv > , , > a) “ 
TOY apedoupevwy Totet THY alaOnow evOéws, GAN’ eri TO 


avrois .. mapeivat] ‘‘is at their be held.” The people of Chalcis 
command.” are probably meant: cf. Thirl. 5. 
§ 6. rovrots] ‘‘in these respects.” : 
Madv. 40 xa@’ éavrovs] we might refer this 


GAN’ 0t8"] “we are not even able 
to rouse ourselves.” 

_pavipaydpav] Xen. ee. 2. 24, 
7 yap dvr. é olvos kpdwy Tas Wuxas 
Tas ab Atras dorep 6 uavdparydpas 
wot (er. Pl. Rep. 6. 488 Cc; Othello, 
act 3, sc. 3. 

lr’, elpor] ‘the natural result is 


SiaBeBA.] 
bad repute.” 

éx ToUTw] Madvy. 39, r 
évy atr@ tO x.) “‘in actual dan- 
er.” 

ot pév] Wolff refers this to the 
Spartans. It more probably refers 
to the Thebans. 

mov o.] ‘‘the place of congress,” 
**the place where the congress shall 


** discredited,” ‘in 


to the Byzantines: cf. 8. 14 sq 

$7: A€yw Kal Richioxemest 9. 
Aéyw Kal SioplCouat, 18. 22, édf- 
datas kal SetHAGes. 18. 21, dxpiBo- 
Aoyotmat kai dietepxouar. . . ‘with 
what object do I enter into this de- 
tail?” 

yr@ wal 1p] 4. 3. 

h Ka Apépavy paordvy] ‘ that 
habitual indolence and indifference 
do not make themselves felt by 
states any more than by individuals 
in private life on the occasion of 
each instance of neglect (él, cf. 
2. 1), but come upon them in the 
general result.” cf. 1. 11. 

«. THY alobyow] Thuc, 2. 61, 
To Avmoty txe Hin thy atloOnow 
éxaoTe, 


90 [AHMOS@ENOTS} [10. 8 


’ a , ? col ca , \ 
Keparaiy TaY Tpayuatwy atavTd. 8. dpate Séppiov Kai 
Aopicxovy tavdra yap mparov wrvywpnOn peta THv eipnvny, 
& moAdois tuay ode yrwopmsid éeotW iows. TavTa pévTOL 
bd] , ‘ , > ‘ ul \ 
éabévra xai wapopbéevta amwrece Opaxnv Kai Kepoo- 
Brértnv, cippayov dvta tuov. mwadw tadr ayedovpeva 
id@v Kai ovdeuids BonOeias tvyydvovta tap’ tuav xarté- 
oxatte TlopOuov, cat tupavvida amavrixpd ths “Attics 
ereteixicey tiv ev 1H EvSoia. 9. tavtns ddvywpoupévns 
, er ‘ , > ‘ > Lf -«o 3 
Méyapa éadw mapa pixpov. ovdev éppovticate ovd érre- 
td » 3% > ‘ , xo) 9 ‘ cy ” > 
otpadyte em’ ovdevi Tovtwy, ovd évedei~acGe TODO’, Ott ovK 
émitpéyete taidta Tovey alte: Avtpa@vas émpiato Kal pet 
> ~ 4 ' \ 3.9 a , ’ r \ 
ov TroAvY xpovoy Ta év pew TpaypaT EiAnpEL. 10. TOAAG 
dé xal tapadeirw, Depdas, tHv em’ "AuBpaxriav ddov, tas év 
"Hyd: ohayas, adr pupiar ov yap iv’ eEapiOunowpar Tous 
BeBiacpuévovs Kat tovs Hduxnuévous bro Pidirrov, taita 
ducEHrAOov, GAN’ iva Tod bpiv SeiEw, Ste ov oTHOETAL TaVTUS 
2 , 3 a ‘ 2 ¢ 4? e “ A hs > 
avOpwtrous adicav, Ta 8 bp’ aiTt@ Trovovpevos Pirurmos, et 
Ly TLS aUTOV KwAVCEL. 


§ 8. Lépprov, x.7.A.] note tog. 15. 

ot8 y.] “places which I dare 
say many of you never even heard 
of,” ‘*not even known by name.” 

Tavta, K.T.A.] ‘yet your abandon- 
ment and disregard. . .” cf. Grote, 
1. 557. 

Tlop8pdv] 9. 58. 

érereixucev] ‘‘ and he established 
a tyranny over against A. in Euboea 
as a fortress against you,” 9. 58. 
19. 326, dvr) b& rod thy EbBo.ay 
avr’ ’Audiwddcws duiv mapadodjvat 
Spunthpia ep tuas év EvBolg &. 
mpoonapackevd(erat cal Teyaorg 
kal Meydpois émiBovdedor diarede?, 

§ 9. mapa puxpdy] ‘ very nearly.” 
Thuc. 7. 71, del wap’ dAlyov 4} b:é- 
gevyov 4} awdddvyto. Id. 8. 76. 
Aesch. 3. 258, wap’ odey ev FAGov 
dwoxreivat, Madv. 75 

éweotpddyre ex’ ovSevi] Bekk. ; 
ovdéy tourwy F S Y. Dind. Cobet, 
Nov. Lect. p. 628, conj. ob5e rov- 
tov: cf. Mr. Shill., de F. Leg. 
§ 349. ‘‘you did not trouble your- 


selves at (about) . .” 

émurpéete}] Madv. 132 4. 

*Avtp@vas] méAis ev @erradig 
(Harpocr.). The subject here re- 
ferred to does not seem to be men- 
tioned elsewhere. 

va, . eldAyder] “had made him- 
self master of Oreus:” cf. 6. 7, «v- 
pos... Tav év &. mpaypdrwv. 1. 21; 
9. 12, 33. 

§ 10. epds] 9. 12. 

én’’A mre 9. a7, 72. 
Tas . . opuyds] 9. 27. 

G@AAq p.] 9. 39. 

eEaprOpnowpat] The word is 
used by Dem. only in the active 
voice, 27. 58 and 52. 7. ‘‘give a 
complete (€&) catalogue of.” 

oryoetat] 4. 43; infr. 36. ‘will 
not desist from wronging all people 
or reducing them under his power, 
unless some one interferes to stop 
him.” 

mavras . . adtkav] from 9. 6, 35. 
7% wév omitted, as of pév in § 3. 


—13.] KATA ®IAITIMNOT A. gt 
, 48 , av A > tal ‘ e ‘ Lal ’ 
11. Eici &€ ties of mpiv dxovoat Tovs iTrép TAY Tpayya- 
Twv doyous evGéws eiwOacw épwrav “Ti odv ypn Troveiv ;” 
ovy iva dxovoavtes Troinowot (ypnoimwtatoL yap av joav 
admdvtwv) add’ iva tod Néyovtos dmraddayHow. Sei § dyws 
elmeiy O TL xpN Toeiv. TpaTov pév, @ avdpes *AOnvaio, 
a >t ow > a t - o a ' 
TovTo Tap’ viv avtois BeBaiws yvavat, Ott TH Tod Pidut- 
TOS TOAEuMEL Kal THY EipHnYNnV A€éAUKE, KAL KaKOVOUS MEV eoTL 
Kat é€yOpos 6An TH Tore Kal TO THS Torews edader 
x"P n 7 ‘imi td $ ’ 
’ ‘ ‘ . “~ ’ “ C . . 
mpocOnow 5é Kat toils év TH ore Oeois, olmep avTov 
eorécerav, 12. ovdevi pévTos wGdXAov 4) TH TodtTEla TrohEuEl 
PANG > 4 . ” cal ON fal , a 
od émiBounevet, Kai oxorre? pGdrov ovdey THY TdvTwY 1 
kal tor €& avayKns tpoTov Twa 
a x a f ’ y ’ , > 
vov ye 87 Tove NoyifecOe yap. apyew Bovderat, TovTov 8 
avraywuicTas povous wmeiAnhev wuas. adieed troddy dn 
xpovoy, kai TovUT avTos apioTa aivowEev EavT@ ols yap 
ovow wpetépors Eyer ypioOat, TovTos amavta Tddra 
BeBaiws Kéxtntav €¢ yap “Audirorw kai TTotidacav 
n LEN a > , a > lal 3 ¢ 
mpocito, ovd dv év Maxedovia péverv aodadrds éduvaro. 
> , * s 4 e ‘ r LJ Ld \ 
13. auddtepa obv olde, kai avrov tiv émiBovdrevovta Kal 
twas aicOavopévous. ed dpoveiv 8 tpas vrrodayBavwv 
puceiy avtov nyeitat. mpos S&€ TovTois TocouTos ova, 


TOS TAVTHV KaTAUCEL. 


§ 11.] - §§ 11—16 are taken with 
some changes from the speech on 


§ 12.] Much of this and part of 
the following section is taken almost 


the Chersonese, §§ 38—45. 

ampiv &xotoat] “without waiting 
to hear the speeches about the sub- 
ject of debate. .” 

&v fav] if they did so listen 
‘*they would be the most service- 
able of men.” Madv. 117. 

yravat] ‘‘you must be firmly 

. convinced of this in your minds, 
that . . and to its soil, nay, I will 
add, to the gods in it. May they 
destroy him!” For tots .....deots 
we have in 8. 40 trois ev TH méAce 
mwacw avOparas. 

&Sdder] Ps. Dem. 26. 11, ris 
worcws inip abtav tay eidpwr els 
ageing . KaTaKeKrermerns. Aesch. 

a: 4, #8n wep Tod ris marpldos 
iedgacr (a-ywvl erat), 


verbatim from 6. §§ 17, 18. The 
eighth speech comes in again at 
oldev axpiBas. 

ovSevi] neuter. 

mwas] Madv. 198 4; cf. 9. 75. 

kal rovt’] ‘‘and this he now at 
least is in a manner forced to do.” 
8. 41 has xal oir’ eixdrws Tp. 
twa mpatre: cf. 6. 17. For ev 
Makedovia Dem. has ofxot. 

§ 13. mpds 8€] ‘and in addition 
to these so important considerations 

.; but should ever any reverse 
happen to him—and many may 
happen to the man..” In 8, l.c. 
the remark is general—& modAdra 
yévorr’ by avOpdry. Cobet, ov. 
Lect. p. 605, says, “in cod. S 
scriptum est. yévorro dvOpdémw, quae 


92 [AHMOZ@ENOT®] [10. 14 
oldev axpiBa@s Ste ovd av amdavrwy TaV arwWY yévnTaL 
Kupwos, ovdev got’ aitd BeBaiws Eyew Ews av byeis Snuo- 
Kpathobe, GX édy tore cupSn te wraicpa (modda 8 av 
yévotto tavOpwrw), nk mavta Ta viv BeBiacpéva Kai 
KatapevEetar mpos twas’ 14. €oTe yap vpeis OvK avToL 
mdeovexti}cat Kal Katacye apyny ed TepuKotes, arn 
érepov AaBeiv Kwrdoat Kai Exovr’ aderdécOar Kai dros 
évoxdjoa Tois apyew Bovropévors Kai Tavtas avOpwrous 
eis EdevOepiav éFehécOan Sevvot. ovKovv BovdreTat Tots avTod 
Katpois THY Tap tuav edevOepiay épedpevewy, od Kaxws ovd 
apyas tara royifowevos. 15. mpatov péev dy TovTO Sei, 
€xOpov ireirnpévat THs modTElas Kal THs Snpoxparias 
abdiddXaxtov éxeivov, Sevtepov Sé eidévar cadpas Ste wav 
dca Tpayyateverar Kai xatacxevaterar viv, emi tiv 
nuetépay Todw mapacKevatetat. ov yap ovTws evnOns 
tyav éotiv ovdeis WoO trorkapBave tov Pitimmov tav 


non est vera lectio, sed verae els éd. eEeXéo Gar] Lys. 23. 9, dr: 


roxima; legendum enim ‘yévocr’ 
vOpéry.” Dind. has yévorro av- 
Opi, a very improbable hiatus. 
In Bekker’s reading, the words are, 
of course, a remark on the part of 
the speaker. 
wavta] 1. 12; 4. 8. ‘fall those 
who are now kept down by force 
will come and seek your protec- 
tion,” ‘‘take refuge with you.” In 
8. 41 we have the more forcible ex- 
pression Té viv oupBeBiacueva, i. e. 
the various elements of Philip’s do- 
minion had been brought ‘into a 
otvornpa, and were kept so by force. 
§ 14. tore... eb wed] 3. 33. 
‘*for it is not your nature yourselves 
to be grasping and to seize on domi- 
nion, but for preventing others from 
getting it, and taking it from them 
when they have it—in a word, for 
giving trouble to aspirants to em- 
pire and vindicating the liberty of 
all men, you are famous”—‘‘ you 
have a natural capacity.” On kara- 
oxeiv see the excellent note of Mr. 
Shill., de F, Leg. § 165. 


et alte abeApds bs eEaiphoorto eis 
eAevOeptav. S has here apeAéoOai, 
as Isocr. 12, § 97, Tois mapa tay 
BAAwy robs oikéras els eAevOeplay 
a&patpovpevais, Harpocr., apalpeors 
dios Adyerat 7 eis eAevOeplay. 
‘Treplins év TG Kar’ "Apiotayédpas. 

Sevot] 1. 3. 

Toig avrov x.] cf. 3. 7. 

Thy wap’ . éA.] ‘‘a free spirit 
emanating from you,” ‘‘your li- 
berty:” 1. 12. Isaeus, 1. 39, 7 
map’ tuav alcxivn. Lyc. § 32, 6. 
Tapa TaY ToAITaY pdfos. 

épeSpevew] 3. 7: comp. Lys. 1. 
49, rd trav vouwr epedpeverba. 

§ 15.] tovro is explained by the 
following sentence: ‘‘In the first 
place then you must assume him to 
be... that all his present opera- 
tions and schemes are directed 
against our city,” ‘‘that in all his 
... he is making preparations for 
attacking...” : 

Go’) after ednOhs instead of the 
8s of 8. 44. 


—18.] KATA ®IJAITITIOT A. 93 
pev ev Opaxn xaxav (ti yap av adXo TIs Eltron Apoyyi- 
Aov kat KaB8vrnv nat Maorepav nai & viv daciv avtov 
éxyew) tovtwy pev emiOupelv Kal brép tod Tavdta AaBeiv 
Kal Tovous Kal yeyavas Kal Tos éaydTous Kwdvvous 
t , lal +] > , ‘ A , 
vrropevery, 6. tav 8 "AOnvaiwy Auwévwv Kal vewpiov 
kai Tpijpwy Kal Tav éEpywy TaY apyupeiwy Kal Tocov- 
TwY Tpocddwyv Kai totov Kal Sokns, av pnt éxelvo 
> 
byt add yévorro pndevi yetpwoapévp Thy TOW THY 
nueTépav Kupledoat, ovK émiOupeiv, aAdAa TaidTa pev buas 
edoew éxew, Urrép Sé TOY pEALVaY Kal TOY OrUpwY THY év 
Tois Opaxiois oipois év TH BapdOpw yepatew. 17. ovK 
wv lal > cal e \ lel , LA 
€or Tata, adda KaKeiva UTrép TOD TOUTwY yiyverOaL KUpLOS 
kal Tada TavTa mpaypateveTa. TavTa Toivuy ExacTov 
elOoTa Kal yiyvwoKovTa Tap avTa@ Sei wa Ai ov ras 
wy p ait® Sei wa A’ ob ypa 
s a ‘ ‘ t > \ cal / 
Keevev TOAEMOY TOV Ta BéATLOTA eri TAGL SiKaiols TUp- 
’ al ‘\ La 3 - o , 

Bovdevovta: TodTo ev yap éott AaBetv btw TroAEuNceTE Bov- 
Aopuévwv, ody & TH TorEL cUUpeper TpaTTEW. 18. pate yap. 


eis $8 rovs ex) Savdrw Katayvwobér- 
tus éc€Badov. Called dpuvyya by 
Dein. ¢. Dem. §62. Harpocr. s. v., 
Anuogbévns 5& ev iduwmois ob Kv- 
plus abrd Ayer GAA’ ex perapopiis, 
ofov év tH GAdbpy. ‘in the midst 


TovTwy pév] on account of the 
parenthesis. ‘‘no one among you 
is so silly as to suppose that P. 
covets the miseries in T.... that 
I say he covets ¢hese..”” Observe 
the feeble & viv paoly abrdy Exew in 


place of the & viv éfa:pe? wad Kara- 
oxevd (era of 8. 44. 

§ 16. trav épywv trav apy.) at 
Laurium. The words kai témrwv 
kal 8déns are not in 8. 45. 

dv. . xuptetoat] ‘but does not 
covet the harbours of Athens... 
(may neither he nor any one else 
become master of them by the sub- 
jugation of our city) . .” 

Kuptetoat] an ingressive aorist: 
I, 13. 

o.pots] Varro, de Re Rusticd, 1. 
57 (quoted by Redh.), ‘* Quidam 
granaria habent sub terris speluncas 
quas vocant oipods, ut in Cappa- 
docia et Thracid.” ‘‘store-pits,” 
Lord Brougham. 

év tG B.} Bekk. Anecd. p. 219, 
Bépabpov *AOhynor hv opvypa ti ev 
Keipiadav Shue tis Oivnidos puajs, 


of horrors,” Mr. K. 

§17. ox... &AAG] ‘Sno! no! the 
object of these as of all his other 
map’ atte] cf. § 11. ‘you ought 
not therefore, persuaded each of 
you and convinced of this in your 
own minds. .” 

ov ypdwar] because this might 
expose him to danger: cf. 8. 68. 

wim. 8.] ‘fin all honesty.” 8. 9, 
elrep as GAndds emt waor 5. taidra 
oupBovaretouct. 4. 51, ér andor. 

tort. . BovAopévav] ‘is the part 
of people who wish ..,” ‘* would 
indicate a wish on your part to get 
some one to fight with.” Madv. 
113, r. cf. § 19. 

§ 18. dpare yap . . é.] supr. 12, 
Aoy. yap. Upxew... ‘only see: 
if for Philip’s first violation of the 


94 [AHMOZ@ENOT2] [10. 19 
et &¢ & mpata mapeotrovdnoe Pidstrrros 7 Sevtepa 7%) tpira 
(woAAa yap eat epeENs) Eypawé tis avT@ Todepeiv, 6 
& opoiws aamep viv, od ypadovtos ovdevos wrodenov, Kap- 
Siavois éBonbes, ovx dv avnpracpévos Hv 6 ypayas Kat dia 
TovTo mavtes nTu@vto Kapdiavois BeBonOnxévar; 19. wy 
U “ e > ? f bl] ‘ 
rowuv bnteite bvtiva, avO dv Diduwmos éEapaptave, pioH- 
cete Kal Tois Trap’ éxeivou picOapvovor SiactracacOa Trapa- 
Bareire und abtol yetporovicavtes troreyov BovdecGe trap’ 
avtois juiv épivew et Séov 7) un Séov Luas ToUTO TreTroNKEevaL 
GN ov éxeivos modeuel TpoTrov, TovToY piweicOe, Tois pev 
? ‘ »” la X ” wv ’ , 
apuvvonévors dn xpnwata Kal Tarra Sowv Séovras Sidavres, 
? ‘ + > , a ” > a“ \ e 
autot & ciadépovtes, @ avdpes “AOnvaiot, kal KatacKevato- 
Mevol oTpdTevpa, Tpinpers Taxelas, tmmous, lrTaywyous, 
TuANa Goa eis TrOAEMOY, 20. Emel vUY ye YyéAwS EoTiV ws 
xpapela tois mpayyact, kat Pirurrov S av avrov ovdev 
” ? \ x ‘ ” a ‘ ’ a 
G@AXo oluar pa tos Geovs eiEacbar roveivy tHy TodkwW 4) 
taidta’ votepitere, avadioxeTe, OTW TapadwoeTe TA TPay- 


treaty... for there is a long series 
of them, any one had made a motion 
to go to war with him, and he, just 
as he is now doing without any one 
having made such motion, had helped 

- would not the mover have been 
destroyed, as having provoked a 
war?” cf. 8. 57, 58. From amply 
ty Gowep viv alta mapy Ta mp. 
(§ 29), and K. éBof@e, the Schol. 
draws another argument in con- 
firmation of his opinion that a 
despatch had been received an- 
nouncing that P. was assisting the 
Cardians. The compiler of the 
speech is employing a passage from 
8. 58, and evidently thinking only 
of the situation at that time. 

avypracpévos] 9. 47. 

§ 19. {nretre] 3. 11. 

8. wapaBadeire] ‘don’t therefore 
look for a person to make a scape- 
goat of for Philip’s offences, and 
fling to his hirelings to be torn in 
pieces.” On the inf. see Don. 607 
a; Madv. 153. cf. 5. 5, and 8. 
20. 


el 8. 4 ph 8] ‘whether you 
ought or ought not to have done 
so.” For the omission of the subst. 
verb comp. Hyper. #un. Or. 1. 205, 
GAA’, ef Séov cimety, kal wellw. 

év .. tpémov] i. e. with acts of 
hostility, but without openly de- 
claring war. cf. g. 8. 

Tois pév Gpvvopévors] 9. 20 and 


73: 

TaAXa, «.7.A.] ‘all the other re- 
quisites for a war.” 9g. 39, T&AAa 
wave’. 

§ 20. yékws éoriv] This sentence 
is from 4. 25. 

Gv .. evEacGa] 8. 20. 4 Taira 
& viv woeite Sty mw. Ta Tpdymata 
[Cnretre], Buexepaivere ... Bekk. 
The words & viv 2. he now omits, 
with S pr. m. and other MSS. 
Dind. retains them and reads (nreire 
with S m. sec. inmrg. If Bekker’s 
present reading is retained we must 
understand it to mean ‘‘you raise 
difficulties about the person to whom 
you are to commit. .” 

évadloxere] ‘throw away mo- 


ars KATA ®IAINMOT A. 95 


para Sucyepaivete, GAANAOVS aitiaabe. ad’ Gtov Se Tadta 
/ > ‘ a ‘ e 4 ta > ‘ 
ryiyvetat, éyw SidaEw, cai drrws mavoeta, AéEw. 21. ovdEV 
, 9 a a n 
marote, @ avopes “AOnvaio, Tay tpayyatov €E apyns 
% , > ‘\ ’ > “ > A X 
éveotncacbe ovde Katecxevacacbe OpOas, GAXAa TO cUL- 
Baivov ae Swxere, eit’ éreidav torepionte traveobe: 
cog / 34 lol tA 
Erepov mdadw éav cuuBH Tt, twapacKkevaferOe Kal Oopv- 
a ‘ . , A A , w la 
BeioOe. 22. To S ovy ovtws Eye ove Everts BonOeiass 
xpwuévous ovdev tav Seovtwy tote mpakat, addAA KaTa- 
oxevacavtas Sel Suvauiv, Kal tpopyy tavtTn tTropicavras 
kal tapias Kai Snuocious, Kal Grrws eve THY TOY ypnuaTaY 
gurakny axpiBeotatny yevéoOat ovtTw TroujcayTas, Tov pev 
TOV xpnadTwv AOyov Tapa TovTwY hapBaveww, Tov dé THY 
épywv mapa Tov otpatnyov, kai pndeulay mpopacw tod 
a w- a , ” ” n ’ 
TAEW ANAOTE 7} WHATTELY AAAO TL TW OTPATHYW KATAXELTELV. 
23. av ottw momonte Kai TovTo eHedAjonte ws adnOds, 
ayew elpnvny Sixaiav Kai pévew ert THs avtod Pirur-rov 


” 


ney.” For ag’ érov Dind. has aq’ 
ov. 

§ 21. && apis] 4. 1. 

éveorycacde] 18. 193, &s od KarAa 
kal ris mwédAcews Sia mpdypara 
évertnoduny. ‘‘in no instance have 
you set on foot or contrived your 
measures rightly in the begin- 
ning.” 

ro o. Get 8.] 4. 39. Observe the 
prominence of erepov. 4. 29, ToiT’ 
ay yévnrat. 

OopuBeioGe] 8. 11. 

§ 22. 7d 8] ‘*quum tamen .. 
Madyv. 188, r. 7; Heind. Zheaet. 
§ 37. Pl. Alcib. 1, § 15, 798 GE 
wws elxev; “Euadoy éyd.., and so 
frequently. Sometimes we have the 
fuller expression 7d & GAnOés, as 
Rep. 4. 443 VD, 7d bE ye GAndés, 
TowiTov wey TL AY... 7 Stkatorivy .. 
Mr. K. conveys the sense very well 
by his translation, ‘‘ but that is not 
the way of proceeding.” The pas- 
sage from ob« vert: to the end of 
§ 27 is taken from 8. 47 sq. 

BonBelars] 4. 32. ‘‘it is not pos- 
sible as long as you employ hasty 


” 


levies to accomplish any good re- 
sult ; you must organize a stand- 
ing force. .” 

tapias] 4. 33. 

pootous] “officials.” 2. 19. 
ovTw 7.) i.e. Thy puAaxhy. ‘and 
take measures to secure the strictest 
care possible of your funds.” 

ampdpacty] 4. 25. 

ahkeiv] ‘‘sailing elsewhere (i. e. 
than to the seat of war, as Chares 
had done 4. 24; also 2. 28) on en- 
gaging in any other enterprisé . .” 

§ 23.] For @v Dem. 1. c. has 
Kay, 

@s &\nOas] “in earnest,” 6. ro. 
note to ws érépws. TheZurich editors 
omit &s with S, which however has 
the word in 8. 47. If this reading 
could be adopted «ai must be omitted 
before wévew, as it is by S in 8. l.c., 
aAndas going with what follows. 

p. érl THs abrov] Thuc. 4. 118, 
én) ris abtav pévew éxarépous, 
éxovras Grep viv Fxouev. ‘keep at 
home,” ‘‘ confine himself to his own 
country:’’ cf. 4. 9. 


g6 [AHMOZ@ENOT?] [10. 24 
dvayKacete, ) Trodcunoete €& icov: Kai icws av, lows, @ 
avdpes “AOnvain, dorep viv tpeis muvOavecGe ti tovet 
Pidkirmos Kat tot topevetat, odtws av exeivos ppovtioat 
TOL ToTe 1) THS WOAEwS aTHpKEe Svvauis Kal TOD davn- 
oeTau. 

24. Ei 8é tw Soxet radra Kai Saravns Todds Kal Tove 
TOAA@Y Kal TpaypaTeias elvat, Kai para opOas Soxet. GAN 
€av Aoyicntar Ta TH TWOAEL peTa TadTa yevnoopmeva éav 
Tava pr eOéry rovety, eUpnaoer AvaLTENODY TO ExoVTAS TroLEiY 
ta Séovta. ef wey yap earl Tis éyyuntis viv Bed (od.yap 
avOpwray ye ovdeis av yévorto aEioypews THALKOUTOU Tpuy- 
patos) ws éav ayn? jovyiav Kat mdvta tponaGe, odK er’ 
avtovs buds TedevTav exeivos EE, 25. aloypov pév vt) TOV 
Ala Kai mavras Geods kal avakwov ipay Kai Tov bTrapyovTwY 
Th Toe Kal TempaypLevwn Tois .Tpoyovols, THS iOias pabv- 
pias €vexa tovs GAdovs atravtras “Eddnvas eis SovdAeiav 
mpoécbat, Kai éywy avtos wev TeOvdvat wadrov av h TadT 
eipnxévat Bovroiunvs 26. ov py GAN él Tis GAAOS Aéyet Kal 
buds meiOe, Extw, wn apuvverbe, amavta mpoecOe, ei Se 
pndevi todTo Soxei, Tovvayriov Sé mpovopev Amavtes, StL bow 
dv mrevwv edowpev Exeivoy yevéerOar Kiptov, TocovTw 


muvOdaveoGe] ‘‘ haec fortasse ex De et pév] ‘for if some god is surety 


F. Leg. (19. 288), viv 8 Hdn mwepi- 
epxome? juts... wTaxoverovvres 

+ mov mdpeor &, CH  TéOvnKev. 
Dobree, cf. 4. 10. ‘may be anxious 
to learn the destination of our force, 
and where it will make its appear- 
ance.” 

§ 24.] Sections 24—28 are taken 
almost verbatim from 8. 48—52. 

Samdvns wodAjjs . . etvat] Madv. 
54 6. Dem. 8. 48 has 3. ueydans. 
‘fare affairs of . .,” ‘‘will entail 
both great expense and trouble.” 
For the form of argument comp. 
2. 22, 

wal in kal wdaa is epitatic, cf. 3. 2. 

7%. .y.] “‘ what the consequences 
will be to us.” 

Avottedotv] Madv. 178 a. ‘that 
it is our interest.” 


to you (for certainly of men no one 
could be an adequate surety for a 
thing so important), that, if you 
keep quiet and sacrifice every thing, 
he will not attack yourselves at last, 
though it would be disgraceful. . and 
the antecedents of the city and the 
achievements . . to abandon the rest 
of the K. to subjection, and though 
I. ., still . .,” uév in both cases 
referring to od phy Gar’, 

Giudx pews] Dem. 40.61, udprupas 
akidxpews, ‘‘ credible witnesses.” 
Lat. ‘‘testis locuples.” Pl. Ao. 
38 B, eyyuntal 8 byiv Frovra: rod 
apyuplov obra: atidxpew. With 
brapx. TH wédAex comp. with Redh. 
Dem. 60. 31, dev oty Hyhoavro } 
Civ aklos trav swapxdvrwy h reOvdvas 
Kad@s. infr. 73. 


—28.] KATA @IAITITIOT A. 97 
La ae 4 , 3 ~ nm > U 
YANETWTENW Kal LaxUpOTEepw YpNnToOuEba éyOpa, Troi avaduo0- 

6, x ‘ Ls < a , oe 5 b a 4 , 

pela, 7 TL MEArOMED ; 7) TrOTE, @ avdpes ’AOnvaiot, Ta Séovta 

a” BI] , cad ‘ ”y > Lal ? ? 7A 
qoveiv EOeAnoomeY ; Grav v7 Ai’ dvayKaiov 7. 27. GAN Hv 
pev ap Tis eXevGepwv avOpwrwv avayKny él7rot, ov povoyv Hdn 
mTapeotiy adda Kal madar Trapednrvoe, THY dé TaV SoUrAwY 
, ’ rd ‘ La ~ , ‘ Ul ca 
arevyerOat Snmov pn yevécOar Sei. Suadhéper S€ ti; Ste 
€otiv éhevbépw pev avOpaTr@ peyiotn avayKn 7) vTeép TeV 
yiyvopévav ainyuvn, Kai peifo tains ovK oida itiva ay 
elrot Tis, SoUAwW Sé TAHyal Kai O TOU TwpaTos aikicpos: S 
pyre yévotto oure Aéyerv aEvov. 

28. To wév toivuv, @ avdpes AOnvaiot, rpos Ta ToLabTa 
oxvnpas SiaxcioOar & Set ois cwpace Kai rais ovoias 
AecToupyjoat Exaotov, éoTt pév ovK dpOas Exov, OVSE TOAROT 
Sei, ov pony GAN Eyer Tiva Trpdpaci duos: TO Sé pnd boa 
axovoa Sei nd bca Bovrevcacbar mpoorjxe, pndé Tait 
eGédew axovew, TodT dn Tacav émidéyeTas KaTryopiav. 


§ 26. xpnodpeOa] ‘shall find 
him.” 1. 9. 

mot avaduépe8a] ‘how long do 
we mean to hang back?” Spouv 7G 
mot pevers Paduunos (Soph. £/. 958, 
where Wolff quotes Arist. Lyszstr. 
526, wot xpiv avaueivat) avr) rod 
expt thvos. Schol. amd petagopas 
tav broluylwy Tay avadvouevwy Kal 
gevydvtwy srodiva: toy uydv. 
Schol. ib. cf. 8. 77, éav 58 d€y Te 
mo.eiv dvadudpevor, 


Srav vh AC] 4. 10, emedav vh AL 


dvaykn Fj. 

§ 27. iv... dv mig... elrror] 
‘*what one may call.” 9. 40, dv 
kplvo. On ph after drevxouat, 


Madv. 210, 

% tép] ‘shame for what is hap- 
pening. .” 4. 10, Thy drip trav 
mpayndtwv alrxuvny. 

ovk ol8a] ‘Sand I don’t know 
what greater could be named.” 

& pre y. odre] infr. 68, ofr’ eiud 
Bre yevoiuny. 21. 209, 6 uh yévorto 
odd grra. 25. 86, obre yap ~ort 
bhre yévoiro Tatra. ‘a state of 
things which I pray may never be, 


and which is not fit to be men- 
tioned.” Don. Gr. p. 553. With 
ore A. &iiov comp. 18. 195. 

§ 28. & Set] ‘such public ser- 
vices as each is liable to in person 
and property.” odépyao, i.e. by 
serving as a soldier. 16. 12, ka} 
xphuar’ eicpepew Kal toils cdpace 
xvduvederv, and g. 40. 

tori. . €xov] cf. 2. 26. 

ovde w. Set] 9. 23. 

ampodaciv] ‘ excuse.” 

76 8€] “but to be unwilling even 
to hear what it is necessary you 
should hear and proper you should 
consider . . to be unwilling to listen 
even to these things does indeed 
justify the strongest censure.” #87, 
i.e. there we come to something 
which admits of no excuse, but is 
simply and purely ob« dp0as exov : 
cf. 19. 19. So odx«ére in negative 
sentences. am is similarly used in 
Latin: cf. Lucr. 1. 426, with Mr. 
Munro’s note. 

émiSéxerar] Aesch. 1. 48, Sore 
Bh émdéxecbar Sdkav airlas movn- 
pas. 


H 


98 [AHMOZ®ENOT?S] [10. 29 
29. Upmets Tolvuy ov axovew Tpiv dv omep viv alta Taph 

\ , > .7 , 4 > ‘ + na > , 
Ta Mpdypata, ovdé BovreverOar trepi ovdevos eiwOate & 
Hovylas' GAN bray pév éxeivos TapacKevalntat, awednoavtes 
Tov Trovely TAUTO Kal avTiTapacKevdlea Oat pabupeire, Kal éav 
TL Nyy Tus, ExBadrETE, erredav & atrodwNds 7) TroALopKOUpEVvOV 
tt TUOnaOe, axpoacbe Kai trapacKevatecbe. 30. Hv 8 axnko- 
, \ \ re ' , wae a > ew i , 
évat ev Kai BeBovrcido bas tOTE Katpos bP tpeis ov« HOEXETE, 
mpattew Sé Kai ypnaOat Tois TapecKevacpéevols viv, Hvir’ 
axoveTe. Tovyapovy éx Tov ToLovTwY eOaV povol TOY TrayTw@Y 
avOpwrrwv vpueis Tots GAXots ToOVayTiov TroLEiTe Of wey yap 
”. ‘ fal La ¢ “ ~ ’ 
G@XOL TPO THY TpayuaTwv eiwWPac. ypjaGar tm Bovrcv- 
eo@at, duets 5€ pera TA Teaywara. 

31. °O 8) dourov éort, kal marar pev eet, Siadevyer S 
ovdé viv, TodT ép@. ovddevos THY TavTwY oUTwS ws xXpN- 
hatov Sel TH TWOdEL TpPOs TA viv émiovTAa TPayyaTa. cuUp- 
BéBnxe & evtvynpata amo tavToudrou, ols dv ypnowpeba 


§ 29. a’ra] ‘‘ actually.” 

The phrase é’ fovxias seems 
only to occur once in the genuine 
speeches of Dem.: 45. 14, Saas 5& 
TouTwy under, Aoyiopds 8 ed” jov- 
xlas Tod ovudépovros. Elsewhere 
we have pel Hovxlas, 8. 13, or Kad’ 
houxlay, 8.12, or ev-novxla. We 
find é¢ jovxlas again in Ps. Dem. 
13. 8, él woAAs wey jovxlas Kar 
hpeulas buar. 

éxBadAere] 9. 36. Isocr. 8. 3, 
eidéOare mdvtas Tous tAAous éxBaa- 
Ae wAhy Tobs cuvayopedovtas Tails 
jmerépats émiOuulas, Aristoph. (Z¢. 
$25) says of the poet Magnes, éfe- 
BAnOn tpegBirns Gr. 

éredav . . . wapackeudlecde] cf. 
8. 11. 

§ 30. dkynxoévat] ‘‘ but the proper 
time to have heard and taken your 
resolution was when...” cf. 4. 19. 

éx] ‘‘in consequence of :” 6. 27. 

pévo. Tav mavtav] ‘you, unlike 
every one else, exactly reverse the 
practice of other people. They. .” 
**you, singular in the practice, re- 
verse the course usually followed. 


? 


Every other people. .” 20. 62, ef 
tiwes udvot Tav BAAo peToixwv ph 
xopnyotev. 23. 185, obros els aady- 
twv tav bAAwv pévos. The words 
of wey. . mpdypata are taken from 
5. 2, where however after &AAo: we 
find rdvres &vOpwra. 

§ 31. “O 8h Aourdy, «.7.A.] ie. 
the applying to Persia for assist- 
ance. 

Siadevye] Aesch. 3. 249, Tis 
Snuoxparias emmeanentre dn dia- 
gpevyovons buas—‘* which though it 
ought to have been done long ago, 
is not even yet slipping from your 
hands,” ‘‘is not even yet too late.” 
Mr. K. Redh. takes it in the sense 
of ‘‘slipping from the memory,” as 
in Isocr. 4. 187, moAAG me Siawépev- 
vev dv BievofhOnv. But both ee: and 
diapedye: refer to 8 A. eri, the 
course left for them deliberating 
now, as ever, meTa Ta Mpdypara, 

ard tatropatou] S has ebrdxnua 
dn’ avtoudrov. Accordingly the 
Zurich editors read dm’ abroudrov, 
though the article cannot possibly 
be dispensed with, as it might be 


—33-] KATA ®JAITINIOT A. 99 
> lal y a , 4 ’ . 3 , 

6pOas, tows av yévoito ta Séovta. mpwTov pev yap. ols 
Bacirevs mrictever Kal evepyétas vreiAngev avtov, ovTet 
pucovet Kai Todeuovor Piritre. 32. Ere!’ 6 TpadTTwy 
Kat ovveidas arav? dca Pidimmos xata Bacihéws mapa- 
oxevateTat, ovTos avdotmactos yeyove, Kal mdcas Tas 
mpates Bacirers ovy Huay KaTnyopoUvTwY aKovceTal, ods 
€ \ lel ‘ a e 4 ~ > , , > » 3 
Umép Tod cuudépovtos av Hynoatto Tov idiov réyewv, GAA 
tov mpakavtos avtod Kat dvorxovvtos, WaT élvat TisTas, Kab 
Nowrov AGyov elvat Tois Tap’ humv mpécBeow bv Bacirevs 
nowota av axovoat, 33. @s Tov audotépous adixovvTa KoWh 

¢ “ en ‘ ~ al , 

tysopnoacbar Sei, wai Str ToD TH Bacired HoBepwrepos 
w e ‘ n ‘ econ > a ? \ 3 

éoP 6 Piduriros av mpotépas Hiv emiOATav ei yap éykata- 
Aevropevol Te TrELcopela Tueis, Adew@s eT’ Exelvov Sn TropeEv- 
cetat. wep &n ToUTwY aTravTwV oliouas Seiv buds mpecBelav 
extréprrew Aris TH Baoirrel Siade£eras, nat thy aBerrepiav 


with réxn, the nom. being 7d aird- 
parov. This will be clear from 
Arist. p. 195, 4 31, moAAG wal elvat 
[Aéyera] Kal yiveo@ar da tdxnv Kal 
bia 7b abréuarov. ‘have happened 
providentially, by a right employ- 
ment of which. .” For the constr., 
3. 33, eav.. xphonode, tows ay. . 
xThoaoée. 

Kal (ots) evepyéras] see note 3. 
24. The Thracians are supposed to 
be meant, who for services rendered 
to Darius when returning from his 
invasion of Scythia, were regarded 
as benefactors of Persia. But could 
the king on any supposition be said 
morteve Teres and the Odrysae? 
Béhnecke is more probably right in 
referring the passage to Mentor and 
Memnon (Thirl. 6. 143; Grote, 11. 
609), though in this case woAeuotcr 
can hardly be understood strictly— 
at least there is no direct evidence 
of the fact. 

duAlrre] Bekk. and Dind. ; 
Vom. and the Zur. editors @iAurmoy 
from S. The acc. might legiti- 
mately stand here, the case being 
accommodated to ptootor, as Lys. 
6. 32, émitimG kal drodoxipdte: tev 


apxévrwv ict. But we also: find 
passages where moAeueiy standing 
alone takes the acc., as 23. 165, 
Bivas érrd Sefyyaryev judas wodeuarv. 

§ 32. & wpdrrwv] ‘‘ the person 
who conducted and was in the secret 
of. .” The allusion is to Hermias, 
the despot of Atarneus and friend 
of Aristotle, who married his sister. 
cf. Grote, 1. c. 

aévaoracros] a word often used 
by Herod. of the inhabitants of 
cities carried off into farther Asia. 
Here of Hermias, who was seized 
by Mentor and sent up to Susa, 
where he was put to death. 

kal maoas] ‘and the king will 
hear of all the intrigues .. whom 
he might conceive to be speaking . . 
(Thuc. 1. 68, trav Atydvrwy... 
bmevoeire ws Evexev TaY abrois idla 
diapdpwrv Aé€yovai), but from the 
very person who conducted and 
managed them; so that the charges 
will be credible, and the only argu- 
ment left for our a. will be one 
which. .” 

§ 33. Te werrdpeOa] g. 20. 

Biadégerar] 2.6: for the fut. ind. 
I. 2, épei. 


H 2 


100 [AHMOS@ENOTS] (10. 34 


F , an) , ” 
Grobécbat Sv hv morrdKis HraTTw@OnTE, “6 8 BapBapos 
kai “6 Kowds Gmacw éxOpos” Kail mwavta Ta ToLavTa. 
ccd ,? , 
34. eyo yap Grav tw" idw Tov mev ev Yovoos wai "ExBara- 
‘ ’ > al ‘ , a 
vos SedorK0Ta Kal Kakovovy elvat TH TOdEL PacKovTa, OS 
‘ ’ , Led ‘ / ‘ 
kai Tpotepov ouvernvaplwce TA THs TOAEWS TpayWaTA Kab 
lel i ’ i, Cl > ? ? 
vov émnyyérreto (ei Se py edéyer® ipeis add’ ameyrn- 
fi > \ 3 / v ig 5) 8 Lol a a 6 ’ 
diterGe, ob ta éxeivov altia), UTEp Oe TOU ET! Tals VUpals 
éyyis obtwot ev péon TH Edad: adfavopévov AnoTod THY 
‘Eddijvov Gddo Tt Aéyovta, Oavpdtw, nai dSédouxa Todor, 
Sotis dv 7 ToT’, éywr’, ered) oby obTos Pidurrmrov. 
” Uy cal ‘ bs a f ‘ 
35. "Eortt towvy Tt mpayya Kat aXXo, 0 AvpaiveTat THY 
rodw wo Bracdnutas adixov Kal AOywr od TpocnKovTwY 
SvaBeBrAnpévor, era Tots pndév Tov ev TH TodLTeia Sixaiw@v 
Bovropévors roveiv mpopacw Tapéyer Kai TavTwv doa 
éxrelrret, Sov apd Tov yiyverOat, él rod? cipnoete THY 
aitiav avadepouéevnv. epi ob mavu pev poBodpat, ov pny 
> 3 7 A a BS 4 5 e x a > ‘ \ 
GAN épa 36. oluar yap ew Kal uTép THY aTopwr Ta 
Sixata érl TS cuudépovtr THs Toews eimeiv Tpos TOUS 


6 84 B.] Schaf. says, ‘‘sine cunc- 
tatione scribendum 6 8 BdpBapos. 
Et videtur 5é in ipso «af latere. 
Cf. 21. 209, Tov 5& Bdonavoy . . Tov 
5& BAcOpov.” There is no need for 
any change. 8 is due to the 
speaker, and is ironical. Pl. Afo/. 
27 A, dpa yvdoerat Swxpdrns, 6 
copos 84. ‘the barbarian for- 
sooth !” and ‘‘the common enemy 
of Hellas,” and the like. 

§ 34. wpdétrepov] i.e. in the time 
of Conon, B.C. 393. ‘‘ helped to re- 
establish the fortunes of our city, 
and lately offered to do so.” 

7a éxe(vov] Bekk. st. with S. 

7a @.] Bekk. st. ‘‘the fault was 
not his.” But Dind. is, I think, 
right in retaining ‘ye in his last edi- 
tion, in spite of the authority of 
MS. S. 

Ayerod] ‘ but holds different lan- 
guage of him who close to our doors 
is thus growing up in the midst of 
Hellas as a robber of. . .” of. 6. 6. 
With Anorotd comp. 9g. 22. 


éywy’] “‘and fear him, whoever 
he is, myself, because he. .” 

§ 35. “Eort roivuv] cf. 9.47. It 
seems vain to attempt to reconcile 
the view here taken of the Theoric 
Fund with that put forward in the 
Olynthiac Orations, or with the 
tone and spirit of the attack in 3. 
21 sq. on the policy of Eubulus and 
his party, by whom the Fund was 
upheld. The discrepancy has justly 
furnished critics with one of their 
strongest arguments against the 
genuineness of the speech. 

SiaBeBAnpévov] ‘in invidiam vo- 
cata.” ‘the attacking of which.” 

elra] ‘‘and so.” 1. 12. 

tev ..8.] ‘public duties.” 

kat wdvtwv] “and you will find 
that the reason of every failure on 
the part of any citizen to do his 
duty is still referred to this,” —this 
is the standing excuse. 

Séov] Madv. 182: cf. 3. 18. 

§ 36. 71a. 8... elweiv] ‘‘ make out 
a case for the advantage.” 


—38.] KATA ®IAIIINOT A. 101 


evTropous Kal Umrép TOY KEKTNUEVwWY TAS OvTLaS TpOS TOS 
embecis, ei avédowwev EK pécov Kai Tas Braadnyias as 
emt TO OGewpix@ Troodvtai tives ovyl Sikaiws, Kal Tov 
goBov ws ov oTnaeTat TovTO avev peyddov TLVdS KaKoOU" 
ov ovdev dv eis Ta Tpdypata peilov eiceveyKxaiuefa, ovd 
6 Te Kown padrov adv OrAnv emippwcere Thy Tou. 
37. obTwat Sé oxoreite épa 8 imép tav ev ypeia Soxovr- 
Twv elvat mpoTepov. Hv wot ov mdXat Tap rpuiv Ot ov 
Tpoone. TH Woke. TddavTa UvTrép TpidKovTa Kal éxaTov" 
kat ovdeis éate tav Tpinpapxeiv Suvapévwy ovde TaV 
elogépew Gotis ove nEiov Ta KaOnKovta éf éavtov troveiv 
OTL xpypata ov Tepinv, GAdA Kal Tpinpels ErrrEoV Kai YpPN- 
pata éylyvero Kal Tavra érovodpev Ta Séovta. 38. peta 
TavTa 1) TUYN, Kas TrolodGA, TOANA TeETrOiNnKE TA KOLA, 
kai TeTpaxdcia avtTi ToY éxaTov TaddvTwY mpocépyeTat, 
ovdevos ovdev Enuroupévov Tav Tas ovcias éyovTwy, adrAa 
Kat mTpochauBavovtos of yap evTopor muvtes épxovTat 


venue was. .).” 
mpooyet] in the next section mpoo- 


kK. Tas ovalas] cf. § 38. Lys. 29. 
4, Sewdy ef of pév Tas ovolas ExovTes 


GAopupoivrat Tpinpapxodvres. Isocr.  épxerasr: Thuc. 2. 13, mpooidvrwr. 
6. 67. Thuc. 1. 7, of 7& pel(w See Béickh’s remarks on this one 
Kextnuevot, ‘* people of  pro- Pia in his Publ. Econ. bk. 3, € 
perty.” 1 


el dvédoupev] ‘could we remove 


ov« Aglov] ‘demurred to per- 
out of the way (clear away) both 


form,” ‘‘claimed to be exempt 
from.” 


the abuse which some direct against 

. ., and the fear expressed that it 
(i. e. the Theoric Fund) cannot 
stand (be maintained) without...” 
With ¢. as oTHoerat comp. 14. 25, of 
Adyovtes poBotey ws Hier Bacidrevs : 
Soph. £/. 1426. 

orycerat] 4. 433 Supr. 10. 

ov, «.7.A.] ‘no greater service to 
our affairs could we contribute, or one 
more likely to strengthen the whole 
commonwealth (i.e. than removing 
the dissatisfaction about the Theoric 
Fund).” 

§ 37. Hv] ‘there was a time, not 
long ago (cf. 4. 3, ¢& ob xpdvos od 
modus), when there did not come in 
to the state. . (when our yearly re- 


The ov is to be explained 
by the note to 6. 33. 

va «.] ‘‘the duties that devolved 
on him because there was not a sur- 
plus.” Xen. Cyrop. 1. 2. 5, 8xws 
kal obrot Ta KaOhKovTa awoTeAaow. 
The word gained greater currency 
afterwards as a term of the Stoical 


Ethics. Cf. Ritter and Preller, 
§ 404. 

éylyvero] ‘‘ was forthcoming.” 
fr. K. 

§ 38. Kahos w.] 1. 28. ‘‘hap- 
pily.” 


tav éxatéy] i.e. the 130 talents 
mentioned in § 37. 
apoon.] absolutely, ‘‘ gaining.” 


102 [AHMOS@ENOTS] [10. 39 


pebékortes TovTov, Kal KaXwS TroLoaLY. 39. TL OdY pwalorTes 
TodTo dverdilowev AdANAOLS Kal Tpopaces ypwpeba TOD yundev 
moleiv, TANVY Ee TH Tapa THs TUyns BonOela yeyovvia Tois 
amopos POovodpev ; ods ov7’ Gv aitiacaiuny Eyarye ob 
Gud. 40. ovd€é yap év Tais idSiats oixiars Opa Tov év HrLKia 
mpos Tovs mpeaButépous otw SiaKeipevov.ovd otTws wyvar- 
pova ovo arorrov TaY bvTwY ovdéva HaTE, EL f41) TOLnTOVoLY 
Gmavres bo dv avtds, ov pdoKxovta trounce ovdev ovd 
avtov' Kal yap av Tois Tis Kaxwoews Ein VO“OLS OUTOS YE 
évoyos: Sei yap, olpat, Tots yovedar Tov wptopévoy && ayo- 
Tépwy Epavov, Kal Tapa THs Pvocews Kai Tapa TOD vopov, 
Sixaiws pépew xal éxovta wrotedciv. 41. WoTrep Toivuy 
évos Huav Exdotov tis éate yovevs, oUTW oULTaoNS THs 


tovtov] i.e. the surplus, the 
Theoric Fund, 

kK. motovotv] ‘‘as they have per- 
fect right.” 21. 212, elol.... els 
Ta pddiora avrol mAotoi Kal 
Kad@s tro.ovot, where see Spalding’s 
note. 

§ 39. Th.. paddvres] Madv. 17 
4, r.; Don. p. 382. ‘‘ what then 
makes us reproach one another with 
this, and employ it as an excuse 
for. .?” 

ahi et] 3. 18. wh, which Bekk. 
had after «i, he now omits with S. 

$80v@ has here a dat. of the 
thing, as in Isocr. 8. 124, ovd« 
ayavakTovpev, ov8t pOovotpey Tais 
edmpaylois abrayv. Id. 131. 
‘‘unless we grudge the relief 
which has been given by fortune to 
the needy.” 

ovr 4&0] “nor do I think it 
right.” sc. airidoac@a. 8. 46, xpn- 
pata & ciopépe nal robs cuppdxous 
akwbv. 19. 98, and ib., a&plnue 
Aloxlyny kat duds cupBovacdw. 

§ 40. dore ... ov dacKovra] a 
not uncommon syntax: cf. 3. I. 
Redh. quotes Isae. 9. 16, émideliw 

. o0Tw opdipa. . uivovvTa ToUToY, 
Gore word 3h Oarrov SiariOeuevor. 
‘*for neither in private families do 
I find the grown-up son behaving so 


. . or any one in the world so want- 
ing in right feeling or so unreason- 
able as to declare that unless all 
will do just what he does, he will 
do nothing himself.” Trav dyrwr, 
sc. av@pémwy. So Whiston, who 
. “consistent with his posi- 


THs Kaxwoews] cf. Cr. and Rom 
Ant. The dyayv being tiunrés, the 
penalty might be fixed at death: cf. 
Lys. 13. gt. 

épavov] ‘‘ for a man ought, I take 
it, to bring dutifully to his p. the 
contribution assigned both by nature 
and by the law, and pay it cheer- 
fully.” On the “Epavos in general 
see Bickh, Publ. Econ. p. 345, 
Engl. Tr.; Gr. and Rom. Ant. 
s. v.; cf. Ps. Dem. 25. 21; 21. 101, 
with Buttmann’s note. 

§ 41. évds.. tis] “as then each 
of us has a parent, so ought we to 
look upon the collective people as 
the common parent of the state (and 
therefore entitled to all due main- 
tenance), and so far from depriving 
them of any part of what the state 
gives them, we ought, if even there 
were none of these resources, to 
look out for other means of prevent- 


ing.. 


—44.] KATA ®IAITIMOT A. 


morews Kowors Sei yovéas Tos cvuTravtas yeicOaL, Kai 
, , > o e e ' ' ’ ' 
TMpoonKeL TOUTOUS OvY OTwS wy 7) TOdS Sidwow aderéabar 
Tl, GAN ei Kal pndév iv TovTwv, aANOOEv cKoTreiy Srws 
pndevos bvres evdecis TEeptoPOyjcovtat. 42. Tovs péev Tolvuv 
’ Y a , a 
evTopous TAUTN Ypwpévous TH yvoun ov povoy iyyoumaL TA 
Sixava Tovey Gv,aANaG Kai TA UTLTEAT TO Yap TOV avayKalwv 
TWa aTooTEpElV KOLW]) KaKOvoUsS eaTl TroLeiv TOANOYS avOpe- 
mous Tois mpaypacw' tois 8 ev évdeia, dv’ & Suryepaivovar 
TO Tpayywa oi Tas ovaias EyovTes Kai Katnyopoict Sixaiws, 
tobr adedeiv dv oupBovrevoas. 43. Sieur Sé, Bomep 
diptt, Tov aUTOV TpOTrOV Kai UTrép THY EVTOpwP, Ov KaTOKUTHCAS 
oJ “ > na > ‘ 4 , ‘ cA ” Or OD x ° 
eirrety TAANOH. pol yap ovdels ol Tws AAALOS OVS’ pds Elvat 
Soxel THY Yyvounv, ovKovv "AOnvaiwy ye, wate duTretaBat 
Tadra NauBdvovtas opav Tovs atropovs Kal THY dvayKaiwv 


103 


évdceis OvTas. 


44. GAA Tod ouvtpiBerat TO Tpaypa Kai 


Lol UJ id ‘ > : lal ~ », ’ ‘ \ 
mov Suoxepaiverat; Stav TO awd TaY Kowdv Eos emi Ta 


ovx Sts... GAA’) cf. 6. 9. 

§ 42. xp. TH yv-] 4. 6. . 

arovetv Gv] Bekk. He now omits 
&y with S, and so Dind. It seems 
to be required by the argument, — 
‘*the wealthy then (as the result 
of the preceding argument) if they 
adopt this principle will, I think, not 
only do what is. .” Bekker’s pre- 
sent reading can only mean ‘‘in 
adopting. . are doing. .” But this 
was just what he was urging them 
todo. I theréfore retain &. 

kowy] Mr. K. well tr. ‘is to 
unite them in disaffection to the 
commonwealth.” 

8v 8] ‘‘ which makes.” 

§ 43. Steyr] ‘state the case in 
the same way on behalf of. .” 

@Avos] 3. 21. ‘such a wretch, 
or so hardhearted.” 

ovKouv.. ye] ‘fat any rate among 
ourselves.” Soph. PAz/. 907, otxouv 
év ols ye Spas. Ant. 992. 

mous 4. kal] a description of one 
and the same class. ‘the needy, 
who are in want of the necessaries 
of life.” 


"3, C. 14). 


§ 44. wot ovvrpiBerat] ‘‘ what 
is it in the thing that gives offence?” 
‘*where lies the grievance?”  ‘* Si- 
mile ductum de curribus in stadio 
currentibus, ad metam adhaerenti- 
bus, aut inter se complicatis eoque 
confractis.” Reiske. 

Srav +6] ‘‘ when they see per- 
sons transferring the practice fol- 
lowed in regard to the public funds 
to private.” The next section de- 
termines the sense of the passage. 
The rich were discontented on ac- 
count of the confiscation to which 
their property was at any moment 
liable (cf. Béckh, Pud/. Econ. bk. 
Tov Aéyovra is then the 
popular speaker who, in the interest 
of the people as he professed, pro- 
posed such appropriation of the 
estates of the rich, and was a 
favourite accordingly. Cf. 8. 69, 
Boris piv... mapidav & ovvoloe TH 
mwérc, Kplver Snuever, SlSwor Katn- 
yop’... Schif. understands rdv 
Aeyovra to mean the “‘ dives coram 
populo causam agens.” 


[AHMOZ@ENOT?] [10. 45 
’ car . n ‘ wv > 
idva petaBiBalovras op@ai Tivas, Kat méyav pev OvTa Trap 
coA , ’ . , > , Ld >? 4 ef 

piv evbéws Tov Aéyovta, aBavatov 8 Ever’ acpanretas, érépav 
dé thy KpuBSnv Wihov tod havepa@s OopvBov. 45. Tavr’ amic- 
tiav, TadT opyny exer. Sel yap, @ dvdpes AOnvaion, Sixaiws 
aXAnAaLS THS TOALTELAS KOLYwWVELY, TOUS LEV EVTFOPOUS Eis EV TOV 
Biov Tov éavtav doparas Exe vowilovtas Kal Urép TOUT@Y [47) 
dedorxoras, eis 5€ Tovs Kwdvvous Kowa UTrEp Tis cwTnpias TA 
évta TH TaTpids mapéxovtas, Tos Sé Aowrovs Ta MEV KoLVa 
Kowa vouitovtas Kai peTéyovTas TO pépos, TA Sé ExdoTou idia 


104 


TOU KEKTNPEVOV. 
peyaryn owterat. 


oUTw Kal piKpa Trods meyaAn yiyveTat Kai 
@s pev ovv eltrot Tis av, & Trap’ ExaTépwv 


? tal - > Ww > Ul e ‘ ‘ ul J * > Ld 
elvat Sei, tadt’ lows éeotivs ws Sé Kai yevoit av ev vow, 


Si0pOacac bar Sei. 


46. Tar &é rapovtwy mpaypatwy Kal THs Tapayts TONG 
roppwleév éott Ta aitia: & ef Bovrdopévors Uuiy aKovew éoTiv, 


évex’ dod.] 3. 14. 

érépav] ‘contradicts your openly 
expressed applause,” which last 
words Schat. explains to mean, 
‘*plausum coronae manifestum, qui 
divitem causam agentem nihil non 
sperare jubeat, quam spem post 
frustretur % xpUBSnv Yigos.” Do- 
bree understands the passage other- 
wise: ‘‘quum videant suasorem 
gratia florere poenae securum, quippe 
qui judicum suffragiis absolvatur, 
etsi clamore condemnetur. Alludit 
ad mapayéuwv ypapds.” But this 
does not seem to agree with the 
context. 

§ 45. €xet] ‘‘ breed,” ‘‘ produce.” 
2. 3; supr. 28; infr. 46. 

Sixaiws}] cf. Don. Mew Cratyl: 
§ 290. 

tos pév, «.7.A.] “the wealthy 
believing themselves secure in re- 
gard to their fortunes, and without 
7 saat on that score (rovrwy 
referring in a general way to Toby 
Biov, 2. 3), and yet in times of 
danger putting their property at the 
service of the state for. .” cf. 14, 
25 sq. 

Kotva] 2. 30. 


7d pépos] “receiving their 
share.” Madv. 37 a, note. 

Wia] ‘‘and private property as 
(exclusively) belonging to its owner.” 
Cic. de Off. 1. 7, **justitiae primum 
munus est... ut communibus pro 
communibus utatur, privatis ut 
suis,” 

as ... elmou tis av] cf. 6. 3. 
The meaning is, ‘‘this is perhaps 
a fair statement of the duties of each 
class; measures should be taken for 
securing the performance of them 
under the provisions of a law.” 

év] ‘‘ according to,” ‘in con- 
formity with.” Thuc. 1. 77. Pl. 
Crit. 121 B, év Tots vduois Baoired- 
ev, Pl. Legg. 9. 874 C, Kadapds 
totw ev TG véuw “lege.” 

§ 46. wéppwOev] ‘of long stand- 
ing:” cf. § 1. 

BovAopévais. . €6ékw] 1. 1. On 
the dat. Madv. 38 d@. ‘‘ saepius 
dicitur kar’ \Aenu infinitivi (diov- 
ev).” Schif. I rather think the 
full expression is the more common 
in Dem. Cf. 18. 11; 21. 130, and 
other passages collected by Weber, 
Aristocr. § 18. 


—49. | KATA ®IAITIMOT A. 
eOérdw eye. ebéotnte, @ avdpes "AOnvaiot, tis brobécews 
ed’ ts buds of mpoyovot KatédTrov, Kai TO wey mpoictacbat 
tav “EdAjvev xai Suva ovvertnkviav Exovtas Taot Tois 


105 


BI é ~ f 3 , 2 ‘ ‘ 
adixovpévors BonGeiv mepiepyov érreiaOnte elvat Kal partarov 
dvdhopa id Tov TadTa TodtTevouévwy, TO 8 ev Hovyia 
Suayew Kai pndcy tov Seovtay mpatrew, GAda Tpoiewévous 
Ka? é&v Exaotov wavra étépovs eacat AaBeiv, Pavpactnv 
% , ‘ \ > Ld w w > 
eddaipoviav KaL TONY achdareay éeyew gerbe. 47. x 
p] > ‘ , 34? cia ‘ 
b€ tovTwy trapedOwv éri tiv takw ed’ ts bpiv rerdyOas 
MpoonKey ETEpOS, OVTOS Evdai~wY Kai peyas Kal TONY 
KUpLOS yéyover, ElKOTwWS' TPayna Yap EvTiywov Kai péya Kal 
Aaptpov, Kal tepl ob TdvTa TOV ypovoy ai peyioTaL THY 
TOAEwV Tpos avTas SiepépovTo, Aaxedaipovioy péev HTUYNKO- 
Ul \ > ‘ ‘ x ‘ , 
Tov, OnBaiwy Sé doyorwy dia Tov Pwxixov TodELoV ryevo- 
pHévov, nuav Sé awedovvtwv Epnpov aveireto. 48. Tovydptot 
TO pev hoBeicOar tois AdArows, TO SE TUppayovs TodXOdS 
éyew Kat Svvauw peyddrnv éxeiv@ Trepuyéyove, Kal TocadTa 
mpaypata Kat To.adta dn mepieatnxe Tors “EXAnvas 
arravtas mote und 6 TL yp) cupBovdevey evrropov elvas. 
” > @ w ’ a a ‘ , 
49. "Ovtav 8’, & avdpes’ AOnvaiot, Tay Tapovtwy Tpayyd- 
TOV, OS eyo Kpivw, PoBepav ovdéves ev pelfom Kwdvve@ TaY 


tmobdcews] ‘the principle,” the 
subjective side of the ragis of the 
next section. S yp. has rdtews 
here. 

mpotoracbat] cf. 4. 3, note to 
TpornkdvTws. 

ouveotnkvuiay] 8. 46. ‘‘ stand- 


éreroOyre] ‘have let yourselves 
be persuaded.” 

Tov TavTa w.] ‘by the politicians 
of these views,” ‘‘ of this school ;” 
the party referred to in 3. 22 sq. 
With the expression comp. 3. 29. 

wad’ éy €] ‘one afler another.” 
cf. 1. 14. 

€xew] ‘‘ carries with it.” supr. 44. 

§ 47. repos] ‘but in conse- 
quence of these things another (a 
stranger) has stepped forward into 
the position you ought to have filled 


and become. .” cf. 8. 67. 

Kal rept ob] 9. 22, where how- 
ever the subject is differently treated. 
The @vrimov xal péya Kal Aaumpdr 
here is the honour of being the re- 
cognized mpoordrys of Hellas, which 
Philip is here supposed to have 
gained at the end of the war, but 
which Dem. would never have ad- 
mitted. 

A. pev qrvx., «.7.A.] borrowed 
from 3. 27. 

épynpov] ‘‘ uncontested.”. 3, 1. c. 

§ 48. weptyéyove] ‘‘ the result to 
others is alarm, to himself the pos- 
session of many allies and great 
power ; and difficulties so many 
and various encompass the Hel- 
lenes, that it is not even easy to 
know what advice to give.” 

§ 49. od8dves] 1. 19. 


106 [AHMOS@ENOTS}] [10. 50 


, ; ae,” e “ > ’ a“ A e “ 3 ¢ 
TavToV cialy Lav, ov povoy TO wdrtoTa byiv értBovdeverv 
Pirirmov, dAda nal TH Tavtwy apyotata avroi SiaxeicOas. 
ei Tolvuy Td THY wviwv TAHOOS dpavres Kal THY EveTNpiay THY 
KaTa THY ayopay, ToUToIs KexnArANoOe ws év ovderl Seve THs 
TOAEWS OVENS, OUTE TpoaNKdVYTMS ovT dpOas TO Tpaypa 
xpivete’ 50. ayopay pev yap av Tis Kal Taviyyupw &x 
TovT@v 7) havAws 7) KaAws KaTecKxevdcOar Kpivor Tow S 
jv dtreidndev, ds av tav “EXAjvev dpyew dei BovdrnTat, 
hovny av évavtiwOfvar Kal THs Tavtwv édevepias TpoTTH- 

> \ nos n > f > a »” Py ‘ Py al 
vat, ov pa Al éx Tav wviwy, eb Karas Exel, Soxipalew dei, 
? > ? , > , / \ a 4 ? Cd 
GAX €l GULP AaYwY EVVOIa TLOTEVEL KaL TOLS OTTAODLS LOYUEL, 

a“ “~ , ”~ a Lal ~ 2 > 

Tail’ imép rhs wodews Set oxoTreiv: & ohadepads ipiv Kai ov 
lol a ¥ f 7 > J b] f 
Kad@s drravta eye. 51. yvointe 8 av, ef oxératobe excivws. 
MOTE padtota €y Tapayhn Ta TaV “EdAHvwY yéyove Tpay- 
pata ; ovdéva yap ypovoy aAXov % TOV vuYi TapovTa ovd’ 
av els elvrou. Tov pev yap addov arayta eis Svo Taira 

’ \ noe , , an n > 
Sinpnto ta Tov “EXAnvov, Aaxedatmovious Kai nuas, Tov 8 
Gov ‘EdXrAnvor of ev juiv of Sé éxeivors UajKovov. Bact- 
reds 5é Kal avtov pév duolws Atraciw amictos Hv, Tors Sé 

TO... mB] supr. § 11 sq. all, its prosperity assuredly ought 

apy... 8.) 6. 3. not to be tested by the abundance 


. 3 

as . . wAH8os] Benseler omits 74 
with S. The omission is obviously 
due to the following tay. The art. 
cannot be dispensed with. 

evernplav . . dyopay] ‘ pretiorum 
salubritatem.” Reiske. cf. Thuc. 
2. 38; Isocr. 4. 42, eumdpiov yap 
év wéow THs ‘EAAdSos roy Teipaa 
KaTeckeudocato, Tocaitny exove’ 
brepBoahy, S00 & mapa tay bArdwy 
év map’ éxdorav xartrdv ort Aa- 
Bety, Tat? Gravra wap’ abrijs pddiov 
elvat moplcacba. 

Kexy Anode as] “have let your- 
selves be beguiled into thinking.” 
Madvy. 181, r. 2. 

§ 50. mavijyupwv] “fair.” cf. Bek- 
ker’s Charicles, p. 227, Engl. tr. 

médtv 8'] “but for a city which 
every successive aspirant to domi- 
nion over Hellas (9. 37) has deemed 
could alone oppose him, and stand 
forward in delence of the liberty of 


of its market wares, but whether 
..+, these, I say, are the questions 
one ought to consider in regard to 
such a city, and these. .” cf. 6. 10. 

Kat ot Kahds Gravta éxer] Bekk. 
st. from F £2; Bekk. kal obdauds 
dmavra x. €xet, and so Vom. and 
Dind. S pr. m. has kal oddapuas 
Grayvra éxe1, obviously a distortion 
of the reading in F f 2. 

§ 51. yvolnre, x.7.A ] Madv. 135. 

ovdéva yap] ‘‘certainly no one 
could name any other than. .” 

els 8. ratrva Siypnto] S omits els 
8. radra and has dinpefro: it omits 
also & after tay. ‘* was divided 
into the two parties of the L. and 
ourselves.” Thuc. 1. 1; Id. 3. 82 
init. . 

Svo Tatra] cf. § 4. 

xa@ atrév] ‘“‘upon his own ac- 
count,” 


—53.] KATA ®IAITIMOT A. 107 


KpaToupévous TH TOAEUM TrpogrAauBavwr, aypL ov Tois éré- 
pows €& icov troijoat, Suerioteveto, Erect ovx HrTov avTov 
€uicow ods cwoce THY UrapyovTav éyOpav éE apyijs. 
52. vov 5& mparov pev Bacwred’s atract tois “EdAnow 
oikeiws yer, Kal mavtwv 8) Heota tiv, av Te wy viv 
erravopOwowpeba: erevta mpootaciat modal xai Travta- 
yobev yiyvovrat, Kat Tod mpwrevew dvTiToobvTar pev 
mavres, apeotact 8 évot xai POovodcr Kal amiorovaww 
€auTois, ovy ws er, Kal yeyovact Kal’ avtovs ExacTou, 
"Apyeior OnBaior Aaxedatpovioe KopivOior ’Apxades seis. 
53- GAN Guws eis tocaita wépn Kal tocavras Suvacteias 
Senpnuévor tav “EXAnuixav mpaypatar, ei Set TadyOFR pera 
mappnolas elreiv, Ta tap’ ovdéct TovTwY apyeia Kal Bov- 
AevTHpia epnuorepa av Tis idou Tov “EXAnviK@v tpayyatov 
}) Ta Tap nuiv, eixoTas ore yap Pid@v ovTE Tio TEVwY OTE 


mpochapBavwv] ‘he used to take 
to him (take up the cause of) those 
who were getting worsted in war, 
and retain their confidence till, he 
put them on an equality with . 

Gxpe ob...) Madv. 114 ¢, 1. 1. 
Vom. and Benseler read &xpis, to 
avoid the hiatus. 

ots adcee] 9. 45, obs 
Bowro, 

Tov 0. dy. 2& apxiis] Mr. K. inad. 
vertently tr. ‘‘ 47s original enemies.” 
The meaning Clearly is the ‘‘ ori- 
ginal enemies” of the parties suc- 
coured. 

§ 52. Kal mdvrwv] ‘ * exspectes 
GAAG wdvtwy. Sed Graeci scriptores 
enuntiationes negantes, quarum de 
genere nostra est, aientibus persaepe 
jungunt per copulativam kal.” Schaf. 
The meaning is, ‘‘the king is on 
friendly terms with all the H, and 
therefore with us; but with us least 
of all, unless we do something to 
put things on a better footing.” kai 
therefore may be tr. ‘‘though.” 

amporragiat] Instead of Athens 
being acknowledged as the cham- 
pion of Hellas, ‘‘protectorates are 
starting up in great numbers on all 


alc- 


sides.” On all sides states were 
aspiring xpolorac@a: trav ‘E., but on 
condition that they had the hege- 
mony. supr. 6, of wey brép rijs 7. 
hiv avriAéyouew. 

adeoraci] ‘have 
‘*hold themselves aloof.” 

éavrots] ‘‘one another.” 
10. 

otx as eet] ‘secus quam opor- 
tebat.” 18. 271, gopdy twa rav 
mpaypdar wv Xarerhy kal odx olay 
@e. On odx cf. 3. 1; 4. 38, as 
ovn ee. ; 

§ 53. Suvaorelas, used in § 4 in 
a more strictly political sense, here 
as referring to the states just men- 
tioned means ‘‘ powers,” ‘‘ leader- 
ships.” cf. Isocr. 4. 22, where the 
word is used as = fyryeuovla, 

Sinp. tav “E. wp.] “the politics 
of H.,” or simply ‘‘Hellas:” cf. 
Thue. 1. 110 in. 

ovSéor] 1. 19. ‘there are none 
whose town-halls and council-cham- 
bers one would see more deserted 
by H. politics . 

(So. Trav ‘E. mp.] of 18. 59; 3. 


25 
Ssunav] ** from love.” 


seceded,” 


cf. 4. 


[AHMOS@ENOTS] [10. 54 


poBovpevos ovdels nuiv Siaréyerar. 54. altiov S€ TovTwy 
ovy &, @ avdpes "AOnvaior, (padvov yap av hy dpiv 
perabeivar), GAAA ToAAG Kai TavTobaTra Ex TavTOS HuapTn- 
Héva TOU xpovov, @v TO Ka ExacTtov éacas, eis 5 TavTa 
cuvreiver éEw, Senbeis buav, dv yw TadrnO} weTa Trappn- 
cias, wndev axOcoOival pou. mémpatat Ta cupdépovta ep’ 
ExaoTOU TOV Kaip@v, Kal pereiAnpate Leis ev THY oYOAnY 
Kal tThv novyiav, ép dv Kexndrnpévor Tois adixodow ov 
TiKpas exeTe, Erepor SE TAS Tiuas EyovTW. 55. Kal Ta pev 
mept TadXAa ovK akioy éFerdcas viv GA ereidav TL TOV 
mpos Pirirmov éuméon, evOvs advartds Tis Neyer ws ov Set 
Anpeiv ovdé ypadhew Torepov, Tapabels eOéws EES TO THY 
elpyvnv ayew ws ayabov Kal TO Tpéhew peyadnv Siva ws 
xarerrov, kai “ duapratew twés Ta yonuata Bovrovrat,” 
kal GdXous AOyous ws olov te GrAnOeataTous Aéyouvar. 
56. adra Set Sytrov thy pév eipnyny ayew ovy twas treiGew, 


108 


Siadéyerar] 2. 6. 

§ 54. atriov 8é] cf. 9. 2. ‘‘and 
this state of things comes not from a 
single cause, but from errors many 
and various committed throughout 
times gone by.” 

ex w,. . TOU Xp.] 4. I. 

dy .. édoas] “waiving an enu- 
meration.” 

div dy8.] cf. 9. 3. 

ty €. tev «.] ‘‘on the occasion 
of each of your ..” ‘upon every 
opportunity.” 9. 38. Benseler reads 
aq’ from S—a mere clerical error 
elevated to the dignity of a new 
reading. 

peterdrjpare] ‘have received as 
your share.” Madv. 57, note. 

Thy oxodyy] 8. 53, ex d€ TabTwr 
mepiyiyverar tpiv wey 7] oXOAR Kal 
7d pndev %5n woreiv.. TovTas 5é af 
xdpires nal & prods 6 rouTwy. 

kexnAnpévor] supr. 49. 

€repow] ‘‘intelligendi sunt prodi- 
tores a Philippo corrupti.” Schiif. 

tas t.] ‘‘ while others get the re- 
wards,” = the 6 wio@ds of the pass. 
just quoted. 


§ 55. wal. . GAN] cf. 9. 59. 

7%... Wept TadAa] “the circum- 
stances of the other cases.” 8. 52. 

TT Tov wTpdos %.] “‘ any of the 
questions between us and P.” 14. 2, 
ws yvauns txw wepi tTav mpbs Ba- 
otdéa, and ib. § 6. 

épréoy] ‘comes up,” “is start- 
ed.” Pl. Rep. 1. 354 B, Adyou eu- 
meagdvtos 671. . Also of the speaker, 
18. 42, GAAG yap éeurértwKa eis 
Adyous. 

ts] one of the peace-at-any-price 
party, 

ypadew w.] supr. § 18. 

mapadels . . €&tjs] ‘‘ going on im- 
mediately to say ‘what a blessing 
it is to be at peace...?” For 7d 
thy eip. Bens. had tq... from S. 

as oldvy re GAnfeordrovs] Bekk. 
st. from S ; as ofovra: dA, Bekk. 

§ 56. GANG Set] ‘ but surely it is 
not you that need to be persuaded 
to keep the peace—you that sit per- 
suaded already—but the person who 
is committing hostilities.” For of 
Bekk. had of ye. He now omits 
ve, with S. 


—59.] KATA ®@IAITIMIOT A. 
a , , > \ I] \ a , / 
ot mremevopéevot KaOnaOe, GAA TOV TA TOU TrOAEwOV ™part- 
Tovta: av yap éxeivos mean, Ta ye ad’ buoy brapyeu 
vowitew & elvar yarerra ovy boa av eis cwrnpiav datrave- 

> +, A ‘ x,” ‘ a % > / ~ 7 4 
pev, GAN & trevooue’ Gv pn Tad’ eOéXwpev Troreiv, Kal Td 
SiaprracOjcecOar ta ypypata TH Huraxny ebpeiy Sv Hs 

¥ \ ”~ - Ct 

awOncetar KwAvEW, OVYL TH TOV TUmdépoYTOsS aTroaTHvat. 
57+ KaiToL éywye ayavaxT® Kat TovUTO, Ei TA pev YonpaTa 
AuTel Twas tuav ef SvaptacOncetat, & Kal pudartew Kai 
Korateiw Tors aptratovtas ed bpiv éoti, thy Sé “EdAada 

cal 3 nw e ‘ € , > Lal ‘ a? 
macav epeEns ovtwai Didirros apratwy ov AuTi, Kai TADT 
347? © cal t , ul ? ° a ” > a. ‘ 
ep’ tuas aprafwv. 58. Ti wot’ odv, @ avdpes ’AOnvaior, Tov 

‘ “ ~~ > Lal ‘ ‘ , 
pev obTw havepas abdixotyvta Kai ToAELS KaTaXauBavorTta 
ovdels Ta@ToTe TOUTOV Eltrev ws abdiKEl Kal TOAELOY ToLEL, 
Tovs O€ un) émeTpérrew pndé tpolecOar Tatra cvpPSovrcv- 
ovtas, TovToUs ToAEuov Troy gaciv; Sti THY aiTtiav 
Tov é€x Tov Todéuov cuuBnoouevwv Svoyepav (avayen 

, > , A \ > Lol , , “ 
yap, avayxn ToAXa AVTTNPA EK TOU TrOhE“OU ryiyverOar) trois 
imép ipa ta BédXticta réyew oiowévois avabeivar Bovrdov- 
Tal. 59. NyouvTas yap, éav pev tpeis ouoOvpadoy ex pas 
yvouns Pidurmov auvvnobe, Kaxeivov Kpatncew vuas Kal 
avtois ov éoecOar pucOapveiv, dv 8 amo tev TpaTwY 


109 


ra ye ad’ ip. tm.) 8. 5, Td ye ag” 
Suay roma imdpyovra épa. ‘* quae 
quidem a vobis praestanda ;” ‘‘ your 
part,” “you are quite ready on your 
part.” 

wat 76] ‘‘and prevent that ‘ plun- 
dering the treasury’ they talk of 
(supr. §5) by devising means for its 
safe keeping, not by withdrawing 
from our interest.” cf. 8. 53, 54. 

§ 57.] ay. .. rovrTo] Madv. 27; 
Heind. Pl. Phaed. § 21. ‘* yet this 
too moves my indignation that some 
of you are pained at the possible 
embezzlement . . (on ef 5. Madv. 
132 @), but are not pained to see 
P. plundering all H. in detail in 
the way he is doing, and plundering 
it moreover in order to attack you.’ 

For nai rovro Dem. has (8. §5) 
Kal avrd rovro, and so Bekk. He 


now omits adrd, with F S and pr. 
y 1A 

ottwot] 1. 20; supr. 34. Observe 
the od which legitimately follows ei, 
‘*that.” Madv. 194 ¢, and 202, r., 
and note to 1. 24. 

§ 58. rf mor’) ‘why then, I ask, 
is it that of the man .. has said 
that. .” 

as a8ixet] Madv. 159, r. 3. 

wd. wovet] Bekk. ; mwoAcuorore? 
Dind., as Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 30, Aap- 
Bdvw rovtov) "louivioy ws moAepo- 
mwowel. 

GvaGeivat] ‘cast upon.” 18. 17, 
7a wempayyeva. . avaribels euol. 

§ 59. Sp. de pias yv.] cf. on 3. 6. 
‘heartily out of one mind,” ‘‘ with 
one heart and mind.” Dind. en- 
closes éx pu. ‘yyeuns in brackets. 

amd... 0.) ‘if on the first alarm 


[AHMOZ@ENOT>] [10. 60 
OoptBwv aitiacapevol tivas mpos TO Kpivew tparnobe, 
avTol pev TovTwy KaTnyopobyTes audotep Eke, Kal Trap’ 
ipiv evdoxipnoew xal tap éxewou xpnuata AnperOa, 
e lal > e x e “ 4 , U 7 ‘ 
iyas & trép av Set mapa tovtwy Siknv rAaBeiv, rapa 
Tav vmép tuwav eipnxotwv AmpperGar. 60. ai pév érmrides 
ai TovTwy avTa, Kai TO KaTacKevacua TO THY aiTLOY, 
e w ‘ , ’ a > 4 ’ * 
@s dpa BovrovTai tives moAcuov Trajcat: eyw 8 olda 
axpiBas St. ob ypaypavtos "A@nvaiwy ovdevos morepov 
Todd Pidirros Eyer THY THS Tokews Kai viv els Kapdiav 
, , > , , , ¢ ” 4 
métroupe Banbevav. ei péevtor Bovroped’ ryeis 7) Mpootroe- 
eicOar trodeuetv nuiv éxeivov, dvonTtotatos wavTwy ay én ec 
a? 3 ’ eo xX © o°3 , > a ’ a 
tour é€edéyyou Stay yap ot adixovpevor apvavTat, Ti TO 
2 a , > > 3 \ a7? € a > ‘ »” 
adixovvtTs mpoonker; 61. adr érrevdav ep’ Huds avtovs in, 
Ti pijcouev TOTE ; EKxEivOS ev Yap Ov TrOAELELV, WoTrEp OSE 
"Dpeitars Tov otpatiwwtav dvtwv ev TH ywpa, ovdé Pepaiors 
Mporepov, Tpos TA TELyn TpoTBdddXwv avTav, ovd "OrvvBiors 
e& dpyijs, Ews ev auth TH ywopa TO oTpaTevpa Traphy evar. 
Hj Kai TOTe Tos duvverGa KedEvoVTAS TOAELOY TroLEiv pryco- 
bev ; ovKody UTrodoLTrov SovrcvELy" Ov yap GAXO rye ovdév Evt. 


110 


you arraign certain persons, and oc- Monk quotes Orest. 1597, dpvet 


cupy yourselves with bringing them 
to trial, they by accusing them will 
secure both advantages, be popular 
with you. .” 

Gad... wal. . xal] 1. 14. 

§ 60. ai pév, «.7.A.] ‘such are the 
hopes of these men, such the con- 
trivance of their charges that . .” 
Madv. Io. 

For wodkAd Dem. 8. 58 has kat 
&AAa woAAa &., which is Dindorf’s 
reading here. 

elg KapBiav] cf. 9. 35. 

BP} wpoororeioGar] ‘to pretend 
that he is not,” ‘* assume that he 
is not.” 6. 33, ox! Bovdolunr. 
In 8. 58 the emphasis of the last 
words of the sentence is different. 
For juiv éxeivov, Dem. has avrov 
heiv. 

G&pvevrat] sc. &d:novpevor, Com- 
pare with Schafer Eur. A/c. 1177, 
od yap ebruxav apyhoouat, where 


kataxras Kap’ UBpe: Adyes rade. 

wt... mpooyjce] Redh. under- 
stands duodcyeiv from the preceding 
apy@vrat, as 19. 82, wh dy Taira 
Aéyew abtoy are, GAA’ ws obK aro- 
AdAaot Swxeis Seixvuvai, sc. Kedrev- 
ere, It is not necessary to supply 
any thing. ‘‘ what should the per- 
petrator of the wrong do?” 

§ 61.] For ég’ hpas abrovs Dem. 
(8. §9) has éw abrobs juas. 

pev yap] cf. 9.17. On the sub- 
ject of this section cf. 9. 10 sq. “‘ he 
of course will protest that he is 
not making war, as he did to. . as 
he did to the Ph. before, when he 
was assaulting their walls, and to the 
Ol. at first, until he was actually in 
their territory at the head of his 
army.” 

ov] i.e. ob Ghoe m. 

™. wovetv] supr. 585 9. 


7. 
ov yap GAAo.... ev] 8. 59, ob 


—64.] KATA ®IJAITIMIOT A. 
4 ~ u Lal fel 

62. Kat pny ovy vrép tav iowv iyiv Kai Tiot TOV Gov 
° , w Dp: if , ’ \ 34? ¢ a Ld ‘ 
avOpaTrwv éo8’ 6 Kivduvos: ot yap ép att@ tromncacbas THY 
moAw Bovrerar Piritrros buov, ov, GAN Orws avereiv. olde 
yap axpiBas bre SovrAcvew pev Vpeis oT EOeAncETE OUT’, av 
eOernte, emiatncecbe: dpyew yap ciwbate mpdypyata 8é 

Cal % tel a ‘ ’ ” 

Tapacxeiy avT@, av Kaipov AaBnTe, TrEiw TwY AdrwWY 
J , t ‘ ‘ nn a” 
avOporrwv daravtwv Suycecbe. Sia taita tpuav ovyxi 
deicetat, eirep eyxpaTns yevnoetat. 63. ws ov imép Tav 
> Ul ~ a“ al , 
€ayatwy écouevov TO ayavos viv, obtTw mMpoonKer yuyvw- 
oKELW, Kal TOUS TeTpaKOTas avTos Exelyvw havEepas arroTUpL- 
mavicat' ov yap éotwv, ovK éote TaV éEw THS TOES ExOpav 
Kpatioat Tply av Tous €v avTH TH TorEL KOAdONTE éxOpous, 
GAN dvayxkn TovTos wWaTrep mpoBorols mTpoomTaicavtTas 
e U , ’ ’ v “ > ‘ e fi 
votepivew excivwv. 64. Tole oiecbe viv avbtov vBpiterw 
e “a 2X ‘ » ” a a a a \ \ 
buds (ovdéy yap ddAo Euouye Soxe? troreiv 4) ToT) Kai Tovs 

xX ” @ a ? ‘ w + a can 4 
pév GddXous ev ToovvTa, ei pndev ado, eEatratay, tpiv dé 


1It 


amreiXeiv Sn. 


yap BAdAo vy obdéu dors peraty Tov 
par auiverOa par’ &yew qovxlay 
éaq 6a. 

§ 62. iwép trav towv] “for an 
equal risk.” Thuc. 2. 42, ddacxa- 
Alay Te motovmevos ph wep) Ioou byiv 
elvat roy &yGva Kal ols ravde pndev 
imdpxet duoies. For trot trav &aA- 
Awy, which is feeble, Dem. has Trois 
&Adats, which is obviously required 
to give full rhetorical force to the 
argument, 

ov yap. . ot] (the second of is 
wanting in 8. 60). Cf. Dem. 21. 
112, ob péreati TaY Towv, ob péT- 
eottv, of. Soph. A7. 970. 

@edyoere] ‘consent to be sub- 
ject, nor if you did would you know 
how.” 

§ 63. ds... otrw] cf. 4. 16. 
Thue. 7. 15, @s Tav nyendvey dpuiv 
By pepmrav yevynucvev ottw Thy 
yvaunv txere. Don. Gr. Gr. p. 605. 
**you ought then to make up your 
minds that the struggle will be one 
for life and death.” For écouévou 
8. 61 has the more forcible dyros. 


olov Qetrarovs woAda Sovrs tmnyayero eis 


Bekk. had gavepas pioety eal dmorup- 
mavicat. He now omits miceiy Kal, 
with S ¥. 

a&motuptravicat] 9. 61. 

P ov yap. . éx@povs] taken from 8. 

13 9. 53. 

awpoBddots] Ps, Dem. 25. 84, “ 
3y mpbs obs adrds Exwoas Ameévas 
kal mpoBédrwv evérAnoas, mpds Tov- 
Tos mpocopuifov. On account of 
wpoontraicayres we must understand 
the word here in a metaphorical 
sense—‘‘stumbling-blocks,” ‘‘stones 
in the way.” 

%. éxeivwv] ‘‘and so be too late 
for the others,” i. e. your foreign 
enemies. 

§ 64. kal rots pév] ‘and whilst 
by conferring benefits on them he 
deceives the rest, if nothing else 
(19. 98, 4% a&rodoyla, Kal ef pndév 
&Ado, Totvoua your Exe PirdvOpw- 
mov), has begun (%3n) to threaten 


you. 

moda] 2. 7; 6. 22. 

tmjyayero] ‘‘ artfully led them 
on,” ‘lured them”—the middle of 


112 [AHMOS@ENOTS] [10. 65 


x lal fo) , LAN a 3 a , by ‘ 
Thy vov Tapovoay Sovreiav: ovd ay eizreiv Suvaito ovdeis 
dca Tos Tarairw@pous OrduvOious tpotepov Sovs IToriéarav 
> ‘ ‘ \ oe U 4 col e , 4 
éEntatnoe Kal TOAAA Etepar OnBaious Ta viv Urayer THY 
Bowriav avrois trapadovs Kai atraddadkas trodéwou Todd 
Kal yarerrod' 65. @oTE KapTwodpEvoi TiVa ExacToL TOUT@Y 

, “ \ ” L & \ , a wig 
mreovefiay of pev 15n reTovOacw & 87 terovOacw, of 8 6 
TL dv ToTe cuuBh TeicovTar. pels Sé Ov pev atertépnabe 

a“ > > > > ~ ~ \ ? , , / 
ciwmTw adX ev avT@ Tw THY ELpyYnV Toncacbat Toca 

5) , t > r > \ ’ > , 
eEnrrdtnabe, Tocwy areatépnade. ovyi Pwxéas, ov ITvdas, 

> \ .o3N ! , ’ N P 
ovyl ta éml Opdxns, Aopioxov, Yépprov, tov KepooSr€errnv 

> 4 > a ’ ota ‘ e “ ‘ > 
avtov; ov viv Kapdiav éyer wal oporoyet ; 66. Ti mor 
ody éxeivws Tois dAXas Kal july TovUTOY Tov TpoTrOV TpoTHéE- 

a a a , “ ” 

petar; Ste év povn TaY Tacav Torcwv TH bpetépa Adera 
imép tav éyOpav réyew Sédorar, nai AaBovTa yprpara 

2X > £ 3 , > ef a bal 2 , \ 
auTov acdparés éott réyew Tap wpiv, Kav adnpnuévot Ta 
iuétepa aitav Are. 67. ove Hv daparés Aéyeww ev "Od 
Ta Dirimrov pi cvvevtretovOoTwy tav TorArAGv ’OdvvOieov 
t@ IIoridacav xaprotcbau: ovKk tv aaodarés réyeww ev Oert- 
taria Ta Didimmov py cuvevTreTovOdTos Tod TAYOous Tod 


course expressing that it was with a 
selfish object. 6. 31. 

Tlori8atav] 2. 7; 6. 20. 

tmdye] Bekk. st. from S: badye- 
tat Bekk, 

mohXod] ‘‘ tedious,” i. e. the Pho- 
cian War. cf. Grote, 11. 520. 

§ 65. Gore, «.7.A.] “so that 
these people, after enjoying each of 
them a certain advantage, have some 


ofthem..” cf. 6. 20 sq. 
& 8 w.] Bekk. st. from S. 
‘‘what we all know.” 3. 8, éxdv- 


twv ws éxovot. Dem. 8. 63 has & 
3) mdvres Toacw, and so Bekk. and 
Dind. 

6 mt &v...o.] ‘whatever may 
one day befall them.” In 8. 69 
we have éray wére o., ‘‘sooner or 
later.” 

tpeis S88... GAX’] ‘Sand as to 
yourselves, to say nothing of . .” 
9. 35- 


év avt@ TO] 6. 7; 9. 15 sq. 

@wxéas] depending on éxe:. 

KapSiav] cf. 9. 16, 35. In 8. 
64, Thy wéAw Thy Kapdiavav, dpo- 
Aoyel, i.e. Exe. 

§ 66.] For rotrov tév tp. Dem. 
8. 64 has od toy abrdv Tp. Hiv. 

Sr. év p.] ‘‘because your city is 
the only one of them all in which 
liberty is allowed to speak for its 
enemies—the only one in which a 
man may safely after taking a bribe 
himself speak before you.” avrdév 
to bring out the contrast between 
the hireling speaker and the people 
apnpnuevor, 

adaa.. 
Towel. 

§ 67. ov« Hv] ‘it was not safe at 
O. to speak in favour of P. without 
the people sharing the benefit by 
enjoying P.” 6. 20. 


A] 1.15, els dvdyeny 


—70. | KATA ®IAITIIIOT A. 113 


Octrarav TS Tos Tupavvous éxBareiv Diremmov avrois Kat 
THY TUAalay aTrododvar ovK HY ev OnBais aodarés, mpiv 
thy Bowrtiav arédwxe xal tos Pwxéas aveinevr. 68. arn 
*"AOnvnow ov povov "Audirorw Kat tiv Kapdiavav yopav 
amectepnxotos Pidimmov, adda Kai KatacKevalovTos Hiv 
erriteiyicpa thv EvBovav kai viv émi Bufavtiov trapiovtos 
? ¢ ? , eX , ‘ ’ , 
aodarés éote Aéyerv Urép Pirirmov. Kai yap ToL ToUTwY 
pev €k TTwY@v Eviot Tayd TAoOvVGLOL YyiyvovTar Kai éF 
> ’ ‘ Or w . , e . oY 
avovipov Kat addogwv evdoko. Kai yvwpipor, duets 8é 
> ’ > \ 3 , ? 3) > , | ae 
Tovvaytiov éx pev évdoEwv adokor éx 8 evrropwy atropot. 
69. Todews yap Eywrye TAOUTOY NyoDMaL GULpayous TioTW 
eivoiay, @Y Tavtwy tpeis éoTe Atropor éx Sé tod TovTwY 
Oduywopws tyas Exyew Kal éav TodToy tov TpoTov Ta 
, 7 a \ > , \ ' \ \ 
tmpaypata épecOar 6 pév evdainwy Kal peyas Kai poBepos 
maow” EddAnot cat BapBapois, tpeis 8 Epnuos xal tatrewoi, 
Th wev KaTa THY ayopav evernpia AauTpol, TH S GY TpoahKe 
TapacKevyn KaTaryéhaoTol. 
? ‘ 7 4 ‘ ’ ld ec lo) \ \ ¢€ lal 
70. Ov rov avrov S& tpoTov Tepi TE Kav Kal Tepl avTaY 
éviovs THY AEyovT@Y Sp® PBovdevopévous’ tuas pev yap 
novylav ayew pact Seiv, nav tis twas adixy, avtol S ov 
Sivavrat tap tpiv jovylav ayew ovdevos adtods adixodvTos. 
4 , , v ¥ Pe ee , \ 
kaitot dosopias ywpis, et tis Eporro “eimé pou, Ti dy 
yuyvackwy axpiBas "Apioroundes (ovdcis yap Ta ToLadT 


éxBadeiv] 1. 12; 6. 20. 

mvudaiav] 6. 20. 

Botwriav arddwxe] cf. 19. 141. 

§ 68. Katackevafovtos] ‘‘ in con- 
verting E. into a fortress against 
us (g. 17), and is now on his march 
to attack B.” (9. 17, 34). 

&k wrwxGv] 3. 29. 

§ 69. G@mopot] ‘* bankrupt.” 

6X. ... €xew] ‘‘regarding these 
things with indifference.” Lys. 26. 
Q, ovK &kiov Tis SoKimacias dAvywpws 
éxew. Don. § 453. 

dépecOat] In 8. 67 West., &c., 
read oréperOai, with S and yp F—a 
mere error of the copyist. ‘‘to take 
their course.” 

Ti pév] 8. 67, TH Tay driwy apbo- 


via Aapmpol, the rest of the sentence 
being the same as here. cf. supr. 
49. 

§ 70. A. xwpls] ‘‘raillery apart.” 
9. 4, KoAakelas xwpls. Bekk. st. 
omits Kal ampdyuova afler aoparh, 
with S. The words are retained by 
Dind. ‘‘why is it that when you 
know . . . why is it that you choose 
not the quiet and easy life, but the 
one surrounded by danger?” 

*Aptotépndes] According to Plu- 
tarch, Rep. gerendae Praec. c. 14, 
Demosthenes made no attacks of 
this kind in his Philippics: xalro: ye 
kal Anpuocbévns ev Ta Sikaving 7d 
AofSopoy exer wdvw, of 5¢ bidumxol 
Kabapevovor kal oxnduparos Kal Bwko- 


I 


114 [AHMOZOENOT? | [10. 7% 
ayvoei) Tov pev Tov idiwtav Blov achadrh Kal axivdvvoy 
évta, TOV 5é THY TOdLTEVOMLEVMOY didraitiov Kal oparepov Kab 
Kal éxdotny Hyépavy ayovev Kal KaK@v peoTov, ov TOV 
Hovyvov Kal ampadypova adAa Tov év TOis KWOUVOLS aiph ;” 
71. Ti dv eltrous ; ef yap 6 BéATICTOY eirreiv ay exous, TOdTO 
ao. Soinwev GdAnOes Aéyeww, WS Urép Pirotipias Kat So&ns 
tadta tavra trovis, Oavudtw ti 8n mote cavte pev irrép 
TOUTWY aTavTa ToinTéov elvat vomiters Kal trovnréov Kal 
xwduvevtéov, TH Tore Sé mpoécGas TadTa peta pabupias 
cupBovrcvers. ov yap éxeive y av elrois, ws 5 pév ev TH 
more. Set tia paiverOa, tiv wodkw 8 ev tos “Edna 
undevos akiay elvar. 72. Kal pny ovo’ éxeivo ye Opa, ws TH 
Mev TONE Gohanées TO TA avTHAS MpaTTew, col Sé érixivduvoy 
ei pndev TOV GXwY THéOV TEpLepyaon, GAA TovVaYTioV cob 
pev €& ay épyaty Kal mepiepyatn Tovs éoyatous dvTas Kivdv- 
vous, TH Tore. Sé ex THS Novylas. 73. GAA v7) Aia waTTea 
kat tratp@a Soka cou irrdpyet, jv aioypov éotiv év col KaTa- 


bound to use every exertion and 


Aoxtas axdons. The Schol. explains 
undergo toil and danger. .” 


it by saying that Dem. singled out 


Aristomedes as €va twa tev mpodo- 
tay, who opposed the alliance with 
Persia and the war with Philip. We 
can hardly believe that the orator, 
if driven to depart from his usual 
custom of leaving opponents un- 
named, would have wasted his 
strength upon a nobody. Bekk. 
and Dind. read *Apiorddnpov, by 
whom some think the tragic actor 
of that name is meant; respecting 
him see Grote, 11. 517, 518. But 
there is no evidence that Aristode- 
mus took any prominent part in 
politics except during the prelimi- 
nary negotiations for peace, when 
his doing so was in a great measure 
accidental. 

gtAairiov] ‘‘ exposed to attack,” 
‘*to hostile criticism.” 

§ 71. eb ydp] ‘‘for if we should 
grant that the best answer you could 
make is true in your mouth, that 


"e. pév] ‘‘ you consider yourself 


pera p.] ‘‘ with indifference.” 

twa] ‘‘a person of consequence,” 
‘* of importance.” 21. 213, Td doxeiy 
twes elvat, The neuter is used in 
the same way (Pl. AZo/. ad fin.), 
like ‘‘aliquid” in Latin. Juv. 1. 
94, ‘‘si vis esse aliquid.” 

§ 72. kat pryv] “nor again do I 
really see that for the state it is 
safe to mind her own business,” 
attend to her own affairs as recom- 
mended by the peace party. 27. 46, 
ered) Set Ad-yov abrdy Sovvat rovTwy, 
Te abrov mpdrrew pnoir. 

épydfy Kal w.] ‘from your med- 
dling and overmeddling.” Mr. K. 

§ 73. vy Ala] ‘‘ but I suppose,” 
“but you may tell me. .” 6, 13. 

wou Urdpyxet] supr. 25, Tay Saap- 
xévrwv. ‘* you inherit,” ‘‘ there has 
descended to you.” Isocr. 9. 19, 
7a... € dpxiis Evaydpa mapa tov 
mpoydvev trdptayra, Id. 16. 24, i 
erlarno® 811 méppwhev juiv dadpxee 
péyiora Kal KdAALoTA TOY TOALTGY, 


—75.] KATA ®IAITIMIOT A. 115 
ica TH Tore S& tmhpEev avavuua kal daira ta Tov 
r > ? OX cy oe ” ‘ ‘ \ = 
mpoyovwv. addr ovdé TODO obTws Eyer coi pev yap Hy 
Krértns 6 TaTnp, Eltrep Hv Guowws gor, TH Tore 8 Hyor, 
@s mavtes icacw, oi “Eddnves éx ToY peyioTwv KiVddveY 
cecwopévol. 74. GAA yap ovK lows ovdé TrOALTLKaS EVLOL TA 
xaO éavtovs Kai Ta Kat’ avTHY ToALTEVOYTAL THS yap éoTW 
icov TovTwy pév Twas €x TOD SeopwTnplov HKovtas éavTods 
> na ‘ ' 2 , a ” , \ 
ayvoeiv, THY TodW 8, 1) TpoeLaTHKEeL THY AddAwY Téws Kal 
. @ Ad , 
Td mpwrelov elye, viv ev adokig wacn Kal ratrewornte 
Kabeoravat ; 
75. [Iodda toivuy éywv Ett Kal Twept woddwv eizreiy Trav- 
coma Kal yap ov Aoywv evdeig por Soxe? TA Tpaypyata ov'TE 


viv out adddXoTe TwToTEe havrdws Exe, AN Grav TwavT 
axovoavtes tpeis Ta SéovTa, Kal dpoyvepoves ws dpOas 


AéyeTas yevouevor, TY AvpwalverOar Kai Siactpépew TadTa 
Bovropévev €& icov KdOnobe axpowpevot, ovK ayvoodvTes 
avtovs (late yap evOds idovres axpiBas, Tis picOod réyer 


i, e. that our family is one of the 
oldest and most distinguished in 
Athens. Pl. Charm. 155 A. 

éy got «.] ‘‘ which it is, you 
would say, disgraceful to terminate 
in your own person.” Thuc. 2. 64, 
Tavita yap év Me rHde TH WéAE 
mpdrepdy te hv viv Te wh ev dui 
KwAvOR. : 

7 7.) ‘‘while the city inherits 
from our ancestors only what is 
ignoble and mean.” 

Tm... @s] Bekk. had of “E. als 
exe .. k. brd Tay rpoydvwv o. He 
now omits Sls and id ray mp. be- 
cause they are not supported by S. 
‘* Lenissime corrigas obs wdvres Yoa- 
ow oi “E.” (Schif.), a conj. intro- 
duced into the text by Dind. The 
emendation though plausible seems 
unnecessary, as such deviations 
from strict sequence are not un- 
common. “ your father was a thief, 
if he was like you, whereas by our 
city, as all men know, the Greeks 
were saved. .” cf. 2. 24. 


aéder] Madv. 38 g. 

weowopévor] sc. Hoav, from Fy. 
See note to 3. 25. 

§ 74. od« tows] Bekk. formerly 
read &AAd yap obk. He now omits 
the words 4AAa -ydp, as not found in 
S. They are rightly, I think, re- 
tained by Dind. ‘‘ but some ad- 
minister their own affairs and those 
of the city in a way neither equitable 
nor becoming them as citizens,” 
**neither equitably nor constitu- 
tionally.” 

trokutixas] cf. 9. 48; 19. 99. 

mpoeotyxer] ‘‘ once was at the 
head of the H. and held the fore- 
most place. .” 

§ 75. op... 
agreeing that... 

é€ ioov] ‘with equal favour.” 

ev8is l8dvres] ‘‘the moment you 
see them,” ‘‘at the first glance.” 
Madvy. 175 4. Hyperides could say 
at a later period, od pévoy abrol, 
GAAA Kal of BAA *APnvata toact 
Kal ra madla Td ee Tey didacKarclwv 


‘, yevépevor] ‘‘all 


I2 


116 KATA ®IAITIIIOT A. 
kai vrép Pidlarrrov modstevetat, Kal Tis @s adnOas bmép 
lal , > , a7? ? tA Ud ‘ ‘ 
tav Bertictwv), adrX iv airvacdpevor TovTovs Kai TO 
mpaywa eis yékwra Kal rodopiav éuBarovres pndev adtoi 
Tav Seovtwy Towre, 76. tadT éotl tadnOn peta tacns 
, t a > ' \ a > , > 
Tappnoias, aTha@s evvoig, Ta BédtTiCTA Eipnueva, OV KOAA- 
/ \ lf A ’ ha / ‘ ’ ¢ a 
kelas kai BrAaBns Kal amdrns doyos mecTOs, apyupLoy pev 
T® éyovTL Toncwv, Ta Sé MpdyyaTa THs Toews ToIs 
éxOpois eyyetpiav. 7) ody Tavetéov TovTwy TaV EeOdr, % 
undéva Gddov aitiatéov tod tavra davrAws exe 7) duds 
avrous. 


kal trav pnrdépwy Tovs map’ éxeivwy els y. . . €uB.] “ turning the thing 
micOapvotvras .... (Pro Euxenif. into laughter and raillery.” 


§ 22). § 76. amwdos] ‘with perfect free- 
ptoGov] ‘for hire.” dom, simply out of good will, as 
s GAnOds] “honestly.” the best,” ‘‘ for the best.” 


MAG2R2UAS 


CATENA CLASSICORUM, 


A SERIES OF CLASSICAL AUTHORS, 


EDITED BY MEMBERS OF BOTH UNIVERSITIES UNDER 
THE DIRECTION OF 


THE REV. ARTHUR HOLMES, M.A. 


FELLOW AND LECTURER OF CLARE COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, LECTURER AND LATE FELLOW 
OF ST. JOHN’S COLLEGE, 


AND 


THE REV. CHARLES BIGG, M.A. 


LATE SENIOR STUDENT AND TUTOR OF CHRIST CHURCH, OXFORD, SECOND CLASSICAL 
MASTER OF CHELTENHAM COLLEGE. 


The following Parts will be published immediately :— 


HOMERI ILIAS, DEMOSTHENIS ORATIONES 
Edited by S. H. Reynotps, M.A. | PUBLICAE, 

Fellow and Tutor of Brasenose | Edited by G. H. HEsLop, M.A. 

College, Oxford. late Fellow and Assistant Tutor 


[Vol. I. Books I. to XII. of Queen’s College, Oxford. Head 
Master of St. Bees. 
[Part I. The Olynthiacs. 


THUCYDIDIS HISTORIA, [Part II. The Philippics. 
Edited by CHARLES Bicc, M.A. ARISTOPHANIS COMOE- 
late Senior Student and Tutor of DIAE, 


Christ Church, Oxford. Second | Edited by W. C. GREEN, M.A. 
Classical Master of Cheltenham late Fellow of King’s College, 


College. Cambridge. Classical Lecturer 
[Vol. I. Books I. and IT. with at Queen’s College. 
Introductions. [Part II. The Clouds. 


The following Part will be published before the beginning 
of the Michaelmas Term :— 


ISOCRATIS ORATIONES, 


Edited by Joun Epwin Sanpys, B.A. Fellow and Lecturer of St. John’s 
College, Cambridge. 
[Part I. Ad Demonicum. Panegyricus. 


The following Parts are preparing :— 


HERODOTI HISTORIA, Fellow and Lecturer of Clare Col- 
Edited by H. G. Woops, M.A. | _ lege, Cambridge. 4 
Fellow and Tutor of Trinity Col- [Part I. De Corona. 


lege, Oxtord: TERENTI COMOEDIAE, 
DEMOSTHENIS ORATIONES | Edited by T. L. Paprriton, M.A. 
PRIVATAE, Fellow and Classical Lecturer of 
Edited by ARTHUR HoLMES, M.A. Merton College, Oxford. 


HORATI OPERA, 

Edited by J. M. MARSHALL, M.A. 
Fellow and late Lecturer of Bra- 
senose College, Oxford. One of 
the Masters in Clifton College. 


Catena Classicorum. 


MARTIALIS EPIGRAMMATA, 


Edited by GEORGE BUTLER, M.A. 
Principal of Liverpool College. 
Late Fellow of Exeter College, 
Oxford. 


The following have been already published :— 


SOPHOCLIS TRAGOEDIAE, 
Edited by R. C. Jess, M.A. Fellow 
and Assistant Tutor of Trinity 
College, Cambridge. 
{Part I. The Electra. Price 35. 6¢. 
[Part II. The Ajax. Price 3s. 6d. 


ARISTOPHANIS COMOE. 
DIAE, 


Edited by W. C. GREEN, M.A. 
late Fellow of King’s College, 


Cambridge. Classical Lecturer at 
Queen’s College. 
[Part I. The Acharnians and 


the Knights. Price 45. 


JUVENALIS SATIRAE, 


Edited by G. A. Stmcox, M.A. 
Fellow and Classical Lecturer of 
Queen’s College, Oxford. 

[Thirteen Satires. Price 35. 6d. 


@pinions of the Press. 


Mr. Jebi’s “ Electra” of Sophocles. 


«The Electra’ is all that could be 
wished, and a better help could not well be 
found for those who wish to re-commence 
an acquaintance with almost forgotten 
Greek authors.”—Clerical Fournal, April 


18, 1867. ? 

“‘Of Mr. Jebb’s scholarly edition of the 
‘Electra’ of Sophocles we cannot speak too 
highly. The whole Play bears evidence of 
the taste, gg and fine scholarship of 
its able editor. Illustrations drawn from 
the literature of the Continent as well as of 
England, and the researches of the highest 
classical authorities are embodied in the 
notes, which are brief, clear, and always to 
the point."—London Review, March 16, 


1867. 

The editorship of the work before us is 
of a very high order, displaying at once 
ripe scholarship, sound judgment, and con- 
scientious care. An excellent Introduction 


gives an account of the various forms , 


assumed in Greek literature by the legend 
upon which ‘The Electra’ is founded, and 
institutes a comparison between it and the 
*Choephorae’ of A®schylus. The text is 
mainly that of Dindorf. In the notes, which 
are admirable in every ct, is to be 
found exactly what is wanted, and yet they 
rather suggest and direct further inquiry 
than supersede exertion on the part of the 
student.” —A thenaum, March 23, 1867. 


“The Introduction proves that Mr. Jebb 
is something more than a mere scholar,— 
a man of real taste and feeling. His 
criticism upon Schlegel’s remarks on the 
Electra are, we believe, new, and certainly 
just. As we have often had occasion to say 
in this Review, it is impossible to an 
reliable criticism upon school-books until 
they have been tested by experience. The 
notes, however, in this caseé appear to be 
clear and sensible, and direct attention to 
the points where attention is most needed.” 
—Westminster Review, April, 1867. 

“We have no hesitation in saying that in 
style and manner Mr. Jebb’s notes are 
admirably suited for their purpose. The 
———— of grammatical points are sin- 
gularly lucid, the parallel passages generally 
well chosen, the translations bight and 
graceful, the analysis of arguments terse 
and luminous. ere is hardly any ob- 
scurity, and nocumbrousness or overloading. 
We think, too, that Mr. Jebb’s plan of 
furnishing complete analyzes of the choric 
metres an admirable one for a school edi- 
tion; and we like his method of giving 
parenthetically the dates of the less known 
ancient authors whom he quotes, a method 
which, suggesting as it must to an in- 
telligent student the existence of a world 
of literature with which he is very likely to 
be unfamiliar, will do much to create or 


Opinions of the Press. 3 


stimulate in him the spirit and habits of 
research. Mr. Jebb has clearly shown that 
he possesses some of the qualities most 
essential for a commentator.”—Sfectator, 
Fuly 6, 1867. 

““The notes appear to us exactly suited 
to assist boys of the Upper Forms at 
Schools, and University students; they 
give sufficient help without over-doing ex- 
planations. .. . . His critical remarks show 
acute and exact scholarship, and a very use- 
ful addition to ordinary notes is the scheme 
of metres in the choruses.” — Guardian, 
December 16, 1867. 

“* Tf, as we are fain to believe, the editors 
of the Catena Classicorum have got to- 
gether sucha pick of scholars as have no 
need to play their best card first, there is a 
bright promise of success to their series in 
the first sample of it which has come to 
hand—Mr. Jebb’s Electra. We have seen 
it s sted that it is unsafe to pronounce 
on the merits of a Greek Play edited for 
educational purposes until it has been tested 
in the hands of pupils and tutors, But our 
examination of the instalment of, we hope, 
a complete ‘ Sophocles,’ which Mr. Jebb has 
put forth, has assured us that this is a 
needless suspension of judgment, and 
prompted us to commit the justifiable rash- 
ness of pronouncing upon its contents, and 
of asserting after due alge that it is 
calculated to be admirably serviceable to 


every class of scholars and learners. And 
this assertion is based upon the fact that it 
is a by no means one-sided edition, and 
that it looks as with the hundred eyes of 
Argus, here, there, and every where, to keep 
the reader from straying. Ina concise and 
succinct style of English annotation, formin 

the best substitute for the time-honoure 

Latin notes which had so much to do with 
making good scholars in days of yore, Mr. 
Jebb keeps a steady eye for all questions of 
grammar, construction, scho ip, and 
philology, and handles these as they arise 
with a helpful and sufficient precision. In 
matters of grammar and syntax his practice 
for the most part is to refer his reader to 
the proper section of Madvig’s ‘ Manual of 
Greek Syntax: nor does he ever waste 
space and time in explaining a construction, 
unless it be such an one as is not satis- 
factorily dealt with in the grammars of 
Madvig or Jelf. Experience as.a pupil 
and a teacher has probably taught him the 
value of the wholesome task of hunting out 
a grammar reference for oneself, instead of 
finding it, handy for slurring over, amidst 
the hundred and one pieces of information 
in a voluminous foot-note. But whenever 
there occurs any peculiarity of construction, 
which is hard to reconcile to the accepted 
usage, it is Mr. Jebb’s general practice to 
be ready at hand with manful assistance.” 
—Contemporary Review, November, 1867. 


Mr. Jebb’s “ Ajax” of Sophocles. 


**Mr. Jebb has produced a work which 
will be read with interest and profit by 
the most advanced scholar, as it contains, 
in a compact form, not only a careful sum- 
mary of the labours of preceding editors, 
but also many acute and ingenious original 
remarks, e do not know whether the 
matter or the manner of this excellent com- 
men is deserving of the iy noe praise : 
the skill with which Ms. Jebb has avoided, 
on the one hand, the wearisome prolixity of 
the Germans, and on the other the jejune 
brevity of the Porsonian critics, or the ver- 
satility which has enabled him in turn to 
elucidate the plots, to explain the verbal 
difficulties, po to illustrate the idioms of 
his author. All this, by a studious economy 
of space and a remarkable precision of ex- 
pression, he has done for the ‘Ajax’ in a 
volume of some 200 pages.” —A thenceum, 
March 21, 1868. 

“ The Introduction furnishes a great deal 
of information in a compact form, adapted 
to give the student a fair conception of his 
author, and to aid him in mastering its 
difficulties. We have observed how the 
brief notes really throw light on obscurity, 
and give sufficient aid without making the 
study too easy,—a main point to be ob- 
served by one who editsa classic author 


for the benefit of learners and students.” — 
Clerical Fournal, February 13, 1868. 

“*Mr. Jebb’s Edition of the Ajax in the 
Catena Classicorum ought to assure those 
who have hitherto doubted that this is a 
Series to adopt. Like his edition of the 
‘Electra’ this of the ‘ Ajax’ is ably and 
usefully handled. The Introduction alone 
would prove the wide reading, clear views, 
and acute criticism of its writer.” —Church- 
man, February 20, 1868. 

** A more scholarly and thoroughly prac- 
tical Edition of a Greek play has rarely 
issued from the Press. The explanations 
are both copious and freely given: and we 
have not met with a single note wherein 
conciseness appears to have been gained at 
the expense of clearness of meaning. The 
* Ajax,’ however, is by no means a difficult 

lay, and we must therefore infer that Mr. 
Tebb takes a more liberal view than some 
of his coadjutors of the amount of help 
which an ordinary student may fairly be 
supposed to require. .... . . Compared 
with the renderings of most other editions, 
Mr. Jebb’s translations have decidedly the 
advantage in force and elegance of ex- 
pression.”—Zducational Times, March, 
1 


4 Opinions of the Press. 


Mr. Green's “Acharnians and Knights” of Aristophanes. 


“The Editors of this Series have under- 
taken the task of issuing texts of all the 
authors commonly read, and_ illustrating 
them with an English Commentary, com- 
pendious as well as clear. If the future 
volumes fulfil the promise of the Pro- 
> gh as well as those already published, 
the result will be a very valuable work. 
The excellence of the print, and the care 
and pains bestowed upon the general getting 
up, form a marked contrast to the school- 
books of our own day. Who does not 
remember the miserable German editions of 
classical authors in paper covers, execrably 
printed on Gecestable paper, which were 
thought amply good enough for the school- 
boys of the last generation? A greater 
contrast to these can hardly be imagined 
than is presented by the Catena Classi- 
corum. Nor is the improvement only 
external; the careful revision of the text, 
and the notes, not too lengthy and con- 
fused, but well and judiciously selected, 
which are to be found in every page, add 
considerably to the value of this Edition, 
which we may safely predict will soon be 
an established favourite, not only among 
Schoolmasters, but at the Universities. 
The volume before us contains the first part 
of an Edition of Aristophanes, which com- 
prises the Acharnians and the Knights, the 
one first in order, and the other the most 
famous of the plays of the great Athenian 
Satirist."—Churchman, May 23, 1867. 

“The utmost care has been taken with 
this Edition of the most sarcastic and clever 


of the old Greek dramatists, facilitating 
the means of understanding both the text 
and intention of that biting sarcasm which 
will never lose either point or interest, and 
is as well adapted to the present age as it 
was to the times when first put forward.”— 
Bell's Weekly Messenger, Sine 8, 1867. 

“ The advantages conferred on the learner 
by these compendious aids can only be pro- 
perly estimated by those who had experi- 
ence of the mode of study years ago. The 
translated passages and the notes, while 
sufficient to assist the willing learner, cannot 
be regarded in any sense as @ cram.”— 
Clerical Journal, Fune 6, 1867. 

‘*Mr. Green has disc his part of 
the work with uncommon skill and ability. 
The notes show a thorough study of the 
two Plays, an independent judgment in the 
interpretation of the t, and a wealth of 
illustration, from which the Editor draws 
whenever itis necessary.”—Museum, Fune, 


1867. 
lMr. Green presumes the existence of a 
fair amount of scholarship in all who read 
Aristophanes, as a study of his works 
enerally succeeds to some considerable 
esa of the tragic poets. The notes 
he has appended are therefore brief, perhaps 
a little too brief. We should say the ten- 
dency of most modern editors is rather the 
other way; but Mr. Green no doubt knows 
the class for which he writes, and has been 
careful to supply their wants.”—SJectator, 
Fuly 27, 1867. 


Mr. Simcox’s Juvenal. 


*““Of Mr. Simcox’s ‘ Juvenal’ we can 
only speak in terms of the highest com- 
mendation, as a simple, unpretending work, 
admirably adapted to the wants of the 
school-boy or of a college passman. It is 
clear, concise, and scrupulously honest in 
shirking no real difficulty. The pointed 
epigrammatic hits of the satirist are every 
where well brought out, and the notes really 
are what they profess to be, explanatory in 
the best sense of the term.”—London 
Review, September 28, 1867. 

“This is a link in the Catena Classi- 
corum to which the attention of our readers 
has been more than once directed as a good 
Series of Classical works for School and 
College purposes. The Introduction is a 
very comprehensive and able account of 
Juvenal, his satires, and the manuscripts.” 
—Athenewum, October 5, 1867. 


“This is a very original and enjoy- 
able Edition of one of our favourite 
classics.” — Sfectator, 
1867. 

“Every class of readers,—those who use 
Mr. Simcox as their sole interpreter, and 
those who supplement larger editions by 
his concise matter,—will alike find interest 
and careful research in his able preface. 
This indeed we should call the t feature 
of his book. The three facts which sum up 
Juvenal’s history so far as we know it are 
soon despatched ; but the internal evidence 
both as to the dates of his writing and 
publishing his Satires, and as to his cha- 
racter as a writer, sony some fifteen 
or twenty pages, which will repay method- 
wae study.”—Churchman, December 11, 
1867. 


November 16, 


RIVINGTONS, 
London, Orford, and Cambridge. 


May, 1868. 


Pew Works 


IN COURSE OF PUBLICATION 


Messrs. RIVINGTON, 


WATERLOO PLACE, LONDON; 


HIGH STREET, OXFORD ; TRINITY STREET, CAMBRIDGE. 


Newman's (F.f1.) Parochial and Plain 


Sermons. 


Edited by the Rey. W. J. Copeland, Rector of Farnham, 
Essex. From the Text of the last Editions published by 
Messrs. Rivington. 


Crown 8vo. 8 vols. 5s. each. (Vol. Z. just published.) 


A Key to the Knowledge and Use of 
the Book of Common Prayer. 
By John Henry Blunt, M.A, 
Small 8vo. 25. 6d. 


Lonvon, @xfory, any Cambringe 





2 Messrs. Ribington’s Mew Wublications 


The Mysteries of Mount Calvary. 


By Antonio de Guevara. 

Being the First Volume of the Ascetic Library, a Series of 
Translations of Spiritual Works for Devotional Reading from 
Catholic Sources. Edited by the Rev. Orby Shipley, M. A. 

Square crown 8vo. 35. 6d. 


The Annotated Book of Common 


Prayer; being an Historical, Ritual, and Theological Com- 
mentary on the Devotional System of the Church of England. 
Edited by John Henry Blunt, M.A. 
Third Edition, pp. 760, with three Plates. Imperial 8vo, 
36s. Large paper Edition, royal 4to, with large margin for 
Notes, 3/. 35. 


The Dogmatic Faith: an Inquiry 
into the Relation subsisting between Revelation and Dogma. 
Being the Bampton Lectures for 1867. 

By Edward Garbett, M.A., Incumbent of Christ Church, 


Surbiton. 
8vo. os. 6d. 


On Miracles; being the Bampton 
Lectures for 1865. 
By J. B. Mozley, B.D., Vicar of Old Shoreham, late Fellow 
of Magdalen College, Oxford. 
Second Edition. 8vo. tos. 6d. 


Lonvon, @xfory, any Cambringe 


Plessrs. Ribington’s Mew Bublicatfons 3 





Vestiarivm Christianum: the Origin 


and Gradual Development of the Dress of the Holy Ministry in 
the Church, as evidenced by Monuments both of Literature 
and of Art, from the Apostolic Age to the present time. 

By the Rev. Wharton B. Marriott, M.A., F.S.A. (sometime 
Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford, and Assistant-Master at 
Eton), Select Preacher in the University, and Preacher, by 
licence from the Bishop, in the Diocese of Oxford. 

Royal 8vo. 38s. 


The Prayer Book Interleaved ; 


with’ Historical Illustrations and Explanatory Notes arranged 
parallel to the Text, by the Rev. W. M. Campion, B.D., Fellow 
and Tutor of Queens’ College and Rector of St. Botolph’s, 
and the Rev. W. J. Beamont, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, 
Cambridge, and Incumbent of St. Michael’s, Cambridge. With 
a Preface by the Lord Bishop of Ely. 

New Edition. Small 8vo. 7s. 6d. 


London Ordination, Advent, 1867; 


being Seven Addresses to the Candidates for Holy Orders, 
in December, 1867. : 
By Archibald Campbell, Lord Bishop of London, and his 
Chaplains. 
Together with the Examination Papers. 
8vo. 45. 


The London Diocese Book for 1868 


(fourth year of issue), under the sanction of the Lord Bishop of 
London. Crown 8vo. In wrapper, Is. 


Flowers and Festivals ; or, Directions 
for the Floral Decorations of Churches. With coloured Illus- 
trations. 

By W. A. Barrett, of S. Paul’s Cathedral, late Clerk of 
Magdalen College, and Commoner of S. Mary Hall, Oxford. 
Square crown 8vo. 55. 





Lonvon, Oxfory, any Cambringe 
A 2 


4 Messrs. Rivington’s Pew Publications 


The Beatitudes of Our Blessed Lord, 


considered in Eight Practical Discourses. 
By the Rev. John Peat, M.A., of St. Peter’s College, Cam- 
bridge, Vicar of East Grinstead, Sussex. 
Small 8vo. 35. 6d. 


Selections from Aristotle's Organon. 
Edited by John R. Magrath, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of 
Queen’s College, Oxford. 
Crown 8vo. 35. 6d. 


Warnings of the Holy Week, &c.; 


being a Course of Parochial Lectures for the Week before 
Easter and the Easter Festivals. 
By the Rev. W. Adams, M.A., late Vicar of St. Peter’s-in- 
the-East, Oxford, and Fellow of Merton College. 
Sixth Edition. Small 8vo. 45. 6d. 


Curious Myths of the Middle Ages. 


By 8. Baring-Gould, M.A., Author of ‘‘ Post-Medizval 
Preachers,” &c. With Illustrations. 

First Series. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. 75. 6d. 

Second Series. Crown 8vo. 9s. 6d. 


Flousehold Theology: a Handbook of 


Religious Information respecting the Holy Bible, the Prayer 
Book, the Church, the Ministry, Divine Worship, the Creeds, 
&e. &e. 
By J. H. Blunt, M.A. 
Third Edition. Fep. 8vo. 3s. 6d. 





Lonvon, @xfory, any Cambringe 


Messrs. Rivington’s Mew Yublications 5 





Farewell Counsels of a Pastor to his 


Flock, on Topics of the Day: Nine Sermons preached at 
St. John’s, Paddington. 
By Edward Meyrick Goulburn, D.D., Dean of Norwich. 
Second Edition. Small 8vo. 4s. 


Sermons. 


By the Rev. RB. 8. C. Chermside, M.A., late Rector of Wilton, 
and Prebendary of Sarum. With a Preface by the Rev. 
G. Rawlinson, M.A., Camden Professor of Ancient History 
in the University of Oxford. 

Small 8vo. 55. 


Consoling Thoughts in Sickness. 


Edited by Henry Bailey, B.D., Warden of St. Augustine’s 
College, Canterbury. 
Small 8vo. Large type. 25. 6d. 


An Illuminated Edition of the Book of 


Common Prayer, printed in Red and Black, on fine toned Paper; 

with Borders and Titles, designed after the manner of the r4th 

Century, by RB. R. Holmes, F.S.A., and engraved by 0. Jewitt. 
Crown 8vo. - White vellum cloth illuminated. 16s. 


This Edition of the PRAYER Book may be had in various 
Bindings for presentation. 


Scripture Acrostics. 


By the Author of ‘‘ The Last Sleep of the Christian Child.” 
Square 16mo. 1s. 6¢. With Key, 2s. 


The Key may also be had separately, 6d. 


Lonvon, @xfory, any Cambringe 


6 Hessrs. Ribington’s Mew Publications 





The Sacraments and Sacramental Or- 
dinances of the Church; being a Plain Exposition of their 
History, Meaning, and Effects. 

By John Henry Blunt, M.A. 
Small 8vo. 45. 6d. 


Yesterday, To-day, and For Ever: a 
Poem in Twelve Books. 
By Edward Henry Bickersteth, M.A., Incumbent of Christ 
Church, Hampstead, and Chaplain to the Bishop of Ripon. 
Second and Cheaper Edition. Small 8vo. 6s. 


Queen Bertha and her Times. 


By E. H. Hudson. 
Small 8vo. 5s. 


Sermons preached before the University 
of Oxford, chiefly during the years 1863—1865. 

By Henry Parry Liddon, M.A., Student of Christ Church, 
Prebendary of Salisbury, Examining Chaplain to the Lord 
Bishop of Salisbury, and lately Select Preacher. 

Second Edition. 8vo. 8s. 


The Annual Register: a Review of 


Public Events at Home and Abroad, for the Year 1867 ; being 
the Fifth Volume of an improved Series. 
8vo. (ln the Press.) 
*,* The Volumes for 1863, 1864, 1865, and 1866 may be had, 
price 18s. each, 





Lonvon, Oxford, any Cambringe 


HBMessrs. Rivington’s Pew Wublications 7 


The Floly Bible. 
With Notes and Introductions. 
By Chr. Wordsworth, D.D., Archdeacon of Westminster. 


Ls 
I. Genesisand Exodus. Second Edit. 1 1 0 
Vol. I. 38s. ! 


XS 


II. Leviticus, Numbers, Deuteronomy. 
Second Edition . . . . . . 018 © 
VoL IL 21s { III. Joshua, Judges, Ruth. Second Edit. o 12 
: IV. The Books of Samuel. Second Edit. 0 10 © 
V. The Books of Kings, Chronicles, 
Vol. IIT. me 


° 


Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther. Second 


EAH 6 is a a we EO 
VI. The Book ofJob. . . . . . 0 g © 
VII. The Book of Psalms. . . . . 015 © 
Vol. IV. : 
bs 346 VIII. Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Song of 
Solomon. ‘ o12 0 


The Greek Testament. 


With Notes and Introductions, 
By Chr. Wordsworth, D.D., Archdeacon of Westminster. 
2 Vols. Impl. 8vo. 4/. 


The Parts may be had separately, as follows :— 
The Gospels, 644 Edition, 215. 
The Acts, 5¢2 Edition, 10s. 6d. 
St. Paul’s Epistles, 5¢# Edition, 31s. 6d. 
General Epistles, Revelation, and Indexes, 37d Edition, 215. 


The Acts of the Deacons; being a 


Course of Lectures, Critical and Practical, upon the Notices 
of St. Stephen and St. Philip the Evangelist, contained in the 
Acts of the Apostles. 
By Edward Meyrick Goulburn, D.D., Dean of Norwich. 
Second Edition. Small 8vo. 6s. 


Lonvon, @xfory, any Cambrivge 


8 HMessrs. Rivington’s Mew Yublications 





Sermons for Children ; being Twenty- 
eight short Readings, addressed to the Children of St. Mar- 
garet’s Home, East Grinstead. 

By the late Rev. J. M. Neale, D.D., Warden of Sackville 
College. 
Small 8vo. 35. 


Our Lord Fesus Christ Teaching on 


the Lake of Gennesaret: Six Discourses suitable for Family 
Reading. 
By Charles Baker, M.A., Oxon, Vicar of Appleshaw. 
Hants. 
Small 8vo. 15. 6d. 


Thomas a Kempis, Of the Imitation of 


Christ : a carefully revised translation, elegantly printed with 
red borders. 
16mo. 25. 6d. 


Also a cheap Edition, without the red borders, in Wrapper, 6d. 


Thoughts on Men and Things : a Series 
of Essays. 
By Angelina Gushington. 
Second Edition. Crown 8vo. 35. 6d. 


The Electra of Sophocles. 


With English Notes by B.C. Jebb, M.A., Fellow and Assistant 
Tutor of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
Forming the First Part of CATENA CLASSICORUM. 
Crown 8vo. 35. 6d. 





Lonvon, @xfors, anv Cambringe 


SPessrs. Ribington’s Mew Publications 9 





The Acharnians and the Knights of 


Aristophanes. 

With English Notes by W. C. Green, M.A., late Fellow of 
King’s College, Cambridge ; Classical Lecturer of Queens’ Col- 
lege. 

Being the Second Part of CATENA CLAssICORUM. 

Crown 8vo. 45. 


Thirteen Satires of Fuvenal. 


With Notes and Introduction by G. A. Simeox, M.A., 
Fellow and Lecturer of Queen’s College, Oxford. 
Being the Third Part of CATENA CLASSICORUM. 
Crown 8vo, 35. 6d. 


The Ajax of Sophocles. 


With English Notes by RB. C. Jebb, M.A., Fello& and 
Assistant Tutor of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
Being the Fourth Part of CATENA CLASSICORUM. 
Crown 8vo. 35. 6d. 


Thucydides. Books 1 and 2. 


Edited by Charles Bigg, M.A., late Senior Student and 
Tutor of Christ Church, Oxford ; Second Classical Master of 
Cheltenham College. 

Crown 8vo. 75. 6d. (Hust ready.) 


Church Seasons and Present Times - 


Sermons preached chiefly at St. Luke’s, Torquay. 

By the Rev. George Collyer Harris, M.A., Minister of 
St. Luke’s, and Prebendary of Exeter; Author of ‘Lessons 
from St. Peter’s Life.” 

Small 8vo. 5s. 








Lonvon, Gxforv, any Cambringe 


10 HMessrs. Rivington’s Mew Bublfcations 





The Victory of Divine Goodness. 


By Thomas Rawson Birks, M. A., Incumbent of Holy Trinity, 
Cambridge. 
Crown 8vo. 45. 6d. 


The Greek Testament. 


With a Critically revised Text ; a Digest of Various Read- 
ings ; Marginal References to Verbal and Idiomatic Usage ; 
Prolegomena; and a Critical and Exegetical Commentary. 
For the use of Theological Students and Ministers. By Henry 
Alford, D.D., Dean of Canterbury. 

4 Vols. 8vo. 1025, 
The Volumes are sold separately as follows :— 
Vol. I.—The Four Gospels. Sixth Edition. 28s. (Jn the Press.) 
Vol. II.—Acts to II. Corinthians. Fifth Edition. 245. 
Vol. III.—Galatians to Philemon. Fourth Editicn. 183s. 
Vol. I1V.—Hebrews to Revelation. Third Edition. 32s. 


The New Testament for English 


Readers ; containing the Authorized Version, with a revised 
English Text; Marginal References; and a Critical and 
Explanatory Commentary. By Henry Alford, D.D., Dean of 
Canterbury. 
Now complete in 2 Vols. or 4 Parts, price 545. 6d. 
Separately, 
Vol. 1, Part I.—The three first Gospels, with a Map. Second 
Edition. 12s, 
Vol. 1, Part I1.—St. John and the Acts. tos. 6d. 
Vol. 2, Part I.--The Epistles of St. Paul, with a Map. 16s. 
Vol. 2, Part 1I.—Hebrews to Revelation. 8vo. 16s. 


Semele; or, The Spirit of Beauty; 


a Venetian Tale. 
By J. D. Mereweather, B.A. Oxon., English Chaplain 
at Venice. 
Small 8vo. 35. 6d. 


Lonvon, Oxford, any Cambringe 


Messrs. Ribington’s Mew Publications It 





Thoughts on Personal Religion ;, being 
a Treatise on the Christian Life in its Two Chief Elements, 
Devotion and Practice. 

By Edward Meyrick Goulburn, D.D., Dean of Norwich. 
New Edition. Small 8vo. 6s. 6d. 
An edition for presentation, Two Volumes, small 8vo. 10s. 6d. 
Also, a Cheap Edition, 35. 6d. 


Six Short Sermons onSin. Lent Lectures 
at S. Alban the Martyr, Holborn. 
By the Rev. Orby Shipley, M.A. 
Fourth Edition. Small 8vo. ts. 


The Last Words of Our Lord and 


Saviour Jesus Christ; being a Course of Seven Sermons 
preached during Passion Week, 1867, in the Parish Church of 
St. Mary, Twickenham. 
By the Rev. R. 8. Cobbett, M.A., of Pembroke College, 
Oxford. 
: Small 8vo. 35. 


Simple Sermons. 
By William Henry Ranken, M.A., Fellow of Corpus Christi 
College, Oxford, and Vicar of Radley, Berks. 
Small 8vo. 55. 


Short Devotional Forms, for Morning, 
Night, and Midnight, and for the Third, Sixth, Ninth hours, 
and Eventide, of each Day in the Week. Compiled and adapted 
from Bishop Andrewes, and other Sources. Arranged to meet 
the exigencies of a busy life. 

By Edward Meyrick Goulburn, D.D., Dean of Norwich. 
Third Edition. Square 16mo. 15, 6d. 


Lonvon, @xfory, any Cambringe 


12 fMlessrs. Ribington’s Mew Yublications 





A Christian View of Christian H1s- 


tory, from Apostolic to Medicval Times. 
By John Henry Blunt, M.A. 
Crown 8vo, 7s. 


Faith and Life: 


Readings for the greater Holy Days, and the Sundays from 
Advent to Trinity. Compiled from Ancient Writers. With 
Notes on Eternal Judgment ; and Christ’s Sacrifice. 
By William Bright, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of University ° 
College, Oxford. 
Second Edition. Small 8vo. 55. 


Parish Musings ; or, Devotional Poems. 
By John 8. B. Monsell, LL.D., Vicar of Egham, Surrey, 
and Rural Dean. TZenth Edition. 
18mo, Is., or, in limp cloth, 1s. 6d. 
A superior Edition may be had, in small 8vo, price 2s. 6d. 


Standing and Stumbling. 
Part I.—Seven Common Faults. 
Part II.—Your Duty and Mine. 
Part I1I.—Things Rarely Met With. 
By James Erasmus Philipps, M.A., Vicar of Warminster. 
Small 8vo. 25. 6d. 
(The Parts may be had separately, price 1s. each.) 


An Outline of Logic, 


for the use of Teachers and Students. 

By Francis Garden, M.A. Trinity College, Cambridge, Sub. 
Dean of Her Majesty’s Chapels Royal ; Chaplain to the House- 
hold in St. James’ Palace; Professor of Mental and Mora 
Science, Queen’s College, London. ; 

Small 8vo. 45. 





Lonvon, @xrfory, anv Cambringe 


Messrs. Ribington’s Mew Publications 13 





Arithmetic for the Use of Schools ; 


with a numerous collection of Examples. 

By B. D. Beasley, M.A., Head Master of Grantham Grammar 
School, and formerly Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge ; 
Author of ‘‘ Elements of Plane Trigonometry.” 

I2mo. 35. 
The Examples are also sold separately :—Part I., Elementary 
Rules 8d. Part Il., Higher Rules, ts. 6d. 


The Formation of Tenses in the Greek 


Verb ; showing the Rules by which every Tense is Formed 
from the pure stem of the Verb, and the necessary changes 
before each Termination. By C. 8. Jerram, M.A., late Scholar 
of Trinity College, Oxon. 

Crown 8vo. 15. 6d. 


Professor Inman's Nautical Tables, 
for the use of British Seamen. Mew dition, by the Rev. 
J. W. Inman, late Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge, 
and Head Master of Chudleigh Grammar School. Revised, 
and enlarged by the introduction of Tables of 4 log. haver- 
sines, log. differences, &c. ; with a more compendious method 
of Working a Lunar, and a Catalogue of Latitudes and Longi- 
tudes of Places on the Seaboard. 
Royal 8vo. 21s. 


A vithmetic, Theoretical and Practical ; 
adapted for the use of Colleges and Schools. 
By W. H. Girdlestone, M.A., of Christ’s College, Cam- 
bridge. 
Crown 8vo. 6s. 6d. 


A Greek Primer for the use of Schools. 


By the Rev. Charles H. Hole, M.A., Scholar of Worcester 
College, Oxford; late Assistant Master at King Edward’s 


School, Bromsgrove. 
Crown 8vo. 45. 





Lonvon, @xford, any Cambringe 





The Shadow of the Cross—The Distant Hills—The Old Man’s 
Home—The King’s Messengers. 
By the Rev. W. Adams, M.A., late Fellow of Merton 
College, Oxford. With Illustrations. 
New Edition. Small 8vo. Price gs. 
The Four Allegories are also published separately in 18mo., price 15. 
cach in limp cloth. 


Sermons, preached tn Liverpool. 
By Andrew Wilson, B.A., Curate of St. Catharine’s, Liver- 


pool. 
Small 8vo. 6s. 


Priest and Parish. 


By the Rev. Harry Jones, M.A., Incumbent of St. Luke’s, 
Berwick Street, Soho; Author of ‘‘ Life in the World.” 
Square crown 8vo. 6s. 6d. 


Private Devotions for School Boys ; 


together with some Rules of Conduct given by a Father to his 
Son, on his going to School. 
By William Henry, third Lord Lyttleton; revised and cor- 
rected by his Son, fourth Lord Lyttleton. 
Fifth Edition. 32mo. 6d. 


Daily Devotions ; or, Short Morning 
and Evening Services for the use of a Churchman’s Household. 
By the Ven. Charles C. Clerke, Archdeacon of Oxford. 
18mo. Is, 








Lonvon, @xforv, any Cambringe 


Messrs. Ridington’s Mew Yublications 15 





A Fourth Series of Parochial Sermons, 
preached in a Village Church. 

By the Rev. Charles A. Heurtley, D.D., Rector of Fenny 
Compton, Warwickshire, Margaret Professor of Divinity, and 
Canon of Christ Church, Oxford. 

Small 8vo. 55. 6d. 


On the Duty and the Discipline of 


. Extemporary Preaching. By F. Barham Zincke, Vicar of 
Wherstead, Suffolk, and Chaplain in Ordinary to the Queen. 
Crown 8vo, 55. 


The Office of the Most Holy Name: 


Devotional Help for Young Persons. 
By the Editor of ‘‘ The Churchman’s Guide to Faith,” &c. 


18mo. 25. 6d. 


FHlesperidum Susurri. 


Sublegerunt Thomas J. Bellingham Brady, A.M., Robertus 
Yelverton Tyrrell, A.B., Maxwell Cormac Cullinan, A.B., 
Collegi S.S. et Indiv. Trin. Juxta Dublin Alumni. 


Small 8vo. 55. 


Hymns and other Poems. 


By William Bright, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of University 
College, Oxford... 


Small 8vo. 4s. 6d. 





Lonvon, @xfors, anv Cambringe 


16 Messrs. Rivington’s Mew IPublications 








Aids to Prayer. Six Lectures delivered 


at Holy Trinity Church, Paddington, on the Sunday mornings 
in Lent, 1868. 
By Daniel Moore, M.A. 
Crown 8vo. (ust ready). 


Flenry’s First Latin Book. 


By Thomas Kerchever Arnold, M.A., late Rector of Lyndon, 
and formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
Twentieth Edition. %2mo0. 35. 


Flymns and Poems for the Sick and 


Suffering ; in connexion with the Service for the Visitation of 
the Sick. Selected from various Authors. 

Edited by T. V. Fosbery, M.A., Vicar of St. Giles’s, Reading. 

This Volume contains 233 separate pieces ; of which about 
go are by writers who lived prior to the 18th Century ; the rest 
are Modern, and some of these original. Amongst the names 
of the writers (between 70 and 8o in number) occur those of Sir 
J. Beaumont, Sir T. Browne, Elizabeth of Bohemia, Phineas 
Fletcher, George Herbert, Dean Hickes, Bishop Ken, Francis 
Quarles, George Sandys, Jeremy Taylor, Henry Vaughan, Sir 
H. Wotton ; and of modern writers, Mrs. Barrett Browning, 
Bishop Wilberforce, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, William Words- 
worth, Archbishop Trench, Rev. J. Chandler, Rev. J. Keble, 
Rev. H. F. Lyte, Rev. J. S. Monsell, Rev. J. Moultrie. 

New Edition. 35. 6d. 


Sermons, Doctrinal and Didactic, 
bearing on the Religious Topics of the Day. By Thomas 
Williamson Peile, D.D., Incumbent of St. Paul’s, Hampstead, 
late Head Master of Repton School, and sometime Fellow of 
Trinity College, Cambridge. 
Crown 8vo. 65. 6d. 


Lonvon, Oxfords, any Cambrivge 


— Ribington’s =i obama 17 





A Practical Introduction to Latin 


Prose Composition : Part I. 
By Thomas Kerchever Arnold, M.A., late Rector of Lyndon, 
and formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
Fourteenth Edition. 8vo. 6s. 6d. 


A Practical Introduction to English 


Prose Composition. An English Grammar for Classical 
Schools; with Questions, and a Course of Exercises. 
By Thomas Kerchever Arnold, M.A., late Rector of Lyndon, 
and formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
Lighth Edition. 12m0. 45. 6d. 


A Plain and Short History of England 


for Children : in Letters from a Father to his Son. With a Set 
of Questions at the end of each Letter. 
By George Davys, D.D., late Bishop of Peterborough. 
Nw Edition. 1s. 6d. 


The Life of our Blessed Saviour. An 


Epitome of the Gospel Narrative, arranged in order of Time 
from the latest Harmonies. With Introduction and Notes. 
By the Rev. I. Gregory Smith, M.A., Rector of Tedstone 
Delamere, and late Fellow of Brasenose College, Oxford. 
Second Edition, revised. Square 8yo. 2s. 


A Manual of Confirmation, comprising 
—1. A General Account of the Ordinance. 2. The Baptismal 
Vow, and the English Order of Confirmation, with Short Notes, 
Critical and Devotional. 3. Meditations and Prayers on Pas- 
sages of Holy Scripture, in connexion with the Ordinance. With 
a Pastoral Letter instructing Catechumens how to prepare them- 

selves for their first Communion. 
By Edward Meyrick Goulburn, D.D., Dean of Norwich. 
Seventh Edition. Small 8vo. 15. 6d. 





Lonvon, Oxfords, any Cambringe 


18 PMessrs. Ribington’s Mew Publications 





An Introduction to the Devotional 


Study of the Holy Scriptures, 
By Edward Meyrick Goulburn, D.D., Dean of Norwich. 
Ninth Edition. Small 8vo. 35. 6d. 


Euchai Idiat Kathemerinat tou Pan- 
ierotatou Lagkelottou Andreeos, I.Th.K., Episkopou Ouin- 
tonias en Aggliai. 

Ekdidontos Phriderikou Merrikou, T.D. 
Small 8vo. 1s. 


Preces Private Quotidiane Lancelot 


Andrewes, Episcopi Wintoniensis. 
Edidit Fredericus Meyrick, A.M. 
Small 8vo, ts. 


Exposicion Hist6rica y Doctrinal, de 
los Treinta y Nueve Articulos de la Iglesia Anglicana. 
Por el Illmo. Sr. Dr. D, Eduardo Harold Browne, Obispo 
de Ely. Parte I. 
Traducido del Ingles por D. Juan B. Cabrera, Presbitoro, 
Ex-individuo de las escuelas pias de espaiia. 
Small 8vo. 15. 


Doderlein's Handbook of Latin Syno- 


nymes. 
Translated from the German, by H. H. Arnold, B.A. 
Third Edition. 1zmo. 45. 


The Church Builder. A Quarterly 


Journal of Church Extension in England and Wales. Published 
in connexion with ‘‘The Incorporated Church Building Society.” 
Volume for 1867. With Illustrations. Crown 8vo. 1s. 6d. 


Lonvon, Oxfory, anv Cambrivge 


PHessrs. Ribington’s Mew Bublications 19 





Latin via English: 
being the Second Part of Spelling turned Etymology. 
By Thomas Kerchever Arnold, M.A., late Rector of Lyndon, 
and formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
Third Edition. 1i2zmo. 4s. 6d. 


A Collection of English Exercises, 


translated from the writings of Cicero, for Schoolboys to re- 
translate into Latin. 

By William Ellis, M.A. ; re-arranged and adapted to the 
Rules of the Public School Latin Primer, by John T. White, 
D.D., joint Author of White and Riddle’s Latin-English Dic- 
tionary. 

12mo. 35. 6d. 


A complete Greek and English Lexicon 


for the Poems of Homer, and the Homeride ; illustrating the 
domestic, religious, political, and military condition of the 
Heroic Age, and explaining the most difficult passages. 

By G@. Ch. Crusius. Translated from the German, with 
corrections and additions, by Henry Smith, Professor of 
Languages in Marietta College. Revised and edited by 
Thomas Kerchever Arnold, M.A., late Rector of Lyndon, and 
formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 

Third Edition, 12mo0. 9s. 


A copious Phraseological Englsh- 
Greek Lexicon ; founded on a work prepared by J. W. Friiders- 
dorff, Ph. Dr., late Professor of Modern Languages, Queen’s 
College, Belfast. 

Revised, Enlarged, and Improved by the late Thomas Ker- 
chever Arnold, M.A., formerly Fellow of Trinity College, 
Cambridge, and Henry Browne, M.A., Vicar of Pevensey, and 
Prebendary of Chichester. 

Fourth Edition, corrected, with the Appendix incorporated. 
8vo. 215. 


London, @xfory, any Cambringe 








20 fPlessrs. Ribvington’s Mew Publications 





The Divinity of our Lord and Saviour 
Jesus Christ ; being the Bampton Lectures for 1866. 

By Henry Parry Liddon, M.A., Student of Christ Church, 
Prebendary of Salisbury, and Examining Chaplain to the Bisho 
of Salisbury. 

Second Edition. Crown 8vo. (Nearly ready.) 


Annals of the Bodleian Library, Ox- 


ford ; from its Foundation to A.D. 1867 ; containing an Account 
of the various collections of printed books and MSS. there pre- 
served ; with a brief Preliminary Sketch of the earlier Library 
of the University. 
By W. D. Macray, M.A., Assistant in the Library, Chaplain 
of Magdalen and New Colleges. 
8vo. (Nearly ready.) 


The Olynthiacs and Philippics of 


Demosthenes. 
Edited by G. H. Heslop, M.A., late Fellow and Assistant 
Tutor of Queen’s College, Oxford ; Head Master of St. Bees. 
Crown 8vo. 45. 6d. (Nearly ready.) 


Homeri Ihas. . 
Edited by 8. H, Reynolds, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of 
Brasenose College, Oxford. 
Vol. I. Books I. to XII. (Nearly ready.) 


Sermons on Unity, with an Essay on 
Religious Societies, and a Lecture on the Life and Times of 
Wesley. 

By F. €, Massingberd, M.A,, Chancellor of Lincoln. 
Crown 8vo, (Hust ready.) 





London, Oxford, any Cambringe 


Messrs. Ribington’s Mew publications 21 


Selections from the Cheltenham College 
Prize Poems, 1846—1866. 
Edited by C. 8. Jerram, M.A., Trinity College, Oxford, and 
Rev. Theodore W. James, M.A., Pembroke College, Oxford. 
Crown 8vo. 9s. (Hust ready.) 


Vox Ecclesie Anghcane.: a Selection 
of Extracts from the Chief Divines of the Church of England 
on the Main Points of Doctrine and Discipline. 

By George G. Perry, M.A., Prebendary of Lincoln, Rector 


of Waddington, Rural Dean, and Proctor for the Diocese of 
Lincoln. 


Small 8vo. (/n preparation.) 


A Key to the Knowledge and Use of the 
Bible. 
By John Henry Blunt, M.A. 
Small 8vo. (/n the Press.) 


Manual of Family Devotions, arranged 
from the Book of Common Prayer. 
By the Hon. Augustus Duncombe, D.D., Dean of York. 
Printed in red and black. Crown 8vo. (Nearly ready.) 


Sketches of the Rites and Customs of 


the Greco-Russian Church. 


By H. C. Romanoff. With an Introductory Notice by the 
Author of ‘‘ The Heir of Redclyffe.” 


Crown 8vo. (early ready.) 





Lonvon, @xfory, any Cambrivge 


22 SRessts. Ribingtow’s Mew Bublications 


Family Prayers: compiled from various 
sources (chiefly from Bishop Hamilton’s Manual), and arranged 
on the Liturgical Principle. 

By Edward Meyrick Goulburn, D.D., Dean of Norwich. 
New Editions. (In the Press.) 


Poems. 


By Henry Francis Lyte, M.A., Late Vicar of Lower Brixham, 
Devon. 
New Edition. Small 8vo. (JZ the Press.) 


Lsocratis Orvationes. 
With Notes and Introduction by John Edwin Sandys, 
B.A., Fellow and Lecturer of St. John’s College, and Lecturer 
at Jesus College, Cambridge. 
Part I. Crown 8vo. (/2 the Press.) 


The Life and Times of S. Gregory the 
Illuminator, Patron Saint and Founder of the Armenian 
Church. 

By 8. C. Malan, M.A., Vicar of Broadwindsor. 
(Nearly ready.) 


The Clouds of Avistophanes. 


With English Notes by W. C. Green, M.A., late Fellow of 
King’s College, Cambridge, Classical Lecturer of Queens’ 
College. 

Crown &vo. 35. 6d. 





Lonvon, @xfory, any Cambringe 


Messrs. Ribington’s Mew Publications 23 





Liber Precum Publicarum Ecclesia 
Anglicane, 

A Gulielmo Bright, A.M., et Petro Goldsmith Medd, A.M., 
Presbyteris, Collegii Universitatis in Acad. Oxon. Sociis, Latine 
redditus. 

In an elegant pocket volume, with all the Rubrics in red. 

New Edition. Small 8vo. (ln the Press.) 


The Greek Testament. 


With English Notes, intended for the Upper Forms of 
Schools, and for Pass-men at the Universities. Abridged from 
the larger work of the Dean of Canterbury. 

In one Volume, Crown 8vo. (ln the Press.) 


Eastern Orthodoxy in the Eighteenth 


Century ; being a Correspondence between the Greek Patriarchs 
and the Nonjurors. 
Edited, with an Introduction, by the Rev. George Williams, 
B.D., Senior Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge. 
8vo. (ln the Press.) 


Catechetical Notes and Class Questions, 


Literal and Mystical; chiefly on the Earlier Books of Holy 
Scripture. 

By the late Rev. J. M. Neale, D.D., Warden of Sackville 
College, East Grinstead. 


Crown 8vo. (lm the Press.) 


Stones of the Temple: a familiar 


Explanation of the Fabric and Furniture of the Church, with 
Illustrations, engraved by 0. Jewitt. 
By the Rev. Walter Field, M.A., Vicar of Godmersham. 
(Jn preparation.) 





London, @xfory, any Cambringe 


24 Messrs. Ribington’s Mew Yublications 





The Voice of the Good Shepherd to Hts 


Lost Sheep ; being an Exposition of the former part of the 
Parable of the Prodigal Son. 
By Robert G. Swayne, M.A., Rector of St. Edmund’s, 
Salisbury. 
Small 8vo. (x the Press.) 


Selections from Modern French Au- 


thors. With English Notes. 
By Henri Van Laun, French Master at Cheltenham College. 
Part 1.—Honoré de Balzac. 
Part 2.—H. Taine. 
Crown 8vo. (lx the Press.) 


The Hawatian Mission. 
By the Right Rev. Thomas N. Staley, D.D., Missionary 
Bishop of Honolulu. With Illustrations. 
Crown 8vo. (Jn the Press.) 


From Morning to Evening - 
a Book for Invalids. From the French of M. L’Abbé 
Henri Perreyve. 
Translated and adapted by an Associate of the Sisterhood of 
S. John Baptist, Clewer. 
Small 8vo. (lx the Presse) 


: os 
The Virgin's Lamp: 
Prayers and Devout Exercises for English Sisters, chiefly 
composed and selected by the late Rev, J. M. Neale, D.D., 
Founder of St. Margaret’s, East Grinstead. 
Small 8vo. (Jn the Press.) 





Lonvon, @xfots, any Cambringe 


HMessrs. Rivington’s Mew dacaiaiacin 25 





A Summary of Theology and Eccle- 


siastical History: a Series of Original Works on all the 
principal subjects of Theology and Ecclesiastical History. 
By Various Writers. 


In 8 Vols., 8vo. (Jn preparation.) 


Counsels upon Holiness of Life. 


Translated from the Spanish of ‘‘The Sinner’s Guide” by 
Luis de Granada; forming the second volume of the ‘‘ Ascetic 
Library.” 

Crown 8vo. (Jn the Press.) 


Songs of Foy for the Age of Foy. 
By the Rev. John P. Wright, B.A. 
18mo. (ln the Press.) 


A Glossary of Ecclesiastical Terms ; 
containing Explanations of Terms used in Architecture, Fecle- 
siology, Hymnology, Law, Ritualism, Theology, Heresies, and 
Miscellaneous Subjects. 

By Various Writers. Edited by the Rev. Orby Shipley, M. A. 
Crown 8yo. (/n preparation.) 


Perranzabuloe, the lost Church found ; 


or, the Church of England not a new Church, but Ancient, 
Apostolical, and Independent, and a Protesting Church Nine 
Hundred Years before the Reformation. 
By the Rev. C. Trelawney Collins, M.A., Rector of Timsbury, 
Somerset, and late Fellow of Balliol College. 
New Edition. Crown 8vo. (/n preparation.) 


London, @xford, any Cambrivge 


NEW PAMPHLETS. 


Conference of Bishops of the Anglican Communion, 
holden at Lambeth Palace, September 24—27, 1867. I. An Address, de- 
livered at the Opening of the Conference, by Charles Thomas, Lord Arch- 
bishop of Canterbury. II. The Resolutions of the Conference. III. Ad- 
— of the Bishops to the Faithful in Christ Jesus. Published by Authority. 

vO. 15. 


Meeting of Adjourned Conference of Bishops of the 


Anglican Communion, holden at Lambeth Palace, December 10, 1867. I. 
Reports of Committees appointed by the Conference. II. Resolutions of 
the Adjourned Conference. Published by Authority. 8vo. 15. 


BY THE BISHOP OF OXFORD. 


The Resurrections of the Truth, A Sermon 
Preached in the Church of S. Maryse OS: Oxford, on S. Mark’s Day, 
April 25th, 1868, being the day appointed for Laying the First Stone of 
Keble College. By Samuet, Lord Bishop of Oxford. 8vo. 34. 


BY THE BISHOP OF CAPETOWN. 
A Statement relating to Facts which have been 


misunderstood, and to Questions which have been raised, in connexion with 
the Consecration, Trial, and Excommunication of the Right Rev. Dr. Colenso. 
By the Bishop of Capetown, Metropolitan. With an Appendix, relating to 
the Election of a Bishop, and containing further Replies to the Bishop » j S 

David's and the Dean of Westminster. Second Edition. 8vo. 1s. 


Correspondence of the Most Reverend the Lord Arch- 


bishop of Canterbury, the Most Reverend the Lord Archbishop of York, the 
Right Reverend the Lord Bishop of London, with the Bishop of Capetown, 
concerning the Appointment of an Orthodox Bishop to Natal. 8vo. 1s. 


Some Remarks upon the Published Speeches of the 


Most Rev. the Lord Archbishop of York and the Very Rev. the Dean of 
Ripon, delivered in the Convocation of York; also upon a Pamphlet by 
I. Brunel, Esg., M.A., of Lincoln’s Inn, Barrister at Law. By the Bishop of 
CapETOWN. 8vo. 185. 


BY ARCHDEACON DENISON. 


The Charge of the Archdeacon of Taunton, April 21, 


1868. 8vo. 2s. 


What is the Government Bill? National Elemen- 


tary Education: a Letter to the Right Hon. Gathorne Hardy, M.P., 
Secretary of State for the "Home Department. By Grorce ANTHONY 
Denison, M.A., Archdeacon of Taunton. 8vo. 3d. 


ew Pamphlets 27 
BY THE REV. H. P. LIDDON. 
The Attraction of Fesus Christ Crucified: a Ser- 


mon preached in St. Paul’s Cathedral, at the Special Evening Service on 
Good Friday, 1868. By H. P. Lippon, M.A., Student of Christ Church, and 
Chaplain to the Lord Bishop of Salisbury. Price 3¢., or 2s. 6d. per dozen. 


Personal Responsibility for the Gift of Revelation: 
a Sermon, preached in the Church of St. Mary the Virgin (in the Oxford 
Lenten Series), on Friday, February 28, 1868. By H. P. Lippon, M.A., 
Student of Christ Church, Prebendary of Sarum, and Examining Chaplain to 
the Lord Bishop of Salisbury. 8vo. 15. 


The Honour of Humanity: a Sermon, preached 


in the Church of St. Mary the Virgin, Oxford, on the First Sunday in Lent, 
1868. By H. P. Lippon, M.A., Student of Christ Church, Prebendary ot 
Sarum, and Chaplain to the Bishop of Salisbury. 8vo. 1s. 


BY THE REV. CANON SEYMOUR. 


Diocesan Synods: a Speech delivered in the Ferusalem 


Chamber, Friday, July 3, 1863: with a Preface on the Present Crisis in the 
Church. By RicHarp Srymour, M.A., Rector of Kinwarton, Honorary 
Canon of Worcester, and Proctor for the Clergy of the Diocese of Worcester. 
Third Edition. 8vo, 15. 


BY THE REV. J. R. MAGRATH. 


A Plea for the Study of Theology in the University: 


a Sermon, preached before the University of Oxford on the Second Sunday 
after the Epiphany, January 19, 1868. By J. R. Macratu, M.A., Fellow 
and Tutor of Queen’s College, and Select Preacher. 8vo. 15. 


BY THE REV. A. GARFIT. 


The Conscience Clause, and the Extension of Educa- 


tion in the Neglected Districts; practically considered with reference to the 
resent state ot the Education Geanicn, By the Rev. ArTHUR GarrFit, 
8vo. Is. 


BY ISAMBARD BRUNEL, ESQ. 


Remarks on the Proceedings at Capetown in the 
matter of the Bishop of Natal. By IsamBarp Brunet, M.A., of Lincoln’s 
Inn, Barrister at Law. Second Edition. With Observations upon the Reply 
of the Lord Bishop of Capetown, 8vo, 1s. 


BY CHARLES McCABE, ESQ. 
Annual Supplement to the Tithe Commutation Tables 


payable for the year 1868, according to the average prices of Wheat, Barley, 
and Oats for the seven preceding years, as published in the ‘‘ London Gazette” 
of 7th Jan., 1868. CHARLES McCasz, Secretary of the University Life 
Assurance Society. Royal 8vo. 1. 


28 New Pamphlets. 


ON THE IRISH CHURCH QUESTION. 
BY THE BISHOP OF OSSORY. 


The Case of the Established Church in Ireland. By 


James Tuomas O'Brien, D.D., Bishop of Ossory, Ferns, and Leighlin. 
Third Edition. With Appendix. 8vo. 


BY LORD MAYO. 


Speech delivered in the House of Commons, 10th 


March, 1868, upon Mr. Maguire’s Motion as to the State of Ireland. By the 
Earl of Mayo, 8vo. rs. 


BY LORD REDESDALE. 
Some of the Arguments by which Mr. Gladstone's 


Resolutions are Supported Considered. By Lord RepESDALE. 8vo. 6d. 
BY JOHN JEBB, D.D. 
The Rights of the Irish Branch of the United 


Church of England and Ireland Considered on Fundamental Principles, 
Human and Divine. By Joun Jess, D.D., Rector of Peterstow, Prebendary 
and Przlector of Hereford Cathedral, and one of the Proctors for the Clergy 
of Hereford in the Convocation of Canterbury. 8vo. 1s. - 


BY THE REV. LORD O'NEILL AND THE REV, DR. LEE. 


The Church in Ireland. 1. The Difficulties of her 


Present Position Considered. By the Rev. Lord O’NetLt, of Shane’s 
Castle, formerly Prebendary of S. Michael's, Dublin. II. The Duty of 
Churchmen in England and Ireland at this Crisis towards Her. By the 
Rev. AtFrrep T. Lez, LL.D., Rector of Ahoghill, and Chaplain to his 
Excellency the Lord Lieutenant. ‘Two Sermons, lately preached in the 
Parish Church of Ahoghill, Diocese of Connor. Second Edition. 8vo. 6d. 


The Irish Difficulty. 1. The Church Question. 


2. The Land Question. 3. The Education Question. Being a Review of the 
Debate in the House of Commons on Mr. Maguire’s Motion (March 10, 
1868). By an OBSERVER. 8vo. 


The Church, the Land, and the Constitution ; or, 
Mr. Gladstone in the newly-reformed Parliament. Second Edition. 8vo. 6d. 


RIVINGTONS, 
Lonvon, Oxford, any Cambrivge 


CATENA CLASSICORUM, 


A SERIES OF CLASSICAL AUTHORS, 


EDITED BY MEMBERS OF BOTH UNIVERSITIES UNDER 
THE DIRECTION OF 


THE REV. ARTHUR HOLMES, M.A. 


FELLOW AND LECTURER OF CLARE COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, LECTURER AND LATE FELLOW 
OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE, 


AND 


THE REV. CHARLES BIGG, M.A. 


LATE SENIOR STUDENT AND TUTOR OF CHRIST CHURCH, OXFORD, SECOND CLASSICAL 
MASTER OF CHELTENHAM COLLEGE. 


The following Parts will be published immediately :— 
HOMERI ILIAS, DEMOSTHENIS ORATIONES 


: PUBLICAE, 

Edited by S. H. REYNoLps, M.A. ; : 
Fellow and Tutor of Brasenose | Edited La G. sel Hrstor, M.A. 
College, Oxford. late Fellow and Assistant Tutor 


of Queen’s College, Oxford. Head 

Master of St. Bees.. 
[Parts I & II. The Olyn- 
thiacs and the Philippics. 

THUCYDIDIS HISTORIA ieee 
, ARISTOPHANIS COMOE- 

Edited by CHARLES Bicc, M.A. DIAE, 
late Senior Student and Tutor of | Edited by W. C. GREEN, M.A. 
Christ Church, Oxford. Second late Fellow of King’s College, 
Classical Master of Cheltenham Cambridge. Classical Lecturer 


[Vol. I. Books I. to XII. 


College. at Queen’s College. 
[Vol. I. Books I. and ITI. with [Part II. The Clouds. 
Introductions. Price 75. 6d. 3s. 6d. 


The following Parts are preparing :— 


HERODOTI HISTORIA, TERENTI COMOEDIAE, 
Edited by H. G. Woops, M.A. | Edited by T. L. PAprLion, M.A. 
Fellow and Tutor of Trinity Col- Fellow and Classical Lecturer of 
lege, Oxford. Merton College, Oxford. 
DEMOSTHENIS ORATIONES 
PRIVATAE, ISOCRATIS ORATIONES, 


Edited by ARTHUR HoLMEs, M.A. | Edited by JoHN EDWIN SaNnpys, 
Fellow and Lecturer of Clare Col- B.A. Fellow and Lecturer of St. 
lege, Cambridge. John’s College, and Lecturer at 

[Part I. De Corona. JesusCollege, Cambridge. [Part I. 


30 Catena Classicorum. 


HORATI OPERA, 


MARTIALIS EPIGRAMMATA, 


Edited by J. M. MARSHALL, M.A. | Edited by GEorGE BuTLER, M.A. 


Fellow and late Lecturer of Bra- 
senose College, Oxford. One of 
the Masters in Clifton College. 


Principal of Liverpool College. 
Late Fellow of Exeter College, 
Oxford. 


The following have been already published :— 


SOPHOCLIS TRAGOEDIAE, 
Edited by R. C. Jess, M.A. Fellow 
and Assistant Tutor of Trinity 
College, Cambridge. 
[Part I. The Electra. Price 3s. 6d. 
[Part II. The Ajax. Price 3s. 6d. 


ARISTOPHANIS COMOE- 
DIAE, 
Edited by W. C. GREEN, M.A. 
late Fellow of King’s College, 


Cambridge. Classical Lecturer at 
Queen’s College. 
[Part I. The Acharnians and 
the Knights. Price 4s. 


JUVENALIS SATIRAE, 


Edited by G. A. Simcox, M.A. 
Fellow and Classical Lecturer of 
Queen’s College, Oxford. 

[Thirteen Satires. Price 35. 62. 


a 


@pinions of the Press. 


Mr. Jebl’s “ Electra” of Sophocles. 


***The Electra’ is all that could be 
wished, and a better help could not well be 
found for those who wish to re-commence 
an acquaintance with almost forgotten 
Greek authors.”—Clerical Fournal, April 
18, 1867. 

**Of Mr. Jebb’s scholarly edition of the 
* Electra’ o' Sopeacres we cannot speak too 
highly. The whole Play bears evidence of 
the taste, learning, and fine scholarship of 
its able editor. Illustrations drawn from 
the literature of the Continent as well as of 
England, and the researches of the highest 
classical authorities are embodied in the 
notes, which are brief, clear, and always to 
the point."—London Review, March 16, 


1867. 
lThe editorship of the work before us is 
of a very high order, displaying at once 
ripe scholarship, sound judgment, and con- 
scientious care. An excellent Introduction 
gives an account of the various forms 
assumed in Greek literature by the legend 
upon which ‘The Electra’ is founded, and 
institutes a comparison between it and the 
*Choephorae’ of Aéschylus. The text is 
mainly that of Dindorf. In the notes, which 
are admirable in every respect, is to be 
found exactly what is wanted, and yet they 
rather suggest and direct further inquiry 
supersede exertion on the part of the 
student.”—A thena2um, March 23, 1867. 


“The Introduction proves that Mr. Jebb 
is something more than a mere scholar,— 
a man of real taste and feeling. His 
criticism upon Schlegel’s remarks on the 
Electra are, we believe, new, and certainly 
just. As we have often had occasion to say 
in this Review, it is impossible to pass an 
reliable criticism upon school-books until 
they have been tested by experience. The 
notes, however, in this case ap to be 
clear and sensible, and direct attention to 
the points where attention is most needed.” 
—Westminster Review, April, 1867. 

**We have no hesitation in saying that in 
style and manner Mr. Jebb’s notes are 
admirably suited for their purpose. The 
praca er of grammatieal points are sin- 
gularly lucid, the parallel passages generally 
well chosen, the translations bright and 
graceful, the analysis of arguments terse 
and luminous. There is hardly any ob- 
scurity, and nocumbrousness or overloading. 
We think, too, that Mr. Jebb’s plan of 
furnishing complete analyses of the choric 
metres is an admirable one for a school edi- 
tion; and we like his method of giving 
parenthetically the dates of the less known 
ancient authors whom he quotes, a method 
which, suggesting as it must to an in- 
telligent student the existence of a world 
of literature with which he is very likely to 
be unfamiliar, will do much to create or 


Opinions of the Press. 31 


stimulate in him the spirit and habits of 
research. Mr. Jebb has clearly shown that 
he possesses some of the qualities most 
essential for a commentator,”—Sfectator, 
Fuly 6, 1867. 

“The notes appear to us exactly suited 
to assist boys of the Upper Forms at 
Schools, and University students; they 
give sufficient help without over-doing ex- 
planations. .. . . His critical remarks show 
acute and exact scholarship, and a very use- 
ful addition to ordinary notes is the scheme 
of metres in the choruses.” — Guardian, 
December 16, 1867. 

‘* Tf, as we are fain to believe, the editors 
of the Catena Classicorum have got to- 
gether such a pick of scholars as have no 
need to play their best card first, there is a 
bright promise of success to their series in 
the first sample of it which has come to 
hand—Mr. Jebb's Electra. We have seen 
it maggested that it is unsafe to pronounce 
on the merits of a Greek Play edited for 
educational purposes until it has been tested 
in the hands of pupils and tutors. But our 
examination of the instalment of, we hope, 
a complete ‘ Sophocles,’ which Mr. Jebb has 
put forth, has assured us that this is a 
needless suspension of judgment, and 
prompted us to commit the justifiable rash- 
ness of pronouncing upon its contents, and 
of asserting after due perusal that it is 
calculated to be admirably serviceable to 


every class of scholars and learners. And 
this assertion is based upon the fact that it 
is a by no means one-sided edition, and 
that it looks as with the hundred eyes of 
Argus, here, there, and every where, to keep 
the reader from straying. In a concise and 
succinct style of English annotation, forming 
the best substitute for the time-honoured 
Latin notes which had so much to do with 
making good scholars in days of yore, Mr. 
Jebb keeps a steady eye for all questions of 
grammar, construction, scholarship, and 
philology, and handles these as they arise 
with a help and sufficient precision. In 
matters of grammar and syntax his practice 
for the most part is to refer his reader to 
the proper section of Madvig’s ‘ Manual of 
Greek Syntax ;’ nor does he ever waste 
space and time in explaining a construction, 
unless it be such an one as is not satis- 
factorily dealt with in the grammars of 
Madvig or Jelf. Experience as a pupil 
and a teacher has probably taught him the 
value of the wholesome task of hunting out 
a grammar reference for oneself, instead of 
finding it, handy for slurring over, amidst 
the hundred and one pieces of information 
in a voluminous foot-note. But whenever 
there occurs any peculiarity of construction, 
which is hard to reconcile to the accepted 
usage, it is Mr. Jebb’s general practice to 
be ready at hand with manful assistance.” 
—Contemporary Review, November, 1367. 


Mr. Jebt’s “ Ajax” of Sophocles. 


‘Mr. Jebb has produced a work which 
will be read with interest and profit by 
the most advanced scholar, as it contains, 
in a compact form, not only a careful sum- 
mary of the labours of preceding editors, 
but also many acute and ingenious original 
remarks. e do not know whether the 
matter or the manner of this excellent com- 
mentary is deserving of the higher praise : 
the skill with which Mr. Jebb has avoided, 
on the one hand, the wearisome prolixity of 
the Germans, and on the other the jejune 
brevity of the Porsonian critics, or the ver- 
satility which has enabled him in turn to 
elucidate the lots, to explain the verbal 
difficulties, and to illustrate the idioms of 
his author. All this, by a studious economy 
of space and a remarkable precision of ex- 
pression, he has done for the ‘Ajax’ in a 
volume of some 200 pages,”—A theneum, 
March 21, 1868. 

“‘ The Introduction furnishes a great deal 
of information in a compact form, adapted 
to give the student a fair conception of his 
author, and to aid him in mastering its 
difficulties. We have observed how the 
brief notes really throw light on obscurity, 
and give sufficient aid without making the 
study too easy,—a main point to be ob- 
served by one who editsa classic author 


for the benefit of learners and students.” — 
Clerical Fournal, February 13, 1868. 

“‘Mr. Jebb’s Edition of the Ajax in the 
Catena Classicorum ought to assure those 
who have hitherto doubted that this is a 
Series to adopt. Like his edition of the 
‘Electra’ this of the ‘ Ajax’ is ably and 
usefully handled. The Introduction alone 
would prove the wide reading, clear views, 
and acute criticism of its writer.”—Church- 
man, February 20, 1868. « 

“A more schokaie and thoroughly prac- 
tical Edition of a Greek play has rarely 
issued from the Press. The explanations 
are both copious and freely given ; and we 
have not met with a single note wherein 
conciseness appears to have been gained at 
the expense of clearness of meaning. The 
‘ Ajax,’ however, is by no means a difficult 

lay, and we must therefore infer that Mr. 
Tebb takes a more liberal view than some 
of his coadjutors of the amount of help 
which an ordinary student may fairly be 
supposed to require....... Compared 
with the renderings of most other editions, 
Mr. Jebb’s translations have decidedly the 
advantage in force and elegance of ex- 
Reson. = a ematiooet Times, March, 
1868. 


32 


Opinions of the Press. 


Mr. Green's “Acharnians and Knights” of Aristophanes. 


“The Editors of this Series have under- 
taken the task of issuing texts of all the 
authors commonly read, and _ illustrating 
them with an English Commentary, com- 
pendious as well as clear. If the future 
yolumes fulfil the promise of the Pro- 
—- as well as those already published, 
the result will be a very valuable work. 
The excellence of the print, and the care 
and = bestowed upon the general getting 
up, form a marked contrast to the school- 
books of our own day. Who does not 
remember the miserable German editions of 
classical authors in paper covers, execrably 
printed on detestable paper, which were 
thought amply good enough for the school- 
boys of the last generation? A greater 
contrast to these can hardly be imagined 
than is presented by the Catena Classi- 
corum. Nor is the improvement only 
external: the careful revision of the text, 
and the notes, not too lengthy and con- 
fused, but well and judiciously selected, 
which are to be found in every page, add 
considerably to the value of this Edition, 
which we may safely predict will soon be 
an established favourite, not only among 
Schoolmasters, but at the Universities, 
The volume before us contains the first part 
of an Edition of Aristophanes, which com- 
prises the Acharnians and the Knights, the 
one first in order, and the other the most 
famous of the plays of the great Athenian 
Satirist."—-Churchman, May 23, 1867. 

“The utmost care been taken with 
this Edition of the most sarcastic and clever 


of the old Greek dramatists, facilitating 
the means of understanding both the text 
and intention of that biting sarcasm which 
will never lose either point or interest, and 
is as well adapted to the present age as it 
was to the times when first put forward.”— 
Bell's Weekly Messenger, Fune 8, 1867. 

“The advantages conferred on the learner 
by these compendious aids can only be pro- 
perly estimated by those who had experi- 
ence of the mode of study years ago. The 
translated passages and the notes, while 
sufficient to assist the willing learner, cannot 
be regarded in any sense as a cram.”— 
Clerical Fournal, Fune 6, 1867. 

““Mr. Green has discharged his part of 
the work with uncommon skill and ability. 
The notes show a thorough study of the 
two Plays, an org ines judgment in the 
interpretation of the poet, and a wealth of 
illustration, from which the Editor draws 
whenever itis necessary.” —Museum, Fune, 


1867. 
our. Green presumes the existence of a 
fair amount of scholarship in all who read 
Aristophanes, as a study of his works 
saan succeeds to some considerable 
nowledge of the tragic poets. The notes 
he has appended are therefore brief, a 
a little too brief. We should say the ten- 
dency of most modern editors is rather the 
other way ; but Mr. Green no doubt knows 
the class for which he writes, and has been 
careful to supply their wants.” —Sfectator, 
Fuly 27, 1867. 


Mr. Simcox's Juvenal. 


“Of Mr. Simcox’s ‘ Juvenal’ we can 
only speak in terms of the highest com- 
mendation, as a simple, unpretending work, 
‘admirably adapted to the wants of the 
school-boy or of a college passman. It is 
clear, concise, and scrupulously honest in 
shill real difficulty. The pointed 
epigrammatic hits of the satirist are every 
where welf brought out, and the notes really 
are what they profess to be, explanatory in 
the best sense of the term.”—London 
Review, September 28, 1867. 

“This is a link in the Catena Classi- 
corum to which the attention of our readers 
has been more than once directed as a good 
Series of Classical works for School and 
College purposes. The Introduction is a 
very comprehensive and able account of 
Juvenal, his satires, and the manuscripts.” 
—Athenaum, October 5, 1867. 


RIVINGTONS, 
1, anv 


f . 
Tite BU 


ZLonvon, 


“This is a very original and enjoy- 
able Edition of one of our favourite 
classics” — Spectator, November 16, 


1867. 

ais class of readers,—those who use 
Mr. Simcox as their sole interpreter, and 
those who supplement larger editions by 
his concise matter,—will alike find interest 
and careful research in his able preface. 
This indeed we should call the t feature 
of his book. The three facts which sum up 
Juvenal’s history so far as we know it are 
soon despatched ; but the internal evidence 
both as to the dates of his writing and 
publishing his Satires, and as to his cha- 
racter as a writer, occupy some fifteen 
or twenty pages, which will 
ical study.”—Church 
1867. 





